< prev index next >

src/java.desktop/share/classes/java/awt/Component.java

Print this page




  72 import sun.awt.EmbeddedFrame;
  73 import sun.awt.dnd.SunDropTargetEvent;
  74 import sun.awt.im.CompositionArea;
  75 import sun.font.FontManager;
  76 import sun.font.FontManagerFactory;
  77 import sun.font.SunFontManager;
  78 import sun.java2d.SunGraphics2D;
  79 import sun.java2d.pipe.Region;
  80 import sun.awt.image.VSyncedBSManager;
  81 import sun.java2d.pipe.hw.ExtendedBufferCapabilities;
  82 import static sun.java2d.pipe.hw.ExtendedBufferCapabilities.VSyncType.*;
  83 import sun.awt.RequestFocusController;
  84 import sun.java2d.SunGraphicsEnvironment;
  85 import sun.util.logging.PlatformLogger;
  86 
  87 /**
  88  * A <em>component</em> is an object having a graphical representation
  89  * that can be displayed on the screen and that can interact with the
  90  * user. Examples of components are the buttons, checkboxes, and scrollbars
  91  * of a typical graphical user interface. <p>
  92  * The <code>Component</code> class is the abstract superclass of
  93  * the nonmenu-related Abstract Window Toolkit components. Class
  94  * <code>Component</code> can also be extended directly to create a
  95  * lightweight component. A lightweight component is a component that is
  96  * not associated with a native window. On the contrary, a heavyweight
  97  * component is associated with a native window. The {@link #isLightweight()}
  98  * method may be used to distinguish between the two kinds of the components.
  99  * <p>
 100  * Lightweight and heavyweight components may be mixed in a single component
 101  * hierarchy. However, for correct operating of such a mixed hierarchy of
 102  * components, the whole hierarchy must be valid. When the hierarchy gets
 103  * invalidated, like after changing the bounds of components, or
 104  * adding/removing components to/from containers, the whole hierarchy must be
 105  * validated afterwards by means of the {@link Container#validate()} method
 106  * invoked on the top-most invalid container of the hierarchy.
 107  *
 108  * <h3>Serialization</h3>
 109  * It is important to note that only AWT listeners which conform
 110  * to the <code>Serializable</code> protocol will be saved when
 111  * the object is stored.  If an AWT object has listeners that
 112  * aren't marked serializable, they will be dropped at
 113  * <code>writeObject</code> time.  Developers will need, as always,
 114  * to consider the implications of making an object serializable.
 115  * One situation to watch out for is this:
 116  * <pre>
 117  *    import java.awt.*;
 118  *    import java.awt.event.*;
 119  *    import java.io.Serializable;
 120  *
 121  *    class MyApp implements ActionListener, Serializable
 122  *    {
 123  *        BigObjectThatShouldNotBeSerializedWithAButton bigOne;
 124  *        Button aButton = new Button();
 125  *
 126  *        MyApp()
 127  *        {
 128  *            // Oops, now aButton has a listener with a reference
 129  *            // to bigOne!
 130  *            aButton.addActionListener(this);
 131  *        }
 132  *
 133  *        public void actionPerformed(ActionEvent e)
 134  *        {
 135  *            System.out.println("Hello There");
 136  *        }
 137  *    }
 138  * </pre>
 139  * In this example, serializing <code>aButton</code> by itself
 140  * will cause <code>MyApp</code> and everything it refers to
 141  * to be serialized as well.  The problem is that the listener
 142  * is serializable by coincidence, not by design.  To separate
 143  * the decisions about <code>MyApp</code> and the
 144  * <code>ActionListener</code> being serializable one can use a
 145  * nested class, as in the following example:
 146  * <pre>
 147  *    import java.awt.*;
 148  *    import java.awt.event.*;
 149  *    import java.io.Serializable;
 150  *
 151  *    class MyApp implements java.io.Serializable
 152  *    {
 153  *         BigObjectThatShouldNotBeSerializedWithAButton bigOne;
 154  *         Button aButton = new Button();
 155  *
 156  *         static class MyActionListener implements ActionListener
 157  *         {
 158  *             public void actionPerformed(ActionEvent e)
 159  *             {
 160  *                 System.out.println("Hello There");
 161  *             }
 162  *         }
 163  *
 164  *         MyApp()


 177  * <a href="http://docs.oracle.com/javase/tutorial/uiswing/misc/focus.html">
 178  * How to Use the Focus Subsystem</a>,
 179  * a section in <em>The Java Tutorial</em>, and the
 180  * <a href="../../java/awt/doc-files/FocusSpec.html">Focus Specification</a>
 181  * for more information.
 182  *
 183  * @author      Arthur van Hoff
 184  * @author      Sami Shaio
 185  */
 186 public abstract class Component implements ImageObserver, MenuContainer,
 187                                            Serializable
 188 {
 189 
 190     private static final PlatformLogger log = PlatformLogger.getLogger("java.awt.Component");
 191     private static final PlatformLogger eventLog = PlatformLogger.getLogger("java.awt.event.Component");
 192     private static final PlatformLogger focusLog = PlatformLogger.getLogger("java.awt.focus.Component");
 193     private static final PlatformLogger mixingLog = PlatformLogger.getLogger("java.awt.mixing.Component");
 194 
 195     /**
 196      * The peer of the component. The peer implements the component's
 197      * behavior. The peer is set when the <code>Component</code> is
 198      * added to a container that also is a peer.
 199      * @see #addNotify
 200      * @see #removeNotify
 201      */
 202     transient volatile ComponentPeer peer;
 203 
 204     /**
 205      * The parent of the object. It may be <code>null</code>
 206      * for top-level components.
 207      * @see #getParent
 208      */
 209     transient Container parent;
 210 
 211     /**
 212      * The <code>AppContext</code> of the component. Applets/Plugin may
 213      * change the AppContext.
 214      */
 215     transient AppContext appContext;
 216 
 217     /**
 218      * The x position of the component in the parent's coordinate system.
 219      *
 220      * @serial
 221      * @see #getLocation
 222      */
 223     int x;
 224 
 225     /**
 226      * The y position of the component in the parent's coordinate system.
 227      *
 228      * @serial
 229      * @see #getLocation
 230      */
 231     int y;
 232 
 233     /**
 234      * The width of the component.
 235      *
 236      * @serial
 237      * @see #getSize
 238      */
 239     int width;
 240 
 241     /**
 242      * The height of the component.
 243      *
 244      * @serial
 245      * @see #getSize
 246      */
 247     int height;
 248 
 249     /**
 250      * The foreground color for this component.
 251      * <code>foreground</code> can be <code>null</code>.
 252      *
 253      * @serial
 254      * @see #getForeground
 255      * @see #setForeground
 256      */
 257     Color       foreground;
 258 
 259     /**
 260      * The background color for this component.
 261      * <code>background</code> can be <code>null</code>.
 262      *
 263      * @serial
 264      * @see #getBackground
 265      * @see #setBackground
 266      */
 267     Color       background;
 268 
 269     /**
 270      * The font used by this component.
 271      * The <code>font</code> can be <code>null</code>.
 272      *
 273      * @serial
 274      * @see #getFont
 275      * @see #setFont
 276      */
 277     volatile Font font;
 278 
 279     /**
 280      * The font which the peer is currently using.
 281      * (<code>null</code> if no peer exists.)
 282      */
 283     Font        peerFont;
 284 
 285     /**
 286      * The cursor displayed when pointer is over this component.
 287      * This value can be <code>null</code>.
 288      *
 289      * @serial
 290      * @see #getCursor
 291      * @see #setCursor
 292      */
 293     Cursor      cursor;
 294 
 295     /**
 296      * The locale for the component.
 297      *
 298      * @serial
 299      * @see #getLocale
 300      * @see #setLocale
 301      */
 302     Locale      locale;
 303 
 304     /**
 305      * A reference to a <code>GraphicsConfiguration</code> object
 306      * used to describe the characteristics of a graphics
 307      * destination.
 308      * This value can be <code>null</code>.
 309      *
 310      * @since 1.3
 311      * @serial
 312      * @see GraphicsConfiguration
 313      * @see #getGraphicsConfiguration
 314      */
 315     private transient GraphicsConfiguration graphicsConfig = null;
 316 
 317     /**
 318      * A reference to a <code>BufferStrategy</code> object
 319      * used to manipulate the buffers on this component.
 320      *
 321      * @since 1.4
 322      * @see java.awt.image.BufferStrategy
 323      * @see #getBufferStrategy()
 324      */
 325     transient BufferStrategy bufferStrategy = null;
 326 
 327     /**
 328      * True when the object should ignore all repaint events.
 329      *
 330      * @since 1.4
 331      * @serial
 332      * @see #setIgnoreRepaint
 333      * @see #getIgnoreRepaint
 334      */
 335     boolean ignoreRepaint = false;
 336 
 337     /**
 338      * True when the object is visible. An object that is not


 350      *
 351      * @serial
 352      * @see #isEnabled
 353      * @see #setEnabled
 354      */
 355     boolean enabled = true;
 356 
 357     /**
 358      * True when the object is valid. An invalid object needs to
 359      * be laid out. This flag is set to false when the object
 360      * size is changed.
 361      *
 362      * @serial
 363      * @see #isValid
 364      * @see #validate
 365      * @see #invalidate
 366      */
 367     private volatile boolean valid = false;
 368 
 369     /**
 370      * The <code>DropTarget</code> associated with this component.
 371      *
 372      * @since 1.2
 373      * @serial
 374      * @see #setDropTarget
 375      * @see #getDropTarget
 376      */
 377     DropTarget dropTarget;
 378 
 379     /**
 380      * @serial
 381      * @see #add
 382      */
 383     Vector<PopupMenu> popups;
 384 
 385     /**
 386      * A component's name.
 387      * This field can be <code>null</code>.
 388      *
 389      * @serial
 390      * @see #getName
 391      * @see #setName(String)
 392      */
 393     private String name;
 394 
 395     /**
 396      * A bool to determine whether the name has
 397      * been set explicitly. <code>nameExplicitlySet</code> will
 398      * be false if the name has not been set and
 399      * true if it has.
 400      *
 401      * @serial
 402      * @see #getName
 403      * @see #setName(String)
 404      */
 405     private boolean nameExplicitlySet = false;
 406 
 407     /**
 408      * Indicates whether this Component can be focused.
 409      *
 410      * @serial
 411      * @see #setFocusable
 412      * @see #isFocusable
 413      * @since 1.4
 414      */
 415     private boolean focusable = true;
 416 
 417     private static final int FOCUS_TRAVERSABLE_UNKNOWN = 0;


 506      * Maximum size
 507      *
 508      * @serial
 509      */
 510     Dimension maxSize;
 511 
 512     /**
 513      * Whether or not setMaximumSize has been invoked with a non-null value.
 514      */
 515     boolean maxSizeSet;
 516 
 517     /**
 518      * The orientation for this component.
 519      * @see #getComponentOrientation
 520      * @see #setComponentOrientation
 521      */
 522     transient ComponentOrientation componentOrientation
 523     = ComponentOrientation.UNKNOWN;
 524 
 525     /**
 526      * <code>newEventsOnly</code> will be true if the event is
 527      * one of the event types enabled for the component.
 528      * It will then allow for normal processing to
 529      * continue.  If it is false the event is passed
 530      * to the component's parent and up the ancestor
 531      * tree until the event has been consumed.
 532      *
 533      * @serial
 534      * @see #dispatchEvent
 535      */
 536     boolean newEventsOnly = false;
 537     transient ComponentListener componentListener;
 538     transient FocusListener focusListener;
 539     transient HierarchyListener hierarchyListener;
 540     transient HierarchyBoundsListener hierarchyBoundsListener;
 541     transient KeyListener keyListener;
 542     transient MouseListener mouseListener;
 543     transient MouseMotionListener mouseMotionListener;
 544     transient MouseWheelListener mouseWheelListener;
 545     transient InputMethodListener inputMethodListener;
 546 


 548     static final String actionListenerK = "actionL";
 549     static final String adjustmentListenerK = "adjustmentL";
 550     static final String componentListenerK = "componentL";
 551     static final String containerListenerK = "containerL";
 552     static final String focusListenerK = "focusL";
 553     static final String itemListenerK = "itemL";
 554     static final String keyListenerK = "keyL";
 555     static final String mouseListenerK = "mouseL";
 556     static final String mouseMotionListenerK = "mouseMotionL";
 557     static final String mouseWheelListenerK = "mouseWheelL";
 558     static final String textListenerK = "textL";
 559     static final String ownedWindowK = "ownedL";
 560     static final String windowListenerK = "windowL";
 561     static final String inputMethodListenerK = "inputMethodL";
 562     static final String hierarchyListenerK = "hierarchyL";
 563     static final String hierarchyBoundsListenerK = "hierarchyBoundsL";
 564     static final String windowStateListenerK = "windowStateL";
 565     static final String windowFocusListenerK = "windowFocusL";
 566 
 567     /**
 568      * The <code>eventMask</code> is ONLY set by subclasses via
 569      * <code>enableEvents</code>.
 570      * The mask should NOT be set when listeners are registered
 571      * so that we can distinguish the difference between when
 572      * listeners request events and subclasses request them.
 573      * One bit is used to indicate whether input methods are
 574      * enabled; this bit is set by <code>enableInputMethods</code> and is
 575      * on by default.
 576      *
 577      * @serial
 578      * @see #enableInputMethods
 579      * @see AWTEvent
 580      */
 581     long eventMask = AWTEvent.INPUT_METHODS_ENABLED_MASK;
 582 
 583     /**
 584      * Static properties for incremental drawing.
 585      * @see #imageUpdate
 586      */
 587     static boolean isInc;
 588     static int incRate;
 589     static {
 590         /* ensure that the necessary native libraries are loaded */
 591         Toolkit.loadLibraries();
 592         /* initialize JNI field and method ids */
 593         if (!GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()) {
 594             initIDs();
 595         }
 596 
 597         String s = java.security.AccessController.doPrivileged(
 598                                                                new GetPropertyAction("awt.image.incrementaldraw"));
 599         isInc = (s == null || s.equals("true"));
 600 
 601         s = java.security.AccessController.doPrivileged(
 602                                                         new GetPropertyAction("awt.image.redrawrate"));
 603         incRate = (s != null) ? Integer.parseInt(s) : 100;
 604     }
 605 
 606     /**
 607      * Ease-of-use constant for <code>getAlignmentY()</code>.
 608      * Specifies an alignment to the top of the component.
 609      * @see     #getAlignmentY
 610      */
 611     public static final float TOP_ALIGNMENT = 0.0f;
 612 
 613     /**
 614      * Ease-of-use constant for <code>getAlignmentY</code> and
 615      * <code>getAlignmentX</code>. Specifies an alignment to
 616      * the center of the component
 617      * @see     #getAlignmentX
 618      * @see     #getAlignmentY
 619      */
 620     public static final float CENTER_ALIGNMENT = 0.5f;
 621 
 622     /**
 623      * Ease-of-use constant for <code>getAlignmentY</code>.
 624      * Specifies an alignment to the bottom of the component.
 625      * @see     #getAlignmentY
 626      */
 627     public static final float BOTTOM_ALIGNMENT = 1.0f;
 628 
 629     /**
 630      * Ease-of-use constant for <code>getAlignmentX</code>.
 631      * Specifies an alignment to the left side of the component.
 632      * @see     #getAlignmentX
 633      */
 634     public static final float LEFT_ALIGNMENT = 0.0f;
 635 
 636     /**
 637      * Ease-of-use constant for <code>getAlignmentX</code>.
 638      * Specifies an alignment to the right side of the component.
 639      * @see     #getAlignmentX
 640      */
 641     public static final float RIGHT_ALIGNMENT = 1.0f;
 642 
 643     /*
 644      * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
 645      */
 646     private static final long serialVersionUID = -7644114512714619750L;
 647 
 648     /**
 649      * If any <code>PropertyChangeListeners</code> have been registered,
 650      * the <code>changeSupport</code> field describes them.
 651      *
 652      * @serial
 653      * @since 1.2
 654      * @see #addPropertyChangeListener
 655      * @see #removePropertyChangeListener
 656      * @see #firePropertyChange
 657      */
 658     private PropertyChangeSupport changeSupport;
 659 
 660     /*
 661      * In some cases using "this" as an object to synchronize by
 662      * can lead to a deadlock if client code also uses synchronization
 663      * by a component object. For every such situation revealed we should
 664      * consider possibility of replacing "this" with the package private
 665      * objectLock object introduced below. So far there are 3 issues known:
 666      * - CR 6708322 (the getName/setName methods);
 667      * - CR 6608764 (the PropertyChangeListener machinery);
 668      * - CR 7108598 (the Container.paint/KeyboardFocusManager.clearMostRecentFocusOwner methods).
 669      *
 670      * Note: this field is considered final, though readObject() prohibits


 688     boolean isPacked = false;
 689 
 690     /**
 691      * Pseudoparameter for direct Geometry API (setLocation, setBounds setSize
 692      * to signal setBounds what's changing. Should be used under TreeLock.
 693      * This is only needed due to the inability to change the cross-calling
 694      * order of public and deprecated methods.
 695      */
 696     private int boundsOp = ComponentPeer.DEFAULT_OPERATION;
 697 
 698     /**
 699      * Enumeration of the common ways the baseline of a component can
 700      * change as the size changes.  The baseline resize behavior is
 701      * primarily for layout managers that need to know how the
 702      * position of the baseline changes as the component size changes.
 703      * In general the baseline resize behavior will be valid for sizes
 704      * greater than or equal to the minimum size (the actual minimum
 705      * size; not a developer specified minimum size).  For sizes
 706      * smaller than the minimum size the baseline may change in a way
 707      * other than the baseline resize behavior indicates.  Similarly,
 708      * as the size approaches <code>Integer.MAX_VALUE</code> and/or
 709      * <code>Short.MAX_VALUE</code> the baseline may change in a way
 710      * other than the baseline resize behavior indicates.
 711      *
 712      * @see #getBaselineResizeBehavior
 713      * @see #getBaseline(int,int)
 714      * @since 1.6
 715      */
 716     public enum BaselineResizeBehavior {
 717         /**
 718          * Indicates the baseline remains fixed relative to the
 719          * y-origin.  That is, <code>getBaseline</code> returns
 720          * the same value regardless of the height or width.  For example, a
 721          * <code>JLabel</code> containing non-empty text with a
 722          * vertical alignment of <code>TOP</code> should have a
 723          * baseline type of <code>CONSTANT_ASCENT</code>.
 724          */
 725         CONSTANT_ASCENT,
 726 
 727         /**
 728          * Indicates the baseline remains fixed relative to the height
 729          * and does not change as the width is varied.  That is, for
 730          * any height H the difference between H and
 731          * <code>getBaseline(w, H)</code> is the same.  For example, a
 732          * <code>JLabel</code> containing non-empty text with a
 733          * vertical alignment of <code>BOTTOM</code> should have a
 734          * baseline type of <code>CONSTANT_DESCENT</code>.
 735          */
 736         CONSTANT_DESCENT,
 737 
 738         /**
 739          * Indicates the baseline remains a fixed distance from
 740          * the center of the component.  That is, for any height H the
 741          * difference between <code>getBaseline(w, H)</code> and
 742          * <code>H / 2</code> is the same (plus or minus one depending upon
 743          * rounding error).
 744          * <p>
 745          * Because of possible rounding errors it is recommended
 746          * you ask for the baseline with two consecutive heights and use
 747          * the return value to determine if you need to pad calculations
 748          * by 1.  The following shows how to calculate the baseline for
 749          * any height:
 750          * <pre>
 751          *   Dimension preferredSize = component.getPreferredSize();
 752          *   int baseline = getBaseline(preferredSize.width,
 753          *                              preferredSize.height);
 754          *   int nextBaseline = getBaseline(preferredSize.width,
 755          *                                  preferredSize.height + 1);
 756          *   // Amount to add to height when calculating where baseline
 757          *   // lands for a particular height:
 758          *   int padding = 0;
 759          *   // Where the baseline is relative to the mid point
 760          *   int baselineOffset = baseline - height / 2;
 761          *   if (preferredSize.height % 2 == 0 &amp;&amp;
 762          *       baseline != nextBaseline) {


 971             }
 972 
 973             public void revalidateSynchronously(Component comp) {
 974                 comp.revalidateSynchronously();
 975             }
 976 
 977             @Override
 978             public void createBufferStrategy(Component comp, int numBuffers,
 979                     BufferCapabilities caps) throws AWTException {
 980                 comp.createBufferStrategy(numBuffers, caps);
 981             }
 982 
 983             @Override
 984             public BufferStrategy getBufferStrategy(Component comp) {
 985                 return comp.getBufferStrategy();
 986             }
 987         });
 988     }
 989 
 990     /**
 991      * Constructs a new component. Class <code>Component</code> can be
 992      * extended directly to create a lightweight component that does not
 993      * utilize an opaque native window. A lightweight component must be
 994      * hosted by a native container somewhere higher up in the component
 995      * tree (for example, by a <code>Frame</code> object).
 996      */
 997     protected Component() {
 998         appContext = AppContext.getAppContext();
 999     }
1000 
1001     @SuppressWarnings({"rawtypes", "unchecked"})
1002     void initializeFocusTraversalKeys() {
1003         focusTraversalKeys = new Set[3];
1004     }
1005 
1006     /**
1007      * Constructs a name for this component.  Called by <code>getName</code>
1008      * when the name is <code>null</code>.
1009      */
1010     String constructComponentName() {
1011         return null; // For strict compliance with prior platform versions, a Component
1012                      // that doesn't set its name should return null from
1013                      // getName()
1014     }
1015 
1016     /**
1017      * Gets the name of the component.
1018      * @return this component's name
1019      * @see    #setName
1020      * @since 1.1
1021      */
1022     public String getName() {
1023         if (name == null && !nameExplicitlySet) {
1024             synchronized(getObjectLock()) {
1025                 if (name == null && !nameExplicitlySet)
1026                     name = constructComponentName();
1027             }
1028         }


1054     public Container getParent() {
1055         return getParent_NoClientCode();
1056     }
1057 
1058     // NOTE: This method may be called by privileged threads.
1059     //       This functionality is implemented in a package-private method
1060     //       to insure that it cannot be overridden by client subclasses.
1061     //       DO NOT INVOKE CLIENT CODE ON THIS THREAD!
1062     final Container getParent_NoClientCode() {
1063         return parent;
1064     }
1065 
1066     // This method is overridden in the Window class to return null,
1067     //    because the parent field of the Window object contains
1068     //    the owner of the window, not its parent.
1069     Container getContainer() {
1070         return getParent_NoClientCode();
1071     }
1072 
1073     /**
1074      * Associate a <code>DropTarget</code> with this component.
1075      * The <code>Component</code> will receive drops only if it
1076      * is enabled.
1077      *
1078      * @see #isEnabled
1079      * @param dt The DropTarget
1080      */
1081 
1082     public synchronized void setDropTarget(DropTarget dt) {
1083         if (dt == dropTarget || (dropTarget != null && dropTarget.equals(dt)))
1084             return;
1085 
1086         DropTarget old;
1087 
1088         if ((old = dropTarget) != null) {
1089             dropTarget.removeNotify();
1090 
1091             DropTarget t = dropTarget;
1092 
1093             dropTarget = null;
1094 
1095             try {


1102         // if we have a new one, and we have a peer, add it!
1103 
1104         if ((dropTarget = dt) != null) {
1105             try {
1106                 dropTarget.setComponent(this);
1107                 dropTarget.addNotify();
1108             } catch (IllegalArgumentException iae) {
1109                 if (old != null) {
1110                     try {
1111                         old.setComponent(this);
1112                         dropTarget.addNotify();
1113                     } catch (IllegalArgumentException iae1) {
1114                         // ignore it!
1115                     }
1116                 }
1117             }
1118         }
1119     }
1120 
1121     /**
1122      * Gets the <code>DropTarget</code> associated with this
1123      * <code>Component</code>.
1124      *
1125      * @return the drop target
1126      */
1127 
1128     public synchronized DropTarget getDropTarget() { return dropTarget; }
1129 
1130     /**
1131      * Gets the <code>GraphicsConfiguration</code> associated with this
1132      * <code>Component</code>.
1133      * If the <code>Component</code> has not been assigned a specific
1134      * <code>GraphicsConfiguration</code>,
1135      * the <code>GraphicsConfiguration</code> of the
1136      * <code>Component</code> object's top-level container is
1137      * returned.
1138      * If the <code>Component</code> has been created, but not yet added
1139      * to a <code>Container</code>, this method returns <code>null</code>.
1140      *
1141      * @return the <code>GraphicsConfiguration</code> used by this
1142      *          <code>Component</code> or <code>null</code>
1143      * @since 1.3
1144      */
1145     public GraphicsConfiguration getGraphicsConfiguration() {
1146         synchronized(getTreeLock()) {
1147             return getGraphicsConfiguration_NoClientCode();
1148         }
1149     }
1150 
1151     final GraphicsConfiguration getGraphicsConfiguration_NoClientCode() {
1152         return graphicsConfig;
1153     }
1154 
1155     void setGraphicsConfiguration(GraphicsConfiguration gc) {
1156         synchronized(getTreeLock()) {
1157             if (updateGraphicsData(gc)) {
1158                 removeNotify();
1159                 addNotify();
1160             }
1161         }
1162     }
1163 
1164     boolean updateGraphicsData(GraphicsConfiguration gc) {
1165         checkTreeLock();
1166 
1167         if (graphicsConfig == gc) {
1168             return false;
1169         }
1170 
1171         graphicsConfig = gc;
1172 
1173         ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
1174         if (peer != null) {
1175             return peer.updateGraphicsData(gc);
1176         }
1177         return false;
1178     }
1179 
1180     /**
1181      * Checks that this component's <code>GraphicsDevice</code>
1182      * <code>idString</code> matches the string argument.
1183      */
1184     void checkGD(String stringID) {
1185         if (graphicsConfig != null) {
1186             if (!graphicsConfig.getDevice().getIDstring().equals(stringID)) {
1187                 throw new IllegalArgumentException(
1188                                                    "adding a container to a container on a different GraphicsDevice");
1189             }
1190         }
1191     }
1192 
1193     /**
1194      * Gets this component's locking object (the object that owns the thread
1195      * synchronization monitor) for AWT component-tree and layout
1196      * operations.
1197      * @return this component's locking object
1198      */
1199     public final Object getTreeLock() {
1200         return LOCK;
1201     }
1202 


1228             return parent.getToolkitImpl();
1229         }
1230         return Toolkit.getDefaultToolkit();
1231     }
1232 
1233     final ComponentFactory getComponentFactory() {
1234         final Toolkit toolkit = getToolkit();
1235         if (toolkit instanceof ComponentFactory) {
1236             return (ComponentFactory) toolkit;
1237         }
1238         throw new AWTError("UI components are unsupported by: " + toolkit);
1239     }
1240 
1241     /**
1242      * Determines whether this component is valid. A component is valid
1243      * when it is correctly sized and positioned within its parent
1244      * container and all its children are also valid.
1245      * In order to account for peers' size requirements, components are invalidated
1246      * before they are first shown on the screen. By the time the parent container
1247      * is fully realized, all its components will be valid.
1248      * @return <code>true</code> if the component is valid, <code>false</code>
1249      * otherwise
1250      * @see #validate
1251      * @see #invalidate
1252      * @since 1.0
1253      */
1254     public boolean isValid() {
1255         return (peer != null) && valid;
1256     }
1257 
1258     /**
1259      * Determines whether this component is displayable. A component is
1260      * displayable when it is connected to a native screen resource.
1261      * <p>
1262      * A component is made displayable either when it is added to
1263      * a displayable containment hierarchy or when its containment
1264      * hierarchy is made displayable.
1265      * A containment hierarchy is made displayable when its ancestor
1266      * window is either packed or made visible.
1267      * <p>
1268      * A component is made undisplayable either when it is removed from
1269      * a displayable containment hierarchy or when its containment hierarchy
1270      * is made undisplayable.  A containment hierarchy is made
1271      * undisplayable when its ancestor window is disposed.
1272      *
1273      * @return <code>true</code> if the component is displayable,
1274      * <code>false</code> otherwise
1275      * @see Container#add(Component)
1276      * @see Window#pack
1277      * @see Window#show
1278      * @see Container#remove(Component)
1279      * @see Window#dispose
1280      * @since 1.2
1281      */
1282     public boolean isDisplayable() {
1283         return peer != null;
1284     }
1285 
1286     /**
1287      * Determines whether this component should be visible when its
1288      * parent is visible. Components are
1289      * initially visible, with the exception of top level components such
1290      * as <code>Frame</code> objects.
1291      * @return <code>true</code> if the component is visible,
1292      * <code>false</code> otherwise
1293      * @see #setVisible
1294      * @since 1.0
1295      */
1296     @Transient
1297     public boolean isVisible() {
1298         return isVisible_NoClientCode();
1299     }
1300     final boolean isVisible_NoClientCode() {
1301         return visible;
1302     }
1303 
1304     /**
1305      * Determines whether this component will be displayed on the screen.
1306      * @return <code>true</code> if the component and all of its ancestors
1307      *          until a toplevel window or null parent are visible,
1308      *          <code>false</code> otherwise
1309      */
1310     boolean isRecursivelyVisible() {
1311         return visible && (parent == null || parent.isRecursivelyVisible());
1312     }
1313 
1314     /**
1315      * Determines the bounds of a visible part of the component relative to its
1316      * parent.
1317      *
1318      * @return the visible part of bounds
1319      */
1320     private Rectangle getRecursivelyVisibleBounds() {
1321         final Component container = getContainer();
1322         final Rectangle bounds = getBounds();
1323         if (container == null) {
1324             // we are top level window or haven't a container, return our bounds
1325             return bounds;
1326         }
1327         // translate the container's bounds to our coordinate space
1328         final Rectangle parentsBounds = container.getRecursivelyVisibleBounds();


1353         if (!isShowing()) {
1354             return null;
1355         }
1356         Window win = getContainingWindow();
1357         Toolkit toolkit = Toolkit.getDefaultToolkit();
1358         if (!(toolkit instanceof ComponentFactory)) {
1359             return null;
1360         }
1361         if (!((ComponentFactory) toolkit).getMouseInfoPeer().isWindowUnderMouse(win)) {
1362             return null;
1363         }
1364         final boolean INCLUDE_DISABLED = true;
1365         Point relativeToWindow = win.pointRelativeToComponent(pi.getLocation());
1366         Component inTheSameWindow = win.findComponentAt(relativeToWindow.x,
1367                                                         relativeToWindow.y,
1368                                                         INCLUDE_DISABLED);
1369         return inTheSameWindow;
1370     }
1371 
1372     /**
1373      * Returns the position of the mouse pointer in this <code>Component</code>'s
1374      * coordinate space if the <code>Component</code> is directly under the mouse
1375      * pointer, otherwise returns <code>null</code>.
1376      * If the <code>Component</code> is not showing on the screen, this method
1377      * returns <code>null</code> even if the mouse pointer is above the area
1378      * where the <code>Component</code> would be displayed.
1379      * If the <code>Component</code> is partially or fully obscured by other
1380      * <code>Component</code>s or native windows, this method returns a non-null
1381      * value only if the mouse pointer is located above the unobscured part of the
1382      * <code>Component</code>.
1383      * <p>
1384      * For <code>Container</code>s it returns a non-null value if the mouse is
1385      * above the <code>Container</code> itself or above any of its descendants.
1386      * Use {@link Container#getMousePosition(boolean)} if you need to exclude children.
1387      * <p>
1388      * Sometimes the exact mouse coordinates are not important, and the only thing
1389      * that matters is whether a specific <code>Component</code> is under the mouse
1390      * pointer. If the return value of this method is <code>null</code>, mouse
1391      * pointer is not directly above the <code>Component</code>.
1392      *
1393      * @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless() returns true
1394      * @see       #isShowing
1395      * @see       Container#getMousePosition
1396      * @return    mouse coordinates relative to this <code>Component</code>, or null
1397      * @since     1.5
1398      */
1399     public Point getMousePosition() throws HeadlessException {
1400         if (GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()) {
1401             throw new HeadlessException();
1402         }
1403 
1404         PointerInfo pi = java.security.AccessController.doPrivileged(
1405                                                                      new java.security.PrivilegedAction<PointerInfo>() {
1406                                                                          public PointerInfo run() {
1407                                                                              return MouseInfo.getPointerInfo();
1408                                                                          }
1409                                                                      }
1410                                                                      );
1411 
1412         synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
1413             Component inTheSameWindow = findUnderMouseInWindow(pi);
1414             if (!isSameOrAncestorOf(inTheSameWindow, true)) {
1415                 return null;
1416             }


1421     /**
1422      * Overridden in Container. Must be called under TreeLock.
1423      */
1424     boolean isSameOrAncestorOf(Component comp, boolean allowChildren) {
1425         return comp == this;
1426     }
1427 
1428     /**
1429      * Determines whether this component is showing on screen. This means
1430      * that the component must be visible, and it must be in a container
1431      * that is visible and showing.
1432      * <p>
1433      * <strong>Note:</strong> sometimes there is no way to detect whether the
1434      * {@code Component} is actually visible to the user.  This can happen when:
1435      * <ul>
1436      * <li>the component has been added to a visible {@code ScrollPane} but
1437      * the {@code Component} is not currently in the scroll pane's view port.
1438      * <li>the {@code Component} is obscured by another {@code Component} or
1439      * {@code Container}.
1440      * </ul>
1441      * @return <code>true</code> if the component is showing,
1442      *          <code>false</code> otherwise
1443      * @see #setVisible
1444      * @since 1.0
1445      */
1446     public boolean isShowing() {
1447         if (visible && (peer != null)) {
1448             Container parent = this.parent;
1449             return (parent == null) || parent.isShowing();
1450         }
1451         return false;
1452     }
1453 
1454     /**
1455      * Determines whether this component is enabled. An enabled component
1456      * can respond to user input and generate events. Components are
1457      * enabled initially by default. A component may be enabled or disabled by
1458      * calling its <code>setEnabled</code> method.
1459      * @return <code>true</code> if the component is enabled,
1460      *          <code>false</code> otherwise
1461      * @see #setEnabled
1462      * @since 1.0
1463      */
1464     public boolean isEnabled() {
1465         return isEnabledImpl();
1466     }
1467 
1468     /*
1469      * This is called by the native code, so client code can't
1470      * be called on the toolkit thread.
1471      */
1472     final boolean isEnabledImpl() {
1473         return enabled;
1474     }
1475 
1476     /**
1477      * Enables or disables this component, depending on the value of the
1478      * parameter <code>b</code>. An enabled component can respond to user
1479      * input and generate events. Components are enabled initially by default.
1480      *
1481      * <p>Note: Disabling a lightweight component does not prevent it from
1482      * receiving MouseEvents.
1483      * <p>Note: Disabling a heavyweight container prevents all components
1484      * in this container from receiving any input events.  But disabling a
1485      * lightweight container affects only this container.
1486      *
1487      * @param     b   If <code>true</code>, this component is
1488      *            enabled; otherwise this component is disabled
1489      * @see #isEnabled
1490      * @see #isLightweight
1491      * @since 1.1
1492      */
1493     public void setEnabled(boolean b) {
1494         enable(b);
1495     }
1496 
1497     /**
1498      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
1499      * replaced by <code>setEnabled(boolean)</code>.
1500      */
1501     @Deprecated
1502     public void enable() {
1503         if (!enabled) {
1504             synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
1505                 enabled = true;
1506                 ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
1507                 if (peer != null) {
1508                     peer.setEnabled(true);
1509                     if (visible && !getRecursivelyVisibleBounds().isEmpty()) {
1510                         updateCursorImmediately();
1511                     }
1512                 }
1513             }
1514             if (accessibleContext != null) {
1515                 accessibleContext.firePropertyChange(
1516                                                      AccessibleContext.ACCESSIBLE_STATE_PROPERTY,
1517                                                      null, AccessibleState.ENABLED);
1518             }
1519         }
1520     }
1521 
1522     /**
1523      * Enables or disables this component.
1524      *
1525      * @param  b {@code true} to enable this component;
1526      *         otherwise {@code false}
1527      *
1528      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
1529      * replaced by <code>setEnabled(boolean)</code>.
1530      */
1531     @Deprecated
1532     public void enable(boolean b) {
1533         if (b) {
1534             enable();
1535         } else {
1536             disable();
1537         }
1538     }
1539 
1540     /**
1541      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
1542      * replaced by <code>setEnabled(boolean)</code>.
1543      */
1544     @Deprecated
1545     public void disable() {
1546         if (enabled) {
1547             KeyboardFocusManager.clearMostRecentFocusOwner(this);
1548             synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
1549                 enabled = false;
1550                 // A disabled lw container is allowed to contain a focus owner.
1551                 if ((isFocusOwner() || (containsFocus() && !isLightweight())) &&
1552                     KeyboardFocusManager.isAutoFocusTransferEnabled())
1553                 {
1554                     // Don't clear the global focus owner. If transferFocus
1555                     // fails, we want the focus to stay on the disabled
1556                     // Component so that keyboard traversal, et. al. still
1557                     // makes sense to the user.
1558                     transferFocus(false);
1559                 }
1560                 ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
1561                 if (peer != null) {
1562                     peer.setEnabled(false);


1612                         new FocusEvent(this, FocusEvent.FOCUS_GAINED);
1613                     inputContext.dispatchEvent(focusGainedEvent);
1614                 }
1615             }
1616 
1617             eventMask |= AWTEvent.INPUT_METHODS_ENABLED_MASK;
1618         } else {
1619             if ((eventMask & AWTEvent.INPUT_METHODS_ENABLED_MASK) != 0) {
1620                 InputContext inputContext = getInputContext();
1621                 if (inputContext != null) {
1622                     inputContext.endComposition();
1623                     inputContext.removeNotify(this);
1624                 }
1625             }
1626             eventMask &= ~AWTEvent.INPUT_METHODS_ENABLED_MASK;
1627         }
1628     }
1629 
1630     /**
1631      * Shows or hides this component depending on the value of parameter
1632      * <code>b</code>.
1633      * <p>
1634      * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
1635      * invalidates the component hierarchy.
1636      *
1637      * @param b  if <code>true</code>, shows this component;
1638      * otherwise, hides this component
1639      * @see #isVisible
1640      * @see #invalidate
1641      * @since 1.1
1642      */
1643     public void setVisible(boolean b) {
1644         show(b);
1645     }
1646 
1647     /**
1648      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
1649      * replaced by <code>setVisible(boolean)</code>.
1650      */
1651     @Deprecated
1652     public void show() {
1653         if (!visible) {
1654             synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
1655                 visible = true;
1656                 mixOnShowing();
1657                 ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
1658                 if (peer != null) {
1659                     peer.setVisible(true);
1660                     createHierarchyEvents(HierarchyEvent.HIERARCHY_CHANGED,
1661                                           this, parent,
1662                                           HierarchyEvent.SHOWING_CHANGED,
1663                                           Toolkit.enabledOnToolkit(AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK));
1664                     if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
1665                         repaint();
1666                     }
1667                     updateCursorImmediately();
1668                 }
1669 


1672                     Toolkit.enabledOnToolkit(AWTEvent.COMPONENT_EVENT_MASK)) {
1673                     ComponentEvent e = new ComponentEvent(this,
1674                                                           ComponentEvent.COMPONENT_SHOWN);
1675                     Toolkit.getEventQueue().postEvent(e);
1676                 }
1677             }
1678             Container parent = this.parent;
1679             if (parent != null) {
1680                 parent.invalidate();
1681             }
1682         }
1683     }
1684 
1685     /**
1686      * Makes this component visible or invisible.
1687      *
1688      * @param  b {@code true} to make this component visible;
1689      *         otherwise {@code false}
1690      *
1691      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
1692      * replaced by <code>setVisible(boolean)</code>.
1693      */
1694     @Deprecated
1695     public void show(boolean b) {
1696         if (b) {
1697             show();
1698         } else {
1699             hide();
1700         }
1701     }
1702 
1703     boolean containsFocus() {
1704         return isFocusOwner();
1705     }
1706 
1707     void clearMostRecentFocusOwnerOnHide() {
1708         KeyboardFocusManager.clearMostRecentFocusOwner(this);
1709     }
1710 
1711     void clearCurrentFocusCycleRootOnHide() {
1712         /* do nothing */
1713     }
1714 
1715     /**
1716      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
1717      * replaced by <code>setVisible(boolean)</code>.
1718      */
1719     @Deprecated
1720     public void hide() {
1721         isPacked = false;
1722 
1723         if (visible) {
1724             clearCurrentFocusCycleRootOnHide();
1725             clearMostRecentFocusOwnerOnHide();
1726             synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
1727                 visible = false;
1728                 mixOnHiding(isLightweight());
1729                 if (containsFocus() && KeyboardFocusManager.isAutoFocusTransferEnabled()) {
1730                     transferFocus(true);
1731                 }
1732                 ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
1733                 if (peer != null) {
1734                     peer.setVisible(false);
1735                     createHierarchyEvents(HierarchyEvent.HIERARCHY_CHANGED,
1736                                           this, parent,
1737                                           HierarchyEvent.SHOWING_CHANGED,


1762      * not have a foreground color, the foreground color of its parent
1763      * is returned
1764      * @see #setForeground
1765      * @since 1.0
1766      * @beaninfo
1767      *       bound: true
1768      */
1769     @Transient
1770     public Color getForeground() {
1771         Color foreground = this.foreground;
1772         if (foreground != null) {
1773             return foreground;
1774         }
1775         Container parent = this.parent;
1776         return (parent != null) ? parent.getForeground() : null;
1777     }
1778 
1779     /**
1780      * Sets the foreground color of this component.
1781      * @param c the color to become this component's
1782      *          foreground color; if this parameter is <code>null</code>
1783      *          then this component will inherit
1784      *          the foreground color of its parent
1785      * @see #getForeground
1786      * @since 1.0
1787      */
1788     public void setForeground(Color c) {
1789         Color oldColor = foreground;
1790         ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
1791         foreground = c;
1792         if (peer != null) {
1793             c = getForeground();
1794             if (c != null) {
1795                 peer.setForeground(c);
1796             }
1797         }
1798         // This is a bound property, so report the change to
1799         // any registered listeners.  (Cheap if there are none.)
1800         firePropertyChange("foreground", oldColor, c);
1801     }
1802 
1803     /**
1804      * Returns whether the foreground color has been explicitly set for this
1805      * Component. If this method returns <code>false</code>, this Component is
1806      * inheriting its foreground color from an ancestor.
1807      *
1808      * @return <code>true</code> if the foreground color has been explicitly
1809      *         set for this Component; <code>false</code> otherwise.
1810      * @since 1.4
1811      */
1812     public boolean isForegroundSet() {
1813         return (foreground != null);
1814     }
1815 
1816     /**
1817      * Gets the background color of this component.
1818      * @return this component's background color; if this component does
1819      *          not have a background color,
1820      *          the background color of its parent is returned
1821      * @see #setBackground
1822      * @since 1.0
1823      */
1824     @Transient
1825     public Color getBackground() {
1826         Color background = this.background;
1827         if (background != null) {
1828             return background;
1829         }
1830         Container parent = this.parent;
1831         return (parent != null) ? parent.getBackground() : null;
1832     }
1833 
1834     /**
1835      * Sets the background color of this component.
1836      * <p>
1837      * The background color affects each component differently and the
1838      * parts of the component that are affected by the background color
1839      * may differ between operating systems.
1840      *
1841      * @param c the color to become this component's color;
1842      *          if this parameter is <code>null</code>, then this
1843      *          component will inherit the background color of its parent
1844      * @see #getBackground
1845      * @since 1.0
1846      * @beaninfo
1847      *       bound: true
1848      */
1849     public void setBackground(Color c) {
1850         Color oldColor = background;
1851         ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
1852         background = c;
1853         if (peer != null) {
1854             c = getBackground();
1855             if (c != null) {
1856                 peer.setBackground(c);
1857             }
1858         }
1859         // This is a bound property, so report the change to
1860         // any registered listeners.  (Cheap if there are none.)
1861         firePropertyChange("background", oldColor, c);
1862     }
1863 
1864     /**
1865      * Returns whether the background color has been explicitly set for this
1866      * Component. If this method returns <code>false</code>, this Component is
1867      * inheriting its background color from an ancestor.
1868      *
1869      * @return <code>true</code> if the background color has been explicitly
1870      *         set for this Component; <code>false</code> otherwise.
1871      * @since 1.4
1872      */
1873     public boolean isBackgroundSet() {
1874         return (background != null);
1875     }
1876 
1877     /**
1878      * Gets the font of this component.
1879      * @return this component's font; if a font has not been set
1880      * for this component, the font of its parent is returned
1881      * @see #setFont
1882      * @since 1.0
1883      */
1884     @Transient
1885     public Font getFont() {
1886         return getFont_NoClientCode();
1887     }
1888 
1889     // NOTE: This method may be called by privileged threads.
1890     //       This functionality is implemented in a package-private method
1891     //       to insure that it cannot be overridden by client subclasses.
1892     //       DO NOT INVOKE CLIENT CODE ON THIS THREAD!
1893     final Font getFont_NoClientCode() {
1894         Font font = this.font;
1895         if (font != null) {
1896             return font;
1897         }
1898         Container parent = this.parent;
1899         return (parent != null) ? parent.getFont_NoClientCode() : null;
1900     }
1901 
1902     /**
1903      * Sets the font of this component.
1904      * <p>
1905      * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
1906      * invalidates the component hierarchy.
1907      *
1908      * @param f the font to become this component's font;
1909      *          if this parameter is <code>null</code> then this
1910      *          component will inherit the font of its parent
1911      * @see #getFont
1912      * @see #invalidate
1913      * @since 1.0
1914      * @beaninfo
1915      *       bound: true
1916      */
1917     public void setFont(Font f) {
1918         Font oldFont, newFont;
1919         synchronized(getTreeLock()) {
1920             oldFont = font;
1921             newFont = font = f;
1922             ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
1923             if (peer != null) {
1924                 f = getFont();
1925                 if (f != null) {
1926                     peer.setFont(f);
1927                     peerFont = f;
1928                 }
1929             }
1930         }
1931         // This is a bound property, so report the change to
1932         // any registered listeners.  (Cheap if there are none.)
1933         firePropertyChange("font", oldFont, newFont);
1934 
1935         // This could change the preferred size of the Component.
1936         // Fix for 6213660. Should compare old and new fonts and do not
1937         // call invalidate() if they are equal.
1938         if (f != oldFont && (oldFont == null ||
1939                                       !oldFont.equals(f))) {
1940             invalidateIfValid();
1941         }
1942     }
1943 
1944     /**
1945      * Returns whether the font has been explicitly set for this Component. If
1946      * this method returns <code>false</code>, this Component is inheriting its
1947      * font from an ancestor.
1948      *
1949      * @return <code>true</code> if the font has been explicitly set for this
1950      *         Component; <code>false</code> otherwise.
1951      * @since 1.4
1952      */
1953     public boolean isFontSet() {
1954         return (font != null);
1955     }
1956 
1957     /**
1958      * Gets the locale of this component.
1959      * @return this component's locale; if this component does not
1960      *          have a locale, the locale of its parent is returned
1961      * @see #setLocale
1962      * @exception IllegalComponentStateException if the <code>Component</code>
1963      *          does not have its own locale and has not yet been added to
1964      *          a containment hierarchy such that the locale can be determined
1965      *          from the containing parent
1966      * @since  1.1
1967      */
1968     public Locale getLocale() {
1969         Locale locale = this.locale;
1970         if (locale != null) {
1971             return locale;
1972         }
1973         Container parent = this.parent;
1974 
1975         if (parent == null) {
1976             throw new IllegalComponentStateException("This component must have a parent in order to determine its locale");
1977         } else {
1978             return parent.getLocale();
1979         }
1980     }
1981 
1982     /**


1986      * invalidates the component hierarchy.
1987      *
1988      * @param l the locale to become this component's locale
1989      * @see #getLocale
1990      * @see #invalidate
1991      * @since 1.1
1992      */
1993     public void setLocale(Locale l) {
1994         Locale oldValue = locale;
1995         locale = l;
1996 
1997         // This is a bound property, so report the change to
1998         // any registered listeners.  (Cheap if there are none.)
1999         firePropertyChange("locale", oldValue, l);
2000 
2001         // This could change the preferred size of the Component.
2002         invalidateIfValid();
2003     }
2004 
2005     /**
2006      * Gets the instance of <code>ColorModel</code> used to display
2007      * the component on the output device.
2008      * @return the color model used by this component
2009      * @see java.awt.image.ColorModel
2010      * @see java.awt.peer.ComponentPeer#getColorModel()
2011      * @see Toolkit#getColorModel()
2012      * @since 1.0
2013      */
2014     public ColorModel getColorModel() {
2015         ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
2016         if ((peer != null) && ! (peer instanceof LightweightPeer)) {
2017             return peer.getColorModel();
2018         } else if (GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()) {
2019             return ColorModel.getRGBdefault();
2020         } // else
2021         return getToolkit().getColorModel();
2022     }
2023 
2024     /**
2025      * Gets the location of this component in the form of a
2026      * point specifying the component's top-left corner.
2027      * The location will be relative to the parent's coordinate space.
2028      * <p>
2029      * Due to the asynchronous nature of native event handling, this
2030      * method can return outdated values (for instance, after several calls
2031      * of <code>setLocation()</code> in rapid succession).  For this
2032      * reason, the recommended method of obtaining a component's position is
2033      * within <code>java.awt.event.ComponentListener.componentMoved()</code>,
2034      * which is called after the operating system has finished moving the
2035      * component.
2036      * </p>
2037      * @return an instance of <code>Point</code> representing
2038      *          the top-left corner of the component's bounds in
2039      *          the coordinate space of the component's parent
2040      * @see #setLocation
2041      * @see #getLocationOnScreen
2042      * @since 1.1
2043      */
2044     public Point getLocation() {
2045         return location();
2046     }
2047 
2048     /**
2049      * Gets the location of this component in the form of a point
2050      * specifying the component's top-left corner in the screen's
2051      * coordinate space.
2052      * @return an instance of <code>Point</code> representing
2053      *          the top-left corner of the component's bounds in the
2054      *          coordinate space of the screen
2055      * @throws IllegalComponentStateException if the
2056      *          component is not showing on the screen
2057      * @see #setLocation
2058      * @see #getLocation
2059      */
2060     public Point getLocationOnScreen() {
2061         synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
2062             return getLocationOnScreen_NoTreeLock();
2063         }
2064     }
2065 
2066     /*
2067      * a package private version of getLocationOnScreen
2068      * used by GlobalCursormanager to update cursor
2069      */
2070     final Point getLocationOnScreen_NoTreeLock() {
2071 
2072         if (peer != null && isShowing()) {


2078                 for(Component c = this; c != host; c = c.getParent()) {
2079                     pt.x += c.x;
2080                     pt.y += c.y;
2081                 }
2082                 return pt;
2083             } else {
2084                 Point pt = peer.getLocationOnScreen();
2085                 return pt;
2086             }
2087         } else {
2088             throw new IllegalComponentStateException("component must be showing on the screen to determine its location");
2089         }
2090     }
2091 
2092 
2093     /**
2094      * Returns the location of this component's top left corner.
2095      *
2096      * @return the location of this component's top left corner
2097      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
2098      * replaced by <code>getLocation()</code>.
2099      */
2100     @Deprecated
2101     public Point location() {
2102         return location_NoClientCode();
2103     }
2104 
2105     private Point location_NoClientCode() {
2106         return new Point(x, y);
2107     }
2108 
2109     /**
2110      * Moves this component to a new location. The top-left corner of
2111      * the new location is specified by the <code>x</code> and <code>y</code>
2112      * parameters in the coordinate space of this component's parent.
2113      * <p>
2114      * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
2115      * invalidates the component hierarchy.
2116      *
2117      * @param x the <i>x</i>-coordinate of the new location's
2118      *          top-left corner in the parent's coordinate space
2119      * @param y the <i>y</i>-coordinate of the new location's
2120      *          top-left corner in the parent's coordinate space
2121      * @see #getLocation
2122      * @see #setBounds
2123      * @see #invalidate
2124      * @since 1.1
2125      */
2126     public void setLocation(int x, int y) {
2127         move(x, y);
2128     }
2129 
2130     /**
2131      * Moves this component to a new location.
2132      *
2133      * @param  x the <i>x</i>-coordinate of the new location's
2134      *           top-left corner in the parent's coordinate space
2135      * @param  y the <i>y</i>-coordinate of the new location's
2136      *           top-left corner in the parent's coordinate space
2137      *
2138      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
2139      * replaced by <code>setLocation(int, int)</code>.
2140      */
2141     @Deprecated
2142     public void move(int x, int y) {
2143         synchronized(getTreeLock()) {
2144             setBoundsOp(ComponentPeer.SET_LOCATION);
2145             setBounds(x, y, width, height);
2146         }
2147     }
2148 
2149     /**
2150      * Moves this component to a new location. The top-left corner of
2151      * the new location is specified by point <code>p</code>. Point
2152      * <code>p</code> is given in the parent's coordinate space.
2153      * <p>
2154      * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
2155      * invalidates the component hierarchy.
2156      *
2157      * @param p the point defining the top-left corner
2158      *          of the new location, given in the coordinate space of this
2159      *          component's parent
2160      * @see #getLocation
2161      * @see #setBounds
2162      * @see #invalidate
2163      * @since 1.1
2164      */
2165     public void setLocation(Point p) {
2166         setLocation(p.x, p.y);
2167     }
2168 
2169     /**
2170      * Returns the size of this component in the form of a
2171      * <code>Dimension</code> object. The <code>height</code>
2172      * field of the <code>Dimension</code> object contains
2173      * this component's height, and the <code>width</code>
2174      * field of the <code>Dimension</code> object contains
2175      * this component's width.
2176      * @return a <code>Dimension</code> object that indicates the
2177      *          size of this component
2178      * @see #setSize
2179      * @since 1.1
2180      */
2181     public Dimension getSize() {
2182         return size();
2183     }
2184 
2185     /**
2186      * Returns the size of this component in the form of a
2187      * {@code Dimension} object.
2188      *
2189      * @return the {@code Dimension} object that indicates the
2190      *         size of this component
2191      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
2192      * replaced by <code>getSize()</code>.
2193      */
2194     @Deprecated
2195     public Dimension size() {
2196         return new Dimension(width, height);
2197     }
2198 
2199     /**
2200      * Resizes this component so that it has width <code>width</code>
2201      * and height <code>height</code>.
2202      * <p>
2203      * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
2204      * invalidates the component hierarchy.
2205      *
2206      * @param width the new width of this component in pixels
2207      * @param height the new height of this component in pixels
2208      * @see #getSize
2209      * @see #setBounds
2210      * @see #invalidate
2211      * @since 1.1
2212      */
2213     public void setSize(int width, int height) {
2214         resize(width, height);
2215     }
2216 
2217     /**
2218      * Resizes this component.
2219      *
2220      * @param  width the new width of the component
2221      * @param  height the new height of the component
2222      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
2223      * replaced by <code>setSize(int, int)</code>.
2224      */
2225     @Deprecated
2226     public void resize(int width, int height) {
2227         synchronized(getTreeLock()) {
2228             setBoundsOp(ComponentPeer.SET_SIZE);
2229             setBounds(x, y, width, height);
2230         }
2231     }
2232 
2233     /**
2234      * Resizes this component so that it has width <code>d.width</code>
2235      * and height <code>d.height</code>.
2236      * <p>
2237      * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
2238      * invalidates the component hierarchy.
2239      *
2240      * @param d the dimension specifying the new size
2241      *          of this component
2242      * @throws NullPointerException if {@code d} is {@code null}
2243      * @see #setSize
2244      * @see #setBounds
2245      * @see #invalidate
2246      * @since 1.1
2247      */
2248     public void setSize(Dimension d) {
2249         resize(d);
2250     }
2251 
2252     /**
2253      * Resizes this component so that it has width {@code d.width}
2254      * and height {@code d.height}.
2255      *
2256      * @param  d the new size of this component
2257      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
2258      * replaced by <code>setSize(Dimension)</code>.
2259      */
2260     @Deprecated
2261     public void resize(Dimension d) {
2262         setSize(d.width, d.height);
2263     }
2264 
2265     /**
2266      * Gets the bounds of this component in the form of a
2267      * <code>Rectangle</code> object. The bounds specify this
2268      * component's width, height, and location relative to
2269      * its parent.
2270      * @return a rectangle indicating this component's bounds
2271      * @see #setBounds
2272      * @see #getLocation
2273      * @see #getSize
2274      */
2275     public Rectangle getBounds() {
2276         return bounds();
2277     }
2278 
2279     /**
2280      * Returns the bounding rectangle of this component.
2281      *
2282      * @return the bounding rectangle for this component
2283      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
2284      * replaced by <code>getBounds()</code>.
2285      */
2286     @Deprecated
2287     public Rectangle bounds() {
2288         return new Rectangle(x, y, width, height);
2289     }
2290 
2291     /**
2292      * Moves and resizes this component. The new location of the top-left
2293      * corner is specified by <code>x</code> and <code>y</code>, and the
2294      * new size is specified by <code>width</code> and <code>height</code>.
2295      * <p>
2296      * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
2297      * invalidates the component hierarchy.
2298      *
2299      * @param x the new <i>x</i>-coordinate of this component
2300      * @param y the new <i>y</i>-coordinate of this component
2301      * @param width the new <code>width</code> of this component
2302      * @param height the new <code>height</code> of this
2303      *          component
2304      * @see #getBounds
2305      * @see #setLocation(int, int)
2306      * @see #setLocation(Point)
2307      * @see #setSize(int, int)
2308      * @see #setSize(Dimension)
2309      * @see #invalidate
2310      * @since 1.1
2311      */
2312     public void setBounds(int x, int y, int width, int height) {
2313         reshape(x, y, width, height);
2314     }
2315 
2316     /**
2317      * Reshapes the bounding rectangle for this component.
2318      *
2319      * @param  x the <i>x</i> coordinate of the upper left corner of the rectangle
2320      * @param  y the <i>y</i> coordinate of the upper left corner of the rectangle
2321      * @param  width the width of the rectangle
2322      * @param  height the height of the rectangle
2323      *
2324      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
2325      * replaced by <code>setBounds(int, int, int, int)</code>.
2326      */
2327     @Deprecated
2328     public void reshape(int x, int y, int width, int height) {
2329         synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
2330             try {
2331                 setBoundsOp(ComponentPeer.SET_BOUNDS);
2332                 boolean resized = (this.width != width) || (this.height != height);
2333                 boolean moved = (this.x != x) || (this.y != y);
2334                 if (!resized && !moved) {
2335                     return;
2336                 }
2337                 int oldX = this.x;
2338                 int oldY = this.y;
2339                 int oldWidth = this.width;
2340                 int oldHeight = this.height;
2341                 this.x = x;
2342                 this.y = y;
2343                 this.width = width;
2344                 this.height = height;
2345 


2425                 }
2426             } else {
2427                 if (this instanceof Container && ((Container)this).countComponents() > 0) {
2428                     boolean enabledOnToolkit =
2429                         Toolkit.enabledOnToolkit(AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_BOUNDS_EVENT_MASK);
2430                     if (resized) {
2431 
2432                         ((Container)this).createChildHierarchyEvents(
2433                                                                      HierarchyEvent.ANCESTOR_RESIZED, 0, enabledOnToolkit);
2434                     }
2435                     if (moved) {
2436                         ((Container)this).createChildHierarchyEvents(
2437                                                                      HierarchyEvent.ANCESTOR_MOVED, 0, enabledOnToolkit);
2438                     }
2439                 }
2440                 }
2441     }
2442 
2443     /**
2444      * Moves and resizes this component to conform to the new
2445      * bounding rectangle <code>r</code>. This component's new
2446      * position is specified by <code>r.x</code> and <code>r.y</code>,
2447      * and its new size is specified by <code>r.width</code> and
2448      * <code>r.height</code>
2449      * <p>
2450      * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
2451      * invalidates the component hierarchy.
2452      *
2453      * @param r the new bounding rectangle for this component
2454      * @throws NullPointerException if {@code r} is {@code null}
2455      * @see       #getBounds
2456      * @see       #setLocation(int, int)
2457      * @see       #setLocation(Point)
2458      * @see       #setSize(int, int)
2459      * @see       #setSize(Dimension)
2460      * @see #invalidate
2461      * @since     1.1
2462      */
2463     public void setBounds(Rectangle r) {
2464         setBounds(r.x, r.y, r.width, r.height);
2465     }
2466 
2467 
2468     /**
2469      * Returns the current x coordinate of the components origin.
2470      * This method is preferable to writing
2471      * <code>component.getBounds().x</code>,
2472      * or <code>component.getLocation().x</code> because it doesn't
2473      * cause any heap allocations.
2474      *
2475      * @return the current x coordinate of the components origin
2476      * @since 1.2
2477      */
2478     public int getX() {
2479         return x;
2480     }
2481 
2482 
2483     /**
2484      * Returns the current y coordinate of the components origin.
2485      * This method is preferable to writing
2486      * <code>component.getBounds().y</code>,
2487      * or <code>component.getLocation().y</code> because it
2488      * doesn't cause any heap allocations.
2489      *
2490      * @return the current y coordinate of the components origin
2491      * @since 1.2
2492      */
2493     public int getY() {
2494         return y;
2495     }
2496 
2497 
2498     /**
2499      * Returns the current width of this component.
2500      * This method is preferable to writing
2501      * <code>component.getBounds().width</code>,
2502      * or <code>component.getSize().width</code> because it
2503      * doesn't cause any heap allocations.
2504      *
2505      * @return the current width of this component
2506      * @since 1.2
2507      */
2508     public int getWidth() {
2509         return width;
2510     }
2511 
2512 
2513     /**
2514      * Returns the current height of this component.
2515      * This method is preferable to writing
2516      * <code>component.getBounds().height</code>,
2517      * or <code>component.getSize().height</code> because it
2518      * doesn't cause any heap allocations.
2519      *
2520      * @return the current height of this component
2521      * @since 1.2
2522      */
2523     public int getHeight() {
2524         return height;
2525     }
2526 
2527     /**
2528      * Stores the bounds of this component into "return value" <b>rv</b> and
2529      * return <b>rv</b>.  If rv is <code>null</code> a new
2530      * <code>Rectangle</code> is allocated.
2531      * This version of <code>getBounds</code> is useful if the caller
2532      * wants to avoid allocating a new <code>Rectangle</code> object
2533      * on the heap.
2534      *
2535      * @param rv the return value, modified to the components bounds
2536      * @return rv
2537      */
2538     public Rectangle getBounds(Rectangle rv) {
2539         if (rv == null) {
2540             return new Rectangle(getX(), getY(), getWidth(), getHeight());
2541         }
2542         else {
2543             rv.setBounds(getX(), getY(), getWidth(), getHeight());
2544             return rv;
2545         }
2546     }
2547 
2548     /**
2549      * Stores the width/height of this component into "return value" <b>rv</b>
2550      * and return <b>rv</b>.   If rv is <code>null</code> a new
2551      * <code>Dimension</code> object is allocated.  This version of
2552      * <code>getSize</code> is useful if the caller wants to avoid
2553      * allocating a new <code>Dimension</code> object on the heap.
2554      *
2555      * @param rv the return value, modified to the components size
2556      * @return rv
2557      */
2558     public Dimension getSize(Dimension rv) {
2559         if (rv == null) {
2560             return new Dimension(getWidth(), getHeight());
2561         }
2562         else {
2563             rv.setSize(getWidth(), getHeight());
2564             return rv;
2565         }
2566     }
2567 
2568     /**
2569      * Stores the x,y origin of this component into "return value" <b>rv</b>
2570      * and return <b>rv</b>.   If rv is <code>null</code> a new
2571      * <code>Point</code> is allocated.
2572      * This version of <code>getLocation</code> is useful if the
2573      * caller wants to avoid allocating a new <code>Point</code>
2574      * object on the heap.
2575      *
2576      * @param rv the return value, modified to the components location
2577      * @return rv
2578      */
2579     public Point getLocation(Point rv) {
2580         if (rv == null) {
2581             return new Point(getX(), getY());
2582         }
2583         else {
2584             rv.setLocation(getX(), getY());
2585             return rv;
2586         }
2587     }
2588 
2589     /**
2590      * Returns true if this component is completely opaque, returns
2591      * false by default.
2592      * <p>
2593      * An opaque component paints every pixel within its


2598      * <p>
2599      * Subclasses that guarantee to always completely paint their
2600      * contents should override this method and return true.
2601      *
2602      * @return true if this component is completely opaque
2603      * @see #isLightweight
2604      * @since 1.2
2605      */
2606     public boolean isOpaque() {
2607         if (peer == null) {
2608             return false;
2609         }
2610         else {
2611             return !isLightweight();
2612         }
2613     }
2614 
2615 
2616     /**
2617      * A lightweight component doesn't have a native toolkit peer.
2618      * Subclasses of <code>Component</code> and <code>Container</code>,
2619      * other than the ones defined in this package like <code>Button</code>
2620      * or <code>Scrollbar</code>, are lightweight.
2621      * All of the Swing components are lightweights.
2622      * <p>
2623      * This method will always return <code>false</code> if this component
2624      * is not displayable because it is impossible to determine the
2625      * weight of an undisplayable component.
2626      *
2627      * @return true if this component has a lightweight peer; false if
2628      *         it has a native peer or no peer
2629      * @see #isDisplayable
2630      * @since 1.2
2631      */
2632     public boolean isLightweight() {
2633         return peer instanceof LightweightPeer;
2634     }
2635 
2636 
2637     /**
2638      * Sets the preferred size of this component to a constant
2639      * value.  Subsequent calls to <code>getPreferredSize</code> will always
2640      * return this value.  Setting the preferred size to <code>null</code>
2641      * restores the default behavior.
2642      *
2643      * @param preferredSize The new preferred size, or null
2644      * @see #getPreferredSize
2645      * @see #isPreferredSizeSet
2646      * @since 1.5
2647      */
2648     public void setPreferredSize(Dimension preferredSize) {
2649         Dimension old;
2650         // If the preferred size was set, use it as the old value, otherwise
2651         // use null to indicate we didn't previously have a set preferred
2652         // size.
2653         if (prefSizeSet) {
2654             old = this.prefSize;
2655         }
2656         else {
2657             old = null;
2658         }
2659         this.prefSize = preferredSize;
2660         prefSizeSet = (preferredSize != null);
2661         firePropertyChange("preferredSize", old, preferredSize);
2662     }
2663 
2664 
2665     /**
2666      * Returns true if the preferred size has been set to a
2667      * non-<code>null</code> value otherwise returns false.
2668      *
2669      * @return true if <code>setPreferredSize</code> has been invoked
2670      *         with a non-null value.
2671      * @since 1.5
2672      */
2673     public boolean isPreferredSizeSet() {
2674         return prefSizeSet;
2675     }
2676 
2677 
2678     /**
2679      * Gets the preferred size of this component.
2680      * @return a dimension object indicating this component's preferred size
2681      * @see #getMinimumSize
2682      * @see LayoutManager
2683      */
2684     public Dimension getPreferredSize() {
2685         return preferredSize();
2686     }
2687 
2688 
2689     /**
2690      * Returns the component's preferred size.
2691      *
2692      * @return the component's preferred size
2693      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
2694      * replaced by <code>getPreferredSize()</code>.
2695      */
2696     @Deprecated
2697     public Dimension preferredSize() {
2698         /* Avoid grabbing the lock if a reasonable cached size value
2699          * is available.
2700          */
2701         Dimension dim = prefSize;
2702         if (dim == null || !(isPreferredSizeSet() || isValid())) {
2703             synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
2704                 prefSize = (peer != null) ?
2705                     peer.getPreferredSize() :
2706                     getMinimumSize();
2707                 dim = prefSize;
2708             }
2709         }
2710         return new Dimension(dim);
2711     }
2712 
2713     /**
2714      * Sets the minimum size of this component to a constant
2715      * value.  Subsequent calls to <code>getMinimumSize</code> will always
2716      * return this value.  Setting the minimum size to <code>null</code>
2717      * restores the default behavior.
2718      *
2719      * @param minimumSize the new minimum size of this component
2720      * @see #getMinimumSize
2721      * @see #isMinimumSizeSet
2722      * @since 1.5
2723      */
2724     public void setMinimumSize(Dimension minimumSize) {
2725         Dimension old;
2726         // If the minimum size was set, use it as the old value, otherwise
2727         // use null to indicate we didn't previously have a set minimum
2728         // size.
2729         if (minSizeSet) {
2730             old = this.minSize;
2731         }
2732         else {
2733             old = null;
2734         }
2735         this.minSize = minimumSize;
2736         minSizeSet = (minimumSize != null);
2737         firePropertyChange("minimumSize", old, minimumSize);
2738     }
2739 
2740     /**
2741      * Returns whether or not <code>setMinimumSize</code> has been
2742      * invoked with a non-null value.
2743      *
2744      * @return true if <code>setMinimumSize</code> has been invoked with a
2745      *              non-null value.
2746      * @since 1.5
2747      */
2748     public boolean isMinimumSizeSet() {
2749         return minSizeSet;
2750     }
2751 
2752     /**
2753      * Gets the minimum size of this component.
2754      * @return a dimension object indicating this component's minimum size
2755      * @see #getPreferredSize
2756      * @see LayoutManager
2757      */
2758     public Dimension getMinimumSize() {
2759         return minimumSize();
2760     }
2761 
2762     /**
2763      * Returns the minimum size of this component.
2764      *
2765      * @return the minimum size of this component
2766      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
2767      * replaced by <code>getMinimumSize()</code>.
2768      */
2769     @Deprecated
2770     public Dimension minimumSize() {
2771         /* Avoid grabbing the lock if a reasonable cached size value
2772          * is available.
2773          */
2774         Dimension dim = minSize;
2775         if (dim == null || !(isMinimumSizeSet() || isValid())) {
2776             synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
2777                 minSize = (peer != null) ?
2778                     peer.getMinimumSize() :
2779                     size();
2780                 dim = minSize;
2781             }
2782         }
2783         return new Dimension(dim);
2784     }
2785 
2786     /**
2787      * Sets the maximum size of this component to a constant
2788      * value.  Subsequent calls to <code>getMaximumSize</code> will always
2789      * return this value.  Setting the maximum size to <code>null</code>
2790      * restores the default behavior.
2791      *
2792      * @param maximumSize a <code>Dimension</code> containing the
2793      *          desired maximum allowable size
2794      * @see #getMaximumSize
2795      * @see #isMaximumSizeSet
2796      * @since 1.5
2797      */
2798     public void setMaximumSize(Dimension maximumSize) {
2799         // If the maximum size was set, use it as the old value, otherwise
2800         // use null to indicate we didn't previously have a set maximum
2801         // size.
2802         Dimension old;
2803         if (maxSizeSet) {
2804             old = this.maxSize;
2805         }
2806         else {
2807             old = null;
2808         }
2809         this.maxSize = maximumSize;
2810         maxSizeSet = (maximumSize != null);
2811         firePropertyChange("maximumSize", old, maximumSize);
2812     }
2813 
2814     /**
2815      * Returns true if the maximum size has been set to a non-<code>null</code>
2816      * value otherwise returns false.
2817      *
2818      * @return true if <code>maximumSize</code> is non-<code>null</code>,
2819      *          false otherwise
2820      * @since 1.5
2821      */
2822     public boolean isMaximumSizeSet() {
2823         return maxSizeSet;
2824     }
2825 
2826     /**
2827      * Gets the maximum size of this component.
2828      * @return a dimension object indicating this component's maximum size
2829      * @see #getMinimumSize
2830      * @see #getPreferredSize
2831      * @see LayoutManager
2832      */
2833     public Dimension getMaximumSize() {
2834         if (isMaximumSizeSet()) {
2835             return new Dimension(maxSize);
2836         }
2837         return new Dimension(Short.MAX_VALUE, Short.MAX_VALUE);
2838     }


2849     public float getAlignmentX() {
2850         return CENTER_ALIGNMENT;
2851     }
2852 
2853     /**
2854      * Returns the alignment along the y axis.  This specifies how
2855      * the component would like to be aligned relative to other
2856      * components.  The value should be a number between 0 and 1
2857      * where 0 represents alignment along the origin, 1 is aligned
2858      * the furthest away from the origin, 0.5 is centered, etc.
2859      *
2860      * @return the vertical alignment of this component
2861      */
2862     public float getAlignmentY() {
2863         return CENTER_ALIGNMENT;
2864     }
2865 
2866     /**
2867      * Returns the baseline.  The baseline is measured from the top of
2868      * the component.  This method is primarily meant for
2869      * <code>LayoutManager</code>s to align components along their
2870      * baseline.  A return value less than 0 indicates this component
2871      * does not have a reasonable baseline and that
2872      * <code>LayoutManager</code>s should not align this component on
2873      * its baseline.
2874      * <p>
2875      * The default implementation returns -1.  Subclasses that support
2876      * baseline should override appropriately.  If a value &gt;= 0 is
2877      * returned, then the component has a valid baseline for any
2878      * size &gt;= the minimum size and <code>getBaselineResizeBehavior</code>
2879      * can be used to determine how the baseline changes with size.
2880      *
2881      * @param width the width to get the baseline for
2882      * @param height the height to get the baseline for
2883      * @return the baseline or &lt; 0 indicating there is no reasonable
2884      *         baseline
2885      * @throws IllegalArgumentException if width or height is &lt; 0
2886      * @see #getBaselineResizeBehavior
2887      * @see java.awt.FontMetrics
2888      * @since 1.6
2889      */
2890     public int getBaseline(int width, int height) {
2891         if (width < 0 || height < 0) {
2892             throw new IllegalArgumentException(
2893                     "Width and height must be >= 0");
2894         }
2895         return -1;
2896     }
2897 
2898     /**
2899      * Returns an enum indicating how the baseline of the component
2900      * changes as the size changes.  This method is primarily meant for
2901      * layout managers and GUI builders.
2902      * <p>
2903      * The default implementation returns
2904      * <code>BaselineResizeBehavior.OTHER</code>.  Subclasses that have a
2905      * baseline should override appropriately.  Subclasses should
2906      * never return <code>null</code>; if the baseline can not be
2907      * calculated return <code>BaselineResizeBehavior.OTHER</code>.  Callers
2908      * should first ask for the baseline using
2909      * <code>getBaseline</code> and if a value &gt;= 0 is returned use
2910      * this method.  It is acceptable for this method to return a
2911      * value other than <code>BaselineResizeBehavior.OTHER</code> even if
2912      * <code>getBaseline</code> returns a value less than 0.
2913      *
2914      * @return an enum indicating how the baseline changes as the component
2915      *         size changes
2916      * @see #getBaseline(int, int)
2917      * @since 1.6
2918      */
2919     public BaselineResizeBehavior getBaselineResizeBehavior() {
2920         return BaselineResizeBehavior.OTHER;
2921     }
2922 
2923     /**
2924      * Prompts the layout manager to lay out this component. This is
2925      * usually called when the component (more specifically, container)
2926      * is validated.
2927      * @see #validate
2928      * @see LayoutManager
2929      */
2930     public void doLayout() {
2931         layout();
2932     }
2933 
2934     /**
2935      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
2936      * replaced by <code>doLayout()</code>.
2937      */
2938     @Deprecated
2939     public void layout() {
2940     }
2941 
2942     /**
2943      * Validates this component.
2944      * <p>
2945      * The meaning of the term <i>validating</i> is defined by the ancestors of
2946      * this class. See {@link Container#validate} for more details.
2947      *
2948      * @see       #invalidate
2949      * @see       #doLayout()
2950      * @see       LayoutManager
2951      * @see       Container#validate
2952      * @since     1.0
2953      */
2954     public void validate() {
2955         synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
2956             ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;


3065                 // There's no parents. Just validate itself.
3066                 validate();
3067             } else {
3068                 while (!root.isValidateRoot()) {
3069                     if (root.getContainer() == null) {
3070                         // If there's no validate roots, we'll validate the
3071                         // topmost container
3072                         break;
3073                     }
3074 
3075                     root = root.getContainer();
3076                 }
3077 
3078                 root.validate();
3079             }
3080         }
3081     }
3082 
3083     /**
3084      * Creates a graphics context for this component. This method will
3085      * return <code>null</code> if this component is currently not
3086      * displayable.
3087      * @return a graphics context for this component, or <code>null</code>
3088      *             if it has none
3089      * @see       #paint
3090      * @since     1.0
3091      */
3092     public Graphics getGraphics() {
3093         if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
3094             // This is for a lightweight component, need to
3095             // translate coordinate spaces and clip relative
3096             // to the parent.
3097             if (parent == null) return null;
3098             Graphics g = parent.getGraphics();
3099             if (g == null) return null;
3100             if (g instanceof ConstrainableGraphics) {
3101                 ((ConstrainableGraphics) g).constrain(x, y, width, height);
3102             } else {
3103                 g.translate(x,y);
3104                 g.setClip(0, 0, width, height);
3105             }
3106             g.setFont(getFont());
3107             return g;


3129             }
3130             g.setFont(getFont_NoClientCode());
3131             return g;
3132         } else {
3133             return (peer != null) ? peer.getGraphics() : null;
3134         }
3135     }
3136 
3137     /**
3138      * Gets the font metrics for the specified font.
3139      * Warning: Since Font metrics are affected by the
3140      * {@link java.awt.font.FontRenderContext FontRenderContext} and
3141      * this method does not provide one, it can return only metrics for
3142      * the default render context which may not match that used when
3143      * rendering on the Component if {@link Graphics2D} functionality is being
3144      * used. Instead metrics can be obtained at rendering time by calling
3145      * {@link Graphics#getFontMetrics()} or text measurement APIs on the
3146      * {@link Font Font} class.
3147      * @param font the font for which font metrics is to be
3148      *          obtained
3149      * @return the font metrics for <code>font</code>
3150      * @see       #getFont
3151      * @see       java.awt.peer.ComponentPeer#getFontMetrics(Font)
3152      * @see       Toolkit#getFontMetrics(Font)
3153      * @since     1.0
3154      */
3155     public FontMetrics getFontMetrics(Font font) {
3156         // This is an unsupported hack, but left in for a customer.
3157         // Do not remove.
3158         FontManager fm = FontManagerFactory.getInstance();
3159         if (fm instanceof SunFontManager
3160             && ((SunFontManager) fm).usePlatformFontMetrics()) {
3161 
3162             if (peer != null &&
3163                 !(peer instanceof LightweightPeer)) {
3164                 return peer.getFontMetrics(font);
3165             }
3166         }
3167         return sun.font.FontDesignMetrics.getMetrics(font);
3168     }
3169 
3170     /**
3171      * Sets the cursor image to the specified cursor.  This cursor
3172      * image is displayed when the <code>contains</code> method for
3173      * this component returns true for the current cursor location, and
3174      * this Component is visible, displayable, and enabled. Setting the
3175      * cursor of a <code>Container</code> causes that cursor to be displayed
3176      * within all of the container's subcomponents, except for those
3177      * that have a non-<code>null</code> cursor.
3178      * <p>
3179      * The method may have no visual effect if the Java platform
3180      * implementation and/or the native system do not support
3181      * changing the mouse cursor shape.
3182      * @param cursor One of the constants defined
3183      *          by the <code>Cursor</code> class;
3184      *          if this parameter is <code>null</code>
3185      *          then this component will inherit
3186      *          the cursor of its parent
3187      * @see       #isEnabled
3188      * @see       #isShowing
3189      * @see       #getCursor
3190      * @see       #contains
3191      * @see       Toolkit#createCustomCursor
3192      * @see       Cursor
3193      * @since     1.1
3194      */
3195     public void setCursor(Cursor cursor) {
3196         this.cursor = cursor;
3197         updateCursorImmediately();
3198     }
3199 
3200     /**
3201      * Updates the cursor.  May not be invoked from the native
3202      * message pump.
3203      */
3204     final void updateCursorImmediately() {
3205         if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
3206             Container nativeContainer = getNativeContainer();
3207 
3208             if (nativeContainer == null) return;
3209 
3210             ComponentPeer cPeer = nativeContainer.peer;
3211 
3212             if (cPeer != null) {
3213                 cPeer.updateCursorImmediately();
3214             }
3215         } else if (peer != null) {
3216             peer.updateCursorImmediately();
3217         }
3218     }
3219 
3220     /**
3221      * Gets the cursor set in the component. If the component does
3222      * not have a cursor set, the cursor of its parent is returned.
3223      * If no cursor is set in the entire hierarchy,
3224      * <code>Cursor.DEFAULT_CURSOR</code> is returned.
3225      *
3226      * @return the cursor for this component
3227      * @see #setCursor
3228      * @since 1.1
3229      */
3230     public Cursor getCursor() {
3231         return getCursor_NoClientCode();
3232     }
3233 
3234     final Cursor getCursor_NoClientCode() {
3235         Cursor cursor = this.cursor;
3236         if (cursor != null) {
3237             return cursor;
3238         }
3239         Container parent = this.parent;
3240         if (parent != null) {
3241             return parent.getCursor_NoClientCode();
3242         } else {
3243             return Cursor.getPredefinedCursor(Cursor.DEFAULT_CURSOR);
3244         }
3245     }
3246 
3247     /**
3248      * Returns whether the cursor has been explicitly set for this Component.
3249      * If this method returns <code>false</code>, this Component is inheriting
3250      * its cursor from an ancestor.
3251      *
3252      * @return <code>true</code> if the cursor has been explicitly set for this
3253      *         Component; <code>false</code> otherwise.
3254      * @since 1.4
3255      */
3256     public boolean isCursorSet() {
3257         return (cursor != null);
3258     }
3259 
3260     /**
3261      * Paints this component.
3262      * <p>
3263      * This method is called when the contents of the component should
3264      * be painted; such as when the component is first being shown or
3265      * is damaged and in need of repair.  The clip rectangle in the
3266      * <code>Graphics</code> parameter is set to the area
3267      * which needs to be painted.
3268      * Subclasses of <code>Component</code> that override this
3269      * method need not call <code>super.paint(g)</code>.
3270      * <p>
3271      * For performance reasons, <code>Component</code>s with zero width
3272      * or height aren't considered to need painting when they are first shown,
3273      * and also aren't considered to need repair.
3274      * <p>
3275      * <b>Note</b>: For more information on the paint mechanisms utilitized
3276      * by AWT and Swing, including information on how to write the most
3277      * efficient painting code, see
3278      * <a href="http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/painting-140037.html">Painting in AWT and Swing</a>.
3279      *
3280      * @param g the graphics context to use for painting
3281      * @see       #update
3282      * @since     1.0
3283      */
3284     public void paint(Graphics g) {
3285     }
3286 
3287     /**
3288      * Updates this component.
3289      * <p>
3290      * If this component is not a lightweight component, the
3291      * AWT calls the <code>update</code> method in response to
3292      * a call to <code>repaint</code>.  You can assume that
3293      * the background is not cleared.
3294      * <p>
3295      * The <code>update</code> method of <code>Component</code>
3296      * calls this component's <code>paint</code> method to redraw
3297      * this component.  This method is commonly overridden by subclasses
3298      * which need to do additional work in response to a call to
3299      * <code>repaint</code>.
3300      * Subclasses of Component that override this method should either
3301      * call <code>super.update(g)</code>, or call <code>paint(g)</code>
3302      * directly from their <code>update</code> method.
3303      * <p>
3304      * The origin of the graphics context, its
3305      * (<code>0</code>,&nbsp;<code>0</code>) coordinate point, is the
3306      * top-left corner of this component. The clipping region of the
3307      * graphics context is the bounding rectangle of this component.
3308      *
3309      * <p>
3310      * <b>Note</b>: For more information on the paint mechanisms utilitized
3311      * by AWT and Swing, including information on how to write the most
3312      * efficient painting code, see
3313      * <a href="http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/painting-140037.html">Painting in AWT and Swing</a>.
3314      *
3315      * @param g the specified context to use for updating
3316      * @see       #paint
3317      * @see       #repaint()
3318      * @since     1.0
3319      */
3320     public void update(Graphics g) {
3321         paint(g);
3322     }
3323 
3324     /**
3325      * Paints this component and all of its subcomponents.
3326      * <p>
3327      * The origin of the graphics context, its
3328      * (<code>0</code>,&nbsp;<code>0</code>) coordinate point, is the
3329      * top-left corner of this component. The clipping region of the
3330      * graphics context is the bounding rectangle of this component.
3331      *
3332      * @param     g   the graphics context to use for painting
3333      * @see       #paint
3334      * @since     1.0
3335      */
3336     public void paintAll(Graphics g) {
3337         if (isShowing()) {
3338             GraphicsCallback.PeerPaintCallback.getInstance().
3339                 runOneComponent(this, new Rectangle(0, 0, width, height),
3340                                 g, g.getClip(),
3341                                 GraphicsCallback.LIGHTWEIGHTS |
3342                                 GraphicsCallback.HEAVYWEIGHTS);
3343         }
3344     }
3345 
3346     /**
3347      * Simulates the peer callbacks into java.awt for painting of
3348      * lightweight Components.
3349      * @param     g   the graphics context to use for painting
3350      * @see       #paintAll
3351      */
3352     void lightweightPaint(Graphics g) {
3353         paint(g);
3354     }
3355 
3356     /**
3357      * Paints all the heavyweight subcomponents.
3358      */
3359     void paintHeavyweightComponents(Graphics g) {
3360     }
3361 
3362     /**
3363      * Repaints this component.
3364      * <p>
3365      * If this component is a lightweight component, this method
3366      * causes a call to this component's <code>paint</code>
3367      * method as soon as possible.  Otherwise, this method causes
3368      * a call to this component's <code>update</code> method as soon
3369      * as possible.
3370      * <p>
3371      * <b>Note</b>: For more information on the paint mechanisms utilitized
3372      * by AWT and Swing, including information on how to write the most
3373      * efficient painting code, see
3374      * <a href="http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/painting-140037.html">Painting in AWT and Swing</a>.
3375 
3376      *
3377      * @see       #update(Graphics)
3378      * @since     1.0
3379      */
3380     public void repaint() {
3381         repaint(0, 0, 0, width, height);
3382     }
3383 
3384     /**
3385      * Repaints the component.  If this component is a lightweight
3386      * component, this results in a call to <code>paint</code>
3387      * within <code>tm</code> milliseconds.
3388      * <p>
3389      * <b>Note</b>: For more information on the paint mechanisms utilitized
3390      * by AWT and Swing, including information on how to write the most
3391      * efficient painting code, see
3392      * <a href="http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/painting-140037.html">Painting in AWT and Swing</a>.
3393      *
3394      * @param tm maximum time in milliseconds before update
3395      * @see #paint
3396      * @see #update(Graphics)
3397      * @since 1.0
3398      */
3399     public void repaint(long tm) {
3400         repaint(tm, 0, 0, width, height);
3401     }
3402 
3403     /**
3404      * Repaints the specified rectangle of this component.
3405      * <p>
3406      * If this component is a lightweight component, this method
3407      * causes a call to this component's <code>paint</code> method
3408      * as soon as possible.  Otherwise, this method causes a call to
3409      * this component's <code>update</code> method as soon as possible.
3410      * <p>
3411      * <b>Note</b>: For more information on the paint mechanisms utilitized
3412      * by AWT and Swing, including information on how to write the most
3413      * efficient painting code, see
3414      * <a href="http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/painting-140037.html">Painting in AWT and Swing</a>.
3415      *
3416      * @param     x   the <i>x</i> coordinate
3417      * @param     y   the <i>y</i> coordinate
3418      * @param     width   the width
3419      * @param     height  the height
3420      * @see       #update(Graphics)
3421      * @since     1.0
3422      */
3423     public void repaint(int x, int y, int width, int height) {
3424         repaint(0, x, y, width, height);
3425     }
3426 
3427     /**
3428      * Repaints the specified rectangle of this component within
3429      * <code>tm</code> milliseconds.
3430      * <p>
3431      * If this component is a lightweight component, this method causes
3432      * a call to this component's <code>paint</code> method.
3433      * Otherwise, this method causes a call to this component's
3434      * <code>update</code> method.
3435      * <p>
3436      * <b>Note</b>: For more information on the paint mechanisms utilitized
3437      * by AWT and Swing, including information on how to write the most
3438      * efficient painting code, see
3439      * <a href="http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/painting-140037.html">Painting in AWT and Swing</a>.
3440      *
3441      * @param     tm   maximum time in milliseconds before update
3442      * @param     x    the <i>x</i> coordinate
3443      * @param     y    the <i>y</i> coordinate
3444      * @param     width    the width
3445      * @param     height   the height
3446      * @see       #update(Graphics)
3447      * @since     1.0
3448      */
3449     public void repaint(long tm, int x, int y, int width, int height) {
3450         if (this.peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
3451             // Needs to be translated to parent coordinates since
3452             // a parent native container provides the actual repaint
3453             // services.  Additionally, the request is restricted to
3454             // the bounds of the component.


3472                 int px = this.x + x;
3473                 int py = this.y + y;
3474                 parent.repaint(tm, px, py, pwidth, pheight);
3475             }
3476         } else {
3477             if (isVisible() && (this.peer != null) &&
3478                 (width > 0) && (height > 0)) {
3479                 PaintEvent e = new PaintEvent(this, PaintEvent.UPDATE,
3480                                               new Rectangle(x, y, width, height));
3481                 SunToolkit.postEvent(SunToolkit.targetToAppContext(this), e);
3482             }
3483         }
3484     }
3485 
3486     /**
3487      * Prints this component. Applications should override this method
3488      * for components that must do special processing before being
3489      * printed or should be printed differently than they are painted.
3490      * <p>
3491      * The default implementation of this method calls the
3492      * <code>paint</code> method.
3493      * <p>
3494      * The origin of the graphics context, its
3495      * (<code>0</code>,&nbsp;<code>0</code>) coordinate point, is the
3496      * top-left corner of this component. The clipping region of the
3497      * graphics context is the bounding rectangle of this component.
3498      * @param     g   the graphics context to use for printing
3499      * @see       #paint(Graphics)
3500      * @since     1.0
3501      */
3502     public void print(Graphics g) {
3503         paint(g);
3504     }
3505 
3506     /**
3507      * Prints this component and all of its subcomponents.
3508      * <p>
3509      * The origin of the graphics context, its
3510      * (<code>0</code>,&nbsp;<code>0</code>) coordinate point, is the
3511      * top-left corner of this component. The clipping region of the
3512      * graphics context is the bounding rectangle of this component.
3513      * @param     g   the graphics context to use for printing
3514      * @see       #print(Graphics)
3515      * @since     1.0
3516      */
3517     public void printAll(Graphics g) {
3518         if (isShowing()) {
3519             GraphicsCallback.PeerPrintCallback.getInstance().
3520                 runOneComponent(this, new Rectangle(0, 0, width, height),
3521                                 g, g.getClip(),
3522                                 GraphicsCallback.LIGHTWEIGHTS |
3523                                 GraphicsCallback.HEAVYWEIGHTS);
3524         }
3525     }
3526 
3527     /**
3528      * Simulates the peer callbacks into java.awt for printing of
3529      * lightweight Components.
3530      * @param     g   the graphics context to use for printing


3533     void lightweightPrint(Graphics g) {
3534         print(g);
3535     }
3536 
3537     /**
3538      * Prints all the heavyweight subcomponents.
3539      */
3540     void printHeavyweightComponents(Graphics g) {
3541     }
3542 
3543     private Insets getInsets_NoClientCode() {
3544         ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
3545         if (peer instanceof ContainerPeer) {
3546             return (Insets)((ContainerPeer)peer).getInsets().clone();
3547         }
3548         return new Insets(0, 0, 0, 0);
3549     }
3550 
3551     /**
3552      * Repaints the component when the image has changed.
3553      * This <code>imageUpdate</code> method of an <code>ImageObserver</code>
3554      * is called when more information about an
3555      * image which had been previously requested using an asynchronous
3556      * routine such as the <code>drawImage</code> method of
3557      * <code>Graphics</code> becomes available.
3558      * See the definition of <code>imageUpdate</code> for
3559      * more information on this method and its arguments.
3560      * <p>
3561      * The <code>imageUpdate</code> method of <code>Component</code>
3562      * incrementally draws an image on the component as more of the bits
3563      * of the image are available.
3564      * <p>
3565      * If the system property <code>awt.image.incrementaldraw</code>
3566      * is missing or has the value <code>true</code>, the image is
3567      * incrementally drawn. If the system property has any other value,
3568      * then the image is not drawn until it has been completely loaded.
3569      * <p>
3570      * Also, if incremental drawing is in effect, the value of the
3571      * system property <code>awt.image.redrawrate</code> is interpreted
3572      * as an integer to give the maximum redraw rate, in milliseconds. If
3573      * the system property is missing or cannot be interpreted as an
3574      * integer, the redraw rate is once every 100ms.
3575      * <p>
3576      * The interpretation of the <code>x</code>, <code>y</code>,
3577      * <code>width</code>, and <code>height</code> arguments depends on
3578      * the value of the <code>infoflags</code> argument.
3579      *
3580      * @param     img   the image being observed
3581      * @param     infoflags   see <code>imageUpdate</code> for more information
3582      * @param     x   the <i>x</i> coordinate
3583      * @param     y   the <i>y</i> coordinate
3584      * @param     w   the width
3585      * @param     h   the height
3586      * @return    <code>false</code> if the infoflags indicate that the
3587      *            image is completely loaded; <code>true</code> otherwise.
3588      *
3589      * @see     java.awt.image.ImageObserver
3590      * @see     Graphics#drawImage(Image, int, int, Color, java.awt.image.ImageObserver)
3591      * @see     Graphics#drawImage(Image, int, int, java.awt.image.ImageObserver)
3592      * @see     Graphics#drawImage(Image, int, int, int, int, Color, java.awt.image.ImageObserver)
3593      * @see     Graphics#drawImage(Image, int, int, int, int, java.awt.image.ImageObserver)
3594      * @see     java.awt.image.ImageObserver#imageUpdate(java.awt.Image, int, int, int, int, int)
3595      * @since   1.0
3596      */
3597     public boolean imageUpdate(Image img, int infoflags,
3598                                int x, int y, int w, int h) {
3599         int rate = -1;
3600         if ((infoflags & (FRAMEBITS|ALLBITS)) != 0) {
3601             rate = 0;
3602         } else if ((infoflags & SOMEBITS) != 0) {
3603             if (isInc) {
3604                 rate = incRate;
3605                 if (rate < 0) {
3606                     rate = 0;
3607                 }


3616     /**
3617      * Creates an image from the specified image producer.
3618      * @param     producer  the image producer
3619      * @return    the image produced
3620      * @since     1.0
3621      */
3622     public Image createImage(ImageProducer producer) {
3623         ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
3624         if ((peer != null) && ! (peer instanceof LightweightPeer)) {
3625             return peer.createImage(producer);
3626         }
3627         return getToolkit().createImage(producer);
3628     }
3629 
3630     /**
3631      * Creates an off-screen drawable image
3632      *     to be used for double buffering.
3633      * @param     width the specified width
3634      * @param     height the specified height
3635      * @return    an off-screen drawable image, which can be used for double
3636      *    buffering.  The return value may be <code>null</code> if the
3637      *    component is not displayable.  This will always happen if
3638      *    <code>GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()</code> returns
3639      *    <code>true</code>.
3640      * @see #isDisplayable
3641      * @see GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
3642      * @since     1.0
3643      */
3644     public Image createImage(int width, int height) {
3645         ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
3646         if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
3647             if (parent != null) { return parent.createImage(width, height); }
3648             else { return null;}
3649         } else {
3650             return (peer != null) ? peer.createImage(width, height) : null;
3651         }
3652     }
3653 
3654     /**
3655      * Creates a volatile off-screen drawable image
3656      *     to be used for double buffering.
3657      * @param     width the specified width.
3658      * @param     height the specified height.
3659      * @return    an off-screen drawable image, which can be used for double
3660      *    buffering.  The return value may be <code>null</code> if the
3661      *    component is not displayable.  This will always happen if
3662      *    <code>GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()</code> returns
3663      *    <code>true</code>.
3664      * @see java.awt.image.VolatileImage
3665      * @see #isDisplayable
3666      * @see GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
3667      * @since     1.4
3668      */
3669     public VolatileImage createVolatileImage(int width, int height) {
3670         ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
3671         if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
3672             if (parent != null) {
3673                 return parent.createVolatileImage(width, height);
3674             }
3675             else { return null;}
3676         } else {
3677             return (peer != null) ?
3678                 peer.createVolatileImage(width, height) : null;
3679         }
3680     }
3681 
3682     /**
3683      * Creates a volatile off-screen drawable image, with the given capabilities.
3684      * The contents of this image may be lost at any time due
3685      * to operating system issues, so the image must be managed
3686      * via the <code>VolatileImage</code> interface.
3687      * @param width the specified width.
3688      * @param height the specified height.
3689      * @param caps the image capabilities
3690      * @exception AWTException if an image with the specified capabilities cannot
3691      * be created
3692      * @return a VolatileImage object, which can be used
3693      * to manage surface contents loss and capabilities.
3694      * @see java.awt.image.VolatileImage
3695      * @since 1.4
3696      */
3697     public VolatileImage createVolatileImage(int width, int height,
3698                                              ImageCapabilities caps) throws AWTException {
3699         // REMIND : check caps
3700         return createVolatileImage(width, height);
3701     }
3702 
3703     /**
3704      * Prepares an image for rendering on this component.  The image
3705      * data is downloaded asynchronously in another thread and the
3706      * appropriate screen representation of the image is generated.
3707      * @param     image   the <code>Image</code> for which to
3708      *                    prepare a screen representation
3709      * @param     observer   the <code>ImageObserver</code> object
3710      *                       to be notified as the image is being prepared
3711      * @return    <code>true</code> if the image has already been fully
3712      *           prepared; <code>false</code> otherwise
3713      * @since     1.0
3714      */
3715     public boolean prepareImage(Image image, ImageObserver observer) {
3716         return prepareImage(image, -1, -1, observer);
3717     }
3718 
3719     /**
3720      * Prepares an image for rendering on this component at the
3721      * specified width and height.
3722      * <p>
3723      * The image data is downloaded asynchronously in another thread,
3724      * and an appropriately scaled screen representation of the image is
3725      * generated.
3726      * @param     image    the instance of <code>Image</code>
3727      *            for which to prepare a screen representation
3728      * @param     width    the width of the desired screen representation
3729      * @param     height   the height of the desired screen representation
3730      * @param     observer   the <code>ImageObserver</code> object
3731      *            to be notified as the image is being prepared
3732      * @return    <code>true</code> if the image has already been fully
3733      *          prepared; <code>false</code> otherwise
3734      * @see       java.awt.image.ImageObserver
3735      * @since     1.0
3736      */
3737     public boolean prepareImage(Image image, int width, int height,
3738                                 ImageObserver observer) {
3739         ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
3740         if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
3741             return (parent != null)
3742                 ? parent.prepareImage(image, width, height, observer)
3743                 : getToolkit().prepareImage(image, width, height, observer);
3744         } else {
3745             return (peer != null)
3746                 ? peer.prepareImage(image, width, height, observer)
3747                 : getToolkit().prepareImage(image, width, height, observer);
3748         }
3749     }
3750 
3751     /**
3752      * Returns the status of the construction of a screen representation
3753      * of the specified image.
3754      * <p>
3755      * This method does not cause the image to begin loading. An
3756      * application must use the <code>prepareImage</code> method
3757      * to force the loading of an image.
3758      * <p>
3759      * Information on the flags returned by this method can be found
3760      * with the discussion of the <code>ImageObserver</code> interface.
3761      * @param     image   the <code>Image</code> object whose status
3762      *            is being checked
3763      * @param     observer   the <code>ImageObserver</code>
3764      *            object to be notified as the image is being prepared
3765      * @return  the bitwise inclusive <b>OR</b> of
3766      *            <code>ImageObserver</code> flags indicating what
3767      *            information about the image is currently available
3768      * @see      #prepareImage(Image, int, int, java.awt.image.ImageObserver)
3769      * @see      Toolkit#checkImage(Image, int, int, java.awt.image.ImageObserver)
3770      * @see      java.awt.image.ImageObserver
3771      * @since    1.0
3772      */
3773     public int checkImage(Image image, ImageObserver observer) {
3774         return checkImage(image, -1, -1, observer);
3775     }
3776 
3777     /**
3778      * Returns the status of the construction of a screen representation
3779      * of the specified image.
3780      * <p>
3781      * This method does not cause the image to begin loading. An
3782      * application must use the <code>prepareImage</code> method
3783      * to force the loading of an image.
3784      * <p>
3785      * The <code>checkImage</code> method of <code>Component</code>
3786      * calls its peer's <code>checkImage</code> method to calculate
3787      * the flags. If this component does not yet have a peer, the
3788      * component's toolkit's <code>checkImage</code> method is called
3789      * instead.
3790      * <p>
3791      * Information on the flags returned by this method can be found
3792      * with the discussion of the <code>ImageObserver</code> interface.
3793      * @param     image   the <code>Image</code> object whose status
3794      *                    is being checked
3795      * @param     width   the width of the scaled version
3796      *                    whose status is to be checked
3797      * @param     height  the height of the scaled version
3798      *                    whose status is to be checked
3799      * @param     observer   the <code>ImageObserver</code> object
3800      *                    to be notified as the image is being prepared
3801      * @return    the bitwise inclusive <b>OR</b> of
3802      *            <code>ImageObserver</code> flags indicating what
3803      *            information about the image is currently available
3804      * @see      #prepareImage(Image, int, int, java.awt.image.ImageObserver)
3805      * @see      Toolkit#checkImage(Image, int, int, java.awt.image.ImageObserver)
3806      * @see      java.awt.image.ImageObserver
3807      * @since    1.0
3808      */
3809     public int checkImage(Image image, int width, int height,
3810                           ImageObserver observer) {
3811         ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
3812         if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
3813             return (parent != null)
3814                 ? parent.checkImage(image, width, height, observer)
3815                 : getToolkit().checkImage(image, width, height, observer);
3816         } else {
3817             return (peer != null)
3818                 ? peer.checkImage(image, width, height, observer)
3819                 : getToolkit().checkImage(image, width, height, observer);
3820         }
3821     }
3822 
3823     /**
3824      * Creates a new strategy for multi-buffering on this component.
3825      * Multi-buffering is useful for rendering performance.  This method
3826      * attempts to create the best strategy available with the number of
3827      * buffers supplied.  It will always create a <code>BufferStrategy</code>
3828      * with that number of buffers.
3829      * A page-flipping strategy is attempted first, then a blitting strategy
3830      * using accelerated buffers.  Finally, an unaccelerated blitting
3831      * strategy is used.
3832      * <p>
3833      * Each time this method is called,
3834      * the existing buffer strategy for this component is discarded.
3835      * @param numBuffers number of buffers to create, including the front buffer
3836      * @exception IllegalArgumentException if numBuffers is less than 1.
3837      * @exception IllegalStateException if the component is not displayable
3838      * @see #isDisplayable
3839      * @see Window#getBufferStrategy()
3840      * @see Canvas#getBufferStrategy()
3841      * @since 1.4
3842      */
3843     void createBufferStrategy(int numBuffers) {
3844         BufferCapabilities bufferCaps;
3845         if (numBuffers > 1) {
3846             // Try to create a page-flipping strategy
3847             bufferCaps = new BufferCapabilities(new ImageCapabilities(true),


3868         bufferCaps = new BufferCapabilities(new ImageCapabilities(false),
3869                                             new ImageCapabilities(false),
3870                                             null);
3871         try {
3872             createBufferStrategy(numBuffers, bufferCaps);
3873             return; // Success
3874         } catch (AWTException e) {
3875             // Code should never reach here (an unaccelerated blitting
3876             // strategy should always work)
3877             throw new InternalError("Could not create a buffer strategy", e);
3878         }
3879     }
3880 
3881     /**
3882      * Creates a new strategy for multi-buffering on this component with the
3883      * required buffer capabilities.  This is useful, for example, if only
3884      * accelerated memory or page flipping is desired (as specified by the
3885      * buffer capabilities).
3886      * <p>
3887      * Each time this method
3888      * is called, <code>dispose</code> will be invoked on the existing
3889      * <code>BufferStrategy</code>.
3890      * @param numBuffers number of buffers to create
3891      * @param caps the required capabilities for creating the buffer strategy;
3892      * cannot be <code>null</code>
3893      * @exception AWTException if the capabilities supplied could not be
3894      * supported or met; this may happen, for example, if there is not enough
3895      * accelerated memory currently available, or if page flipping is specified
3896      * but not possible.
3897      * @exception IllegalArgumentException if numBuffers is less than 1, or if
3898      * caps is <code>null</code>
3899      * @see Window#getBufferStrategy()
3900      * @see Canvas#getBufferStrategy()
3901      * @since 1.4
3902      */
3903     void createBufferStrategy(int numBuffers,
3904                               BufferCapabilities caps) throws AWTException {
3905         // Check arguments
3906         if (numBuffers < 1) {
3907             throw new IllegalArgumentException(
3908                 "Number of buffers must be at least 1");
3909         }
3910         if (caps == null) {
3911             throw new IllegalArgumentException("No capabilities specified");
3912         }
3913         // Destroy old buffers
3914         if (bufferStrategy != null) {
3915             bufferStrategy.dispose();
3916         }
3917         if (numBuffers == 1) {
3918             bufferStrategy = new SingleBufferStrategy(caps);


3963     /**
3964      * @return the back buffer currently used by this component's
3965      * BufferStrategy.  If there is no BufferStrategy or no
3966      * back buffer, this method returns null.
3967      */
3968     Image getBackBuffer() {
3969         if (bufferStrategy != null) {
3970             if (bufferStrategy instanceof BltBufferStrategy) {
3971                 BltBufferStrategy bltBS = (BltBufferStrategy)bufferStrategy;
3972                 return bltBS.getBackBuffer();
3973             } else if (bufferStrategy instanceof FlipBufferStrategy) {
3974                 FlipBufferStrategy flipBS = (FlipBufferStrategy)bufferStrategy;
3975                 return flipBS.getBackBuffer();
3976             }
3977         }
3978         return null;
3979     }
3980 
3981     /**
3982      * Inner class for flipping buffers on a component.  That component must
3983      * be a <code>Canvas</code> or <code>Window</code> or <code>Applet</code>.
3984      * @see Canvas
3985      * @see Window
3986      * @see Applet
3987      * @see java.awt.image.BufferStrategy
3988      * @author Michael Martak
3989      * @since 1.4
3990      */
3991     protected class FlipBufferStrategy extends BufferStrategy {
3992         /**
3993          * The number of buffers
3994          */
3995         protected int numBuffers; // = 0
3996         /**
3997          * The buffering capabilities
3998          */
3999         protected BufferCapabilities caps; // = null
4000         /**
4001          * The drawing buffer
4002          */
4003         protected Image drawBuffer; // = null


4014         /**
4015          * Size of the back buffers.  (Note: these fields were added in 6.0
4016          * but kept package-private to avoid exposing them in the spec.
4017          * None of these fields/methods really should have been marked
4018          * protected when they were introduced in 1.4, but now we just have
4019          * to live with that decision.)
4020          */
4021 
4022          /**
4023           * The width of the back buffers
4024           */
4025         int width;
4026 
4027         /**
4028          * The height of the back buffers
4029          */
4030         int height;
4031 
4032         /**
4033          * Creates a new flipping buffer strategy for this component.
4034          * The component must be a <code>Canvas</code> or <code>Window</code> or
4035          * <code>Applet</code>.
4036          * @see Canvas
4037          * @see Window
4038          * @see Applet
4039          * @param numBuffers the number of buffers
4040          * @param caps the capabilities of the buffers
4041          * @exception AWTException if the capabilities supplied could not be
4042          * supported or met
4043          * @exception ClassCastException if the component is not a canvas or
4044          * window.
4045          * @exception IllegalStateException if the component has no peer
4046          * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code numBuffers} is less than two,
4047          * or if {@code BufferCapabilities.isPageFlipping} is not
4048          * {@code true}.
4049          * @see #createBuffers(int, BufferCapabilities)
4050          */
4051         protected FlipBufferStrategy(int numBuffers, BufferCapabilities caps)
4052             throws AWTException
4053         {
4054             if (!(Component.this instanceof Window) &&
4055                 !(Component.this instanceof Canvas) &&
4056                 !(Component.this instanceof Applet))
4057             {
4058                 throw new ClassCastException(
4059                         "Component must be a Canvas or Window or Applet");
4060             }
4061             this.numBuffers = numBuffers;
4062             this.caps = caps;
4063             createBuffers(numBuffers, caps);
4064         }
4065 
4066         /**
4067          * Creates one or more complex, flipping buffers with the given
4068          * capabilities.
4069          * @param numBuffers number of buffers to create; must be greater than
4070          * one
4071          * @param caps the capabilities of the buffers.
4072          * <code>BufferCapabilities.isPageFlipping</code> must be
4073          * <code>true</code>.
4074          * @exception AWTException if the capabilities supplied could not be
4075          * supported or met
4076          * @exception IllegalStateException if the component has no peer
4077          * @exception IllegalArgumentException if numBuffers is less than two,
4078          * or if <code>BufferCapabilities.isPageFlipping</code> is not
4079          * <code>true</code>.
4080          * @see java.awt.BufferCapabilities#isPageFlipping()
4081          */
4082         protected void createBuffers(int numBuffers, BufferCapabilities caps)
4083             throws AWTException
4084         {
4085             if (numBuffers < 2) {
4086                 throw new IllegalArgumentException(
4087                     "Number of buffers cannot be less than two");
4088             } else if (peer == null) {
4089                 throw new IllegalStateException(
4090                     "Component must have a valid peer");
4091             } else if (caps == null || !caps.isPageFlipping()) {
4092                 throw new IllegalArgumentException(
4093                     "Page flipping capabilities must be specified");
4094             }
4095 
4096             // save the current bounds
4097             width = getWidth();
4098             height = getHeight();
4099 


4140 
4141         /**
4142          * @return direct access to the back buffer, as an image.
4143          * @exception IllegalStateException if the buffers have not yet
4144          * been created
4145          */
4146         protected Image getBackBuffer() {
4147             if (peer != null) {
4148                 return peer.getBackBuffer();
4149             } else {
4150                 throw new IllegalStateException(
4151                     "Component must have a valid peer");
4152             }
4153         }
4154 
4155         /**
4156          * Flipping moves the contents of the back buffer to the front buffer,
4157          * either by copying or by moving the video pointer.
4158          * @param flipAction an integer value describing the flipping action
4159          * for the contents of the back buffer.  This should be one of the
4160          * values of the <code>BufferCapabilities.FlipContents</code>
4161          * property.
4162          * @exception IllegalStateException if the buffers have not yet
4163          * been created
4164          * @see java.awt.BufferCapabilities#getFlipContents()
4165          */
4166         protected void flip(BufferCapabilities.FlipContents flipAction) {
4167             if (peer != null) {
4168                 Image backBuffer = getBackBuffer();
4169                 if (backBuffer != null) {
4170                     peer.flip(0, 0,
4171                               backBuffer.getWidth(null),
4172                               backBuffer.getHeight(null), flipAction);
4173                 }
4174             } else {
4175                 throw new IllegalStateException(
4176                     "Component must have a valid peer");
4177             }
4178         }
4179 
4180         void flipSubRegion(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2,


4254                 int returnCode = drawVBuffer.validate(gc);
4255                 if (returnCode == VolatileImage.IMAGE_INCOMPATIBLE) {
4256                     try {
4257                         createBuffers(numBuffers, caps);
4258                     } catch (AWTException e) {
4259                         // shouldn't be possible
4260                     }
4261                     if (drawVBuffer != null) {
4262                         // backbuffers were recreated, so validate again
4263                         drawVBuffer.validate(gc);
4264                     }
4265                     validatedContents = true;
4266                 } else if (returnCode == VolatileImage.IMAGE_RESTORED) {
4267                     validatedContents = true;
4268                 }
4269             }
4270         }
4271 
4272         /**
4273          * @return whether the drawing buffer was lost since the last call to
4274          * <code>getDrawGraphics</code>
4275          */
4276         public boolean contentsLost() {
4277             if (drawVBuffer == null) {
4278                 return false;
4279             }
4280             return drawVBuffer.contentsLost();
4281         }
4282 
4283         /**
4284          * @return whether the drawing buffer was recently restored from a lost
4285          * state and reinitialized to the default background color (white)
4286          */
4287         public boolean contentsRestored() {
4288             return validatedContents;
4289         }
4290 
4291         /**
4292          * Makes the next available buffer visible by either blitting or
4293          * flipping.
4294          */


4541             int returnCode =
4542                 backBuffers[backBuffers.length - 1].validate(gc);
4543             if (returnCode == VolatileImage.IMAGE_INCOMPATIBLE) {
4544                 if (checkSize) {
4545                     createBackBuffers(backBuffers.length);
4546                     // backbuffers were recreated, so validate again
4547                     backBuffers[backBuffers.length - 1].validate(gc);
4548                 }
4549                 // else case means we're called from Swing on the toolkit
4550                 // thread, don't recreate buffers as that'll deadlock
4551                 // (creating VolatileImages invokes getting GraphicsConfig
4552                 // which grabs treelock).
4553                 validatedContents = true;
4554             } else if (returnCode == VolatileImage.IMAGE_RESTORED) {
4555                 validatedContents = true;
4556             }
4557         }
4558 
4559         /**
4560          * @return whether the drawing buffer was lost since the last call to
4561          * <code>getDrawGraphics</code>
4562          */
4563         public boolean contentsLost() {
4564             if (backBuffers == null) {
4565                 return false;
4566             } else {
4567                 return backBuffers[backBuffers.length - 1].contentsLost();
4568             }
4569         }
4570 
4571         /**
4572          * @return whether the drawing buffer was recently restored from a lost
4573          * state and reinitialized to the default background color (white)
4574          */
4575         public boolean contentsRestored() {
4576             return validatedContents;
4577         }
4578     } // Inner class BltBufferStrategy
4579 
4580     /**
4581      * Private class to perform sub-region flipping.


4620         {
4621             super(numBuffers, caps);
4622         }
4623 
4624         public void show(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2) {
4625             showSubRegion(x1, y1, x2, y2);
4626         }
4627 
4628         // This method is called by Swing on the toolkit thread.
4629         public boolean showIfNotLost(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2) {
4630             if (!contentsLost()) {
4631                 showSubRegion(x1, y1, x2, y2);
4632                 return !contentsLost();
4633             }
4634             return false;
4635         }
4636     }
4637 
4638     /**
4639      * Inner class for flipping buffers on a component.  That component must
4640      * be a <code>Canvas</code> or <code>Window</code>.
4641      * @see Canvas
4642      * @see Window
4643      * @see java.awt.image.BufferStrategy
4644      * @author Michael Martak
4645      * @since 1.4
4646      */
4647     private class SingleBufferStrategy extends BufferStrategy {
4648 
4649         private BufferCapabilities caps;
4650 
4651         public SingleBufferStrategy(BufferCapabilities caps) {
4652             this.caps = caps;
4653         }
4654         public BufferCapabilities getCapabilities() {
4655             return caps;
4656         }
4657         public Graphics getDrawGraphics() {
4658             return getGraphics();
4659         }
4660         public boolean contentsLost() {


4688      * @see java.awt.image.BufferStrategy
4689      * @see GraphicsDevice#setFullScreenWindow
4690      */
4691     public void setIgnoreRepaint(boolean ignoreRepaint) {
4692         this.ignoreRepaint = ignoreRepaint;
4693     }
4694 
4695     /**
4696      * @return whether or not paint messages received from the operating system
4697      * should be ignored.
4698      *
4699      * @since 1.4
4700      * @see #setIgnoreRepaint
4701      */
4702     public boolean getIgnoreRepaint() {
4703         return ignoreRepaint;
4704     }
4705 
4706     /**
4707      * Checks whether this component "contains" the specified point,
4708      * where <code>x</code> and <code>y</code> are defined to be
4709      * relative to the coordinate system of this component.
4710      *
4711      * @param     x   the <i>x</i> coordinate of the point
4712      * @param     y   the <i>y</i> coordinate of the point
4713      * @return {@code true} if the point is within the component;
4714      *         otherwise {@code false}
4715      * @see       #getComponentAt(int, int)
4716      * @since     1.1
4717      */
4718     public boolean contains(int x, int y) {
4719         return inside(x, y);
4720     }
4721 
4722     /**
4723      * Checks whether the point is inside of this component.
4724      *
4725      * @param  x the <i>x</i> coordinate of the point
4726      * @param  y the <i>y</i> coordinate of the point
4727      * @return {@code true} if the point is within the component;
4728      *         otherwise {@code false}


4741      *
4742      * @param     p     the point
4743      * @return {@code true} if the point is within the component;
4744      *         otherwise {@code false}
4745      * @throws    NullPointerException if {@code p} is {@code null}
4746      * @see       #getComponentAt(Point)
4747      * @since     1.1
4748      */
4749     public boolean contains(Point p) {
4750         return contains(p.x, p.y);
4751     }
4752 
4753     /**
4754      * Determines if this component or one of its immediate
4755      * subcomponents contains the (<i>x</i>,&nbsp;<i>y</i>) location,
4756      * and if so, returns the containing component. This method only
4757      * looks one level deep. If the point (<i>x</i>,&nbsp;<i>y</i>) is
4758      * inside a subcomponent that itself has subcomponents, it does not
4759      * go looking down the subcomponent tree.
4760      * <p>
4761      * The <code>locate</code> method of <code>Component</code> simply
4762      * returns the component itself if the (<i>x</i>,&nbsp;<i>y</i>)
4763      * coordinate location is inside its bounding box, and <code>null</code>
4764      * otherwise.
4765      * @param     x   the <i>x</i> coordinate
4766      * @param     y   the <i>y</i> coordinate
4767      * @return    the component or subcomponent that contains the
4768      *                (<i>x</i>,&nbsp;<i>y</i>) location;
4769      *                <code>null</code> if the location
4770      *                is outside this component
4771      * @see       #contains(int, int)
4772      * @since     1.0
4773      */
4774     public Component getComponentAt(int x, int y) {
4775         return locate(x, y);
4776     }
4777 
4778     /**
4779      * Returns the component occupying the position specified (this component,
4780      * or immediate child component, or null if neither
4781      * of the first two occupies the location).
4782      *
4783      * @param  x the <i>x</i> coordinate to search for components at
4784      * @param  y the <i>y</i> coordinate to search for components at
4785      * @return the component at the specified location or {@code null}
4786      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
4787      * replaced by getComponentAt(int, int).
4788      */
4789     @Deprecated
4790     public Component locate(int x, int y) {
4791         return contains(x, y) ? this : null;
4792     }
4793 
4794     /**
4795      * Returns the component or subcomponent that contains the
4796      * specified point.
4797      * @param  p the point
4798      * @return the component at the specified location or {@code null}
4799      * @see java.awt.Component#contains
4800      * @since 1.1
4801      */
4802     public Component getComponentAt(Point p) {
4803         return getComponentAt(p.x, p.y);
4804     }
4805 
4806     /**
4807      * @param  e the event to deliver
4808      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
4809      * replaced by <code>dispatchEvent(AWTEvent e)</code>.
4810      */
4811     @Deprecated
4812     public void deliverEvent(Event e) {
4813         postEvent(e);
4814     }
4815 
4816     /**
4817      * Dispatches an event to this component or one of its sub components.
4818      * Calls <code>processEvent</code> before returning for 1.1-style
4819      * events which have been enabled for the <code>Component</code>.
4820      * @param e the event
4821      */
4822     public final void dispatchEvent(AWTEvent e) {
4823         dispatchEventImpl(e);
4824     }
4825 
4826     @SuppressWarnings("deprecation")
4827     void dispatchEventImpl(AWTEvent e) {
4828         int id = e.getID();
4829 
4830         // Check that this component belongs to this app-context
4831         AppContext compContext = appContext;
4832         if (compContext != null && !compContext.equals(AppContext.getAppContext())) {
4833             if (eventLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINE)) {
4834                 eventLog.fine("Event " + e + " is being dispatched on the wrong AppContext");
4835             }
4836         }
4837 
4838         if (eventLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINEST)) {
4839             eventLog.finest("{0}", e);


5267         int eventx = e.x;
5268         int eventy = e.y;
5269         if (parent != null) {
5270             e.translate(x, y);
5271             if (parent.postEvent(e)) {
5272                 e.consume();
5273                 return true;
5274             }
5275             // restore coords
5276             e.x = eventx;
5277             e.y = eventy;
5278         }
5279         return false;
5280     }
5281 
5282     // Event source interfaces
5283 
5284     /**
5285      * Adds the specified component listener to receive component events from
5286      * this component.
5287      * If listener <code>l</code> is <code>null</code>,
5288      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5289      * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5290      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5291      *
5292      * @param    l   the component listener
5293      * @see      java.awt.event.ComponentEvent
5294      * @see      java.awt.event.ComponentListener
5295      * @see      #removeComponentListener
5296      * @see      #getComponentListeners
5297      * @since    1.1
5298      */
5299     public synchronized void addComponentListener(ComponentListener l) {
5300         if (l == null) {
5301             return;
5302         }
5303         componentListener = AWTEventMulticaster.add(componentListener, l);
5304         newEventsOnly = true;
5305     }
5306 
5307     /**
5308      * Removes the specified component listener so that it no longer
5309      * receives component events from this component. This method performs
5310      * no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
5311      * specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
5312      * If listener <code>l</code> is <code>null</code>,
5313      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5314      * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5315      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5316      * @param    l   the component listener
5317      * @see      java.awt.event.ComponentEvent
5318      * @see      java.awt.event.ComponentListener
5319      * @see      #addComponentListener
5320      * @see      #getComponentListeners
5321      * @since    1.1
5322      */
5323     public synchronized void removeComponentListener(ComponentListener l) {
5324         if (l == null) {
5325             return;
5326         }
5327         componentListener = AWTEventMulticaster.remove(componentListener, l);
5328     }
5329 
5330     /**
5331      * Returns an array of all the component listeners
5332      * registered on this component.
5333      *
5334      * @return all <code>ComponentListener</code>s of this component
5335      *         or an empty array if no component
5336      *         listeners are currently registered
5337      *
5338      * @see #addComponentListener
5339      * @see #removeComponentListener
5340      * @since 1.4
5341      */
5342     public synchronized ComponentListener[] getComponentListeners() {
5343         return getListeners(ComponentListener.class);
5344     }
5345 
5346     /**
5347      * Adds the specified focus listener to receive focus events from
5348      * this component when this component gains input focus.
5349      * If listener <code>l</code> is <code>null</code>,
5350      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5351      * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5352      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5353      *
5354      * @param    l   the focus listener
5355      * @see      java.awt.event.FocusEvent
5356      * @see      java.awt.event.FocusListener
5357      * @see      #removeFocusListener
5358      * @see      #getFocusListeners
5359      * @since    1.1
5360      */
5361     public synchronized void addFocusListener(FocusListener l) {
5362         if (l == null) {
5363             return;
5364         }
5365         focusListener = AWTEventMulticaster.add(focusListener, l);
5366         newEventsOnly = true;
5367 
5368         // if this is a lightweight component, enable focus events
5369         // in the native container.
5370         if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
5371             parent.proxyEnableEvents(AWTEvent.FOCUS_EVENT_MASK);
5372         }
5373     }
5374 
5375     /**
5376      * Removes the specified focus listener so that it no longer
5377      * receives focus events from this component. This method performs
5378      * no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
5379      * specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
5380      * If listener <code>l</code> is <code>null</code>,
5381      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5382      * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5383      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5384      *
5385      * @param    l   the focus listener
5386      * @see      java.awt.event.FocusEvent
5387      * @see      java.awt.event.FocusListener
5388      * @see      #addFocusListener
5389      * @see      #getFocusListeners
5390      * @since    1.1
5391      */
5392     public synchronized void removeFocusListener(FocusListener l) {
5393         if (l == null) {
5394             return;
5395         }
5396         focusListener = AWTEventMulticaster.remove(focusListener, l);
5397     }
5398 
5399     /**
5400      * Returns an array of all the focus listeners
5401      * registered on this component.
5402      *
5403      * @return all of this component's <code>FocusListener</code>s
5404      *         or an empty array if no component
5405      *         listeners are currently registered
5406      *
5407      * @see #addFocusListener
5408      * @see #removeFocusListener
5409      * @since 1.4
5410      */
5411     public synchronized FocusListener[] getFocusListeners() {
5412         return getListeners(FocusListener.class);
5413     }
5414 
5415     /**
5416      * Adds the specified hierarchy listener to receive hierarchy changed
5417      * events from this component when the hierarchy to which this container
5418      * belongs changes.
5419      * If listener <code>l</code> is <code>null</code>,
5420      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5421      * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5422      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5423      *
5424      * @param    l   the hierarchy listener
5425      * @see      java.awt.event.HierarchyEvent
5426      * @see      java.awt.event.HierarchyListener
5427      * @see      #removeHierarchyListener
5428      * @see      #getHierarchyListeners
5429      * @since    1.3
5430      */
5431     public void addHierarchyListener(HierarchyListener l) {
5432         if (l == null) {
5433             return;
5434         }
5435         boolean notifyAncestors;
5436         synchronized (this) {
5437             notifyAncestors =
5438                 (hierarchyListener == null &&
5439                  (eventMask & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK) == 0);
5440             hierarchyListener = AWTEventMulticaster.add(hierarchyListener, l);
5441             notifyAncestors = (notifyAncestors && hierarchyListener != null);
5442             newEventsOnly = true;
5443         }
5444         if (notifyAncestors) {
5445             synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
5446                 adjustListeningChildrenOnParent(AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK,
5447                                                 1);
5448             }
5449         }
5450     }
5451 
5452     /**
5453      * Removes the specified hierarchy listener so that it no longer
5454      * receives hierarchy changed events from this component. This method
5455      * performs no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
5456      * specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
5457      * If listener <code>l</code> is <code>null</code>,
5458      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5459      * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5460      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5461      *
5462      * @param    l   the hierarchy listener
5463      * @see      java.awt.event.HierarchyEvent
5464      * @see      java.awt.event.HierarchyListener
5465      * @see      #addHierarchyListener
5466      * @see      #getHierarchyListeners
5467      * @since    1.3
5468      */
5469     public void removeHierarchyListener(HierarchyListener l) {
5470         if (l == null) {
5471             return;
5472         }
5473         boolean notifyAncestors;
5474         synchronized (this) {
5475             notifyAncestors =
5476                 (hierarchyListener != null &&
5477                  (eventMask & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK) == 0);
5478             hierarchyListener =
5479                 AWTEventMulticaster.remove(hierarchyListener, l);
5480             notifyAncestors = (notifyAncestors && hierarchyListener == null);
5481         }
5482         if (notifyAncestors) {
5483             synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
5484                 adjustListeningChildrenOnParent(AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK,
5485                                                 -1);
5486             }
5487         }
5488     }
5489 
5490     /**
5491      * Returns an array of all the hierarchy listeners
5492      * registered on this component.
5493      *
5494      * @return all of this component's <code>HierarchyListener</code>s
5495      *         or an empty array if no hierarchy
5496      *         listeners are currently registered
5497      *
5498      * @see      #addHierarchyListener
5499      * @see      #removeHierarchyListener
5500      * @since    1.4
5501      */
5502     public synchronized HierarchyListener[] getHierarchyListeners() {
5503         return getListeners(HierarchyListener.class);
5504     }
5505 
5506     /**
5507      * Adds the specified hierarchy bounds listener to receive hierarchy
5508      * bounds events from this component when the hierarchy to which this
5509      * container belongs changes.
5510      * If listener <code>l</code> is <code>null</code>,
5511      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5512      * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5513      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5514      *
5515      * @param    l   the hierarchy bounds listener
5516      * @see      java.awt.event.HierarchyEvent
5517      * @see      java.awt.event.HierarchyBoundsListener
5518      * @see      #removeHierarchyBoundsListener
5519      * @see      #getHierarchyBoundsListeners
5520      * @since    1.3
5521      */
5522     public void addHierarchyBoundsListener(HierarchyBoundsListener l) {
5523         if (l == null) {
5524             return;
5525         }
5526         boolean notifyAncestors;
5527         synchronized (this) {
5528             notifyAncestors =
5529                 (hierarchyBoundsListener == null &&
5530                  (eventMask & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_BOUNDS_EVENT_MASK) == 0);
5531             hierarchyBoundsListener =
5532                 AWTEventMulticaster.add(hierarchyBoundsListener, l);
5533             notifyAncestors = (notifyAncestors &&
5534                                hierarchyBoundsListener != null);
5535             newEventsOnly = true;
5536         }
5537         if (notifyAncestors) {
5538             synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
5539                 adjustListeningChildrenOnParent(
5540                                                 AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_BOUNDS_EVENT_MASK, 1);
5541             }
5542         }
5543     }
5544 
5545     /**
5546      * Removes the specified hierarchy bounds listener so that it no longer
5547      * receives hierarchy bounds events from this component. This method
5548      * performs no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
5549      * specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
5550      * If listener <code>l</code> is <code>null</code>,
5551      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5552      * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5553      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5554      *
5555      * @param    l   the hierarchy bounds listener
5556      * @see      java.awt.event.HierarchyEvent
5557      * @see      java.awt.event.HierarchyBoundsListener
5558      * @see      #addHierarchyBoundsListener
5559      * @see      #getHierarchyBoundsListeners
5560      * @since    1.3
5561      */
5562     public void removeHierarchyBoundsListener(HierarchyBoundsListener l) {
5563         if (l == null) {
5564             return;
5565         }
5566         boolean notifyAncestors;
5567         synchronized (this) {
5568             notifyAncestors =
5569                 (hierarchyBoundsListener != null &&
5570                  (eventMask & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_BOUNDS_EVENT_MASK) == 0);


5636                   HierarchyEvent e = new HierarchyEvent(this, id, changed,
5637                                                         changedParent);
5638                   dispatchEvent(e);
5639                   return 1;
5640               }
5641               break;
5642           default:
5643               // assert false
5644               if (eventLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINE)) {
5645                   eventLog.fine("This code must never be reached");
5646               }
5647               break;
5648         }
5649         return 0;
5650     }
5651 
5652     /**
5653      * Returns an array of all the hierarchy bounds listeners
5654      * registered on this component.
5655      *
5656      * @return all of this component's <code>HierarchyBoundsListener</code>s
5657      *         or an empty array if no hierarchy bounds
5658      *         listeners are currently registered
5659      *
5660      * @see      #addHierarchyBoundsListener
5661      * @see      #removeHierarchyBoundsListener
5662      * @since    1.4
5663      */
5664     public synchronized HierarchyBoundsListener[] getHierarchyBoundsListeners() {
5665         return getListeners(HierarchyBoundsListener.class);
5666     }
5667 
5668     /*
5669      * Should only be called while holding the tree lock.
5670      * It's added only for overriding in java.awt.Window
5671      * because parent in Window is owner.
5672      */
5673     void adjustListeningChildrenOnParent(long mask, int num) {
5674         if (parent != null) {
5675             parent.adjustListeningChildren(mask, num);
5676         }


5692      */
5693     public synchronized void addKeyListener(KeyListener l) {
5694         if (l == null) {
5695             return;
5696         }
5697         keyListener = AWTEventMulticaster.add(keyListener, l);
5698         newEventsOnly = true;
5699 
5700         // if this is a lightweight component, enable key events
5701         // in the native container.
5702         if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
5703             parent.proxyEnableEvents(AWTEvent.KEY_EVENT_MASK);
5704         }
5705     }
5706 
5707     /**
5708      * Removes the specified key listener so that it no longer
5709      * receives key events from this component. This method performs
5710      * no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
5711      * specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
5712      * If listener <code>l</code> is <code>null</code>,
5713      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5714      * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5715      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5716      *
5717      * @param    l   the key listener
5718      * @see      java.awt.event.KeyEvent
5719      * @see      java.awt.event.KeyListener
5720      * @see      #addKeyListener
5721      * @see      #getKeyListeners
5722      * @since    1.1
5723      */
5724     public synchronized void removeKeyListener(KeyListener l) {
5725         if (l == null) {
5726             return;
5727         }
5728         keyListener = AWTEventMulticaster.remove(keyListener, l);
5729     }
5730 
5731     /**
5732      * Returns an array of all the key listeners
5733      * registered on this component.
5734      *
5735      * @return all of this component's <code>KeyListener</code>s
5736      *         or an empty array if no key
5737      *         listeners are currently registered
5738      *
5739      * @see      #addKeyListener
5740      * @see      #removeKeyListener
5741      * @since    1.4
5742      */
5743     public synchronized KeyListener[] getKeyListeners() {
5744         return getListeners(KeyListener.class);
5745     }
5746 
5747     /**
5748      * Adds the specified mouse listener to receive mouse events from
5749      * this component.
5750      * If listener <code>l</code> is <code>null</code>,
5751      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5752      * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5753      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5754      *
5755      * @param    l   the mouse listener
5756      * @see      java.awt.event.MouseEvent
5757      * @see      java.awt.event.MouseListener
5758      * @see      #removeMouseListener
5759      * @see      #getMouseListeners
5760      * @since    1.1
5761      */
5762     public synchronized void addMouseListener(MouseListener l) {
5763         if (l == null) {
5764             return;
5765         }
5766         mouseListener = AWTEventMulticaster.add(mouseListener,l);
5767         newEventsOnly = true;
5768 
5769         // if this is a lightweight component, enable mouse events
5770         // in the native container.
5771         if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
5772             parent.proxyEnableEvents(AWTEvent.MOUSE_EVENT_MASK);
5773         }
5774     }
5775 
5776     /**
5777      * Removes the specified mouse listener so that it no longer
5778      * receives mouse events from this component. This method performs
5779      * no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
5780      * specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
5781      * If listener <code>l</code> is <code>null</code>,
5782      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5783      * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5784      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5785      *
5786      * @param    l   the mouse listener
5787      * @see      java.awt.event.MouseEvent
5788      * @see      java.awt.event.MouseListener
5789      * @see      #addMouseListener
5790      * @see      #getMouseListeners
5791      * @since    1.1
5792      */
5793     public synchronized void removeMouseListener(MouseListener l) {
5794         if (l == null) {
5795             return;
5796         }
5797         mouseListener = AWTEventMulticaster.remove(mouseListener, l);
5798     }
5799 
5800     /**
5801      * Returns an array of all the mouse listeners
5802      * registered on this component.
5803      *
5804      * @return all of this component's <code>MouseListener</code>s
5805      *         or an empty array if no mouse
5806      *         listeners are currently registered
5807      *
5808      * @see      #addMouseListener
5809      * @see      #removeMouseListener
5810      * @since    1.4
5811      */
5812     public synchronized MouseListener[] getMouseListeners() {
5813         return getListeners(MouseListener.class);
5814     }
5815 
5816     /**
5817      * Adds the specified mouse motion listener to receive mouse motion
5818      * events from this component.
5819      * If listener <code>l</code> is <code>null</code>,
5820      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5821      * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5822      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5823      *
5824      * @param    l   the mouse motion listener
5825      * @see      java.awt.event.MouseEvent
5826      * @see      java.awt.event.MouseMotionListener
5827      * @see      #removeMouseMotionListener
5828      * @see      #getMouseMotionListeners
5829      * @since    1.1
5830      */
5831     public synchronized void addMouseMotionListener(MouseMotionListener l) {
5832         if (l == null) {
5833             return;
5834         }
5835         mouseMotionListener = AWTEventMulticaster.add(mouseMotionListener,l);
5836         newEventsOnly = true;
5837 
5838         // if this is a lightweight component, enable mouse events
5839         // in the native container.
5840         if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
5841             parent.proxyEnableEvents(AWTEvent.MOUSE_MOTION_EVENT_MASK);
5842         }
5843     }
5844 
5845     /**
5846      * Removes the specified mouse motion listener so that it no longer
5847      * receives mouse motion events from this component. This method performs
5848      * no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
5849      * specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
5850      * If listener <code>l</code> is <code>null</code>,
5851      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5852      * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5853      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5854      *
5855      * @param    l   the mouse motion listener
5856      * @see      java.awt.event.MouseEvent
5857      * @see      java.awt.event.MouseMotionListener
5858      * @see      #addMouseMotionListener
5859      * @see      #getMouseMotionListeners
5860      * @since    1.1
5861      */
5862     public synchronized void removeMouseMotionListener(MouseMotionListener l) {
5863         if (l == null) {
5864             return;
5865         }
5866         mouseMotionListener = AWTEventMulticaster.remove(mouseMotionListener, l);
5867     }
5868 
5869     /**
5870      * Returns an array of all the mouse motion listeners
5871      * registered on this component.
5872      *
5873      * @return all of this component's <code>MouseMotionListener</code>s
5874      *         or an empty array if no mouse motion
5875      *         listeners are currently registered
5876      *
5877      * @see      #addMouseMotionListener
5878      * @see      #removeMouseMotionListener
5879      * @since    1.4
5880      */
5881     public synchronized MouseMotionListener[] getMouseMotionListeners() {
5882         return getListeners(MouseMotionListener.class);
5883     }
5884 
5885     /**
5886      * Adds the specified mouse wheel listener to receive mouse wheel events
5887      * from this component.  Containers also receive mouse wheel events from
5888      * sub-components.
5889      * <p>
5890      * For information on how mouse wheel events are dispatched, see
5891      * the class description for {@link MouseWheelEvent}.
5892      * <p>
5893      * If l is <code>null</code>, no exception is thrown and no
5894      * action is performed.
5895      * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5896      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5897      *
5898      * @param    l   the mouse wheel listener
5899      * @see      java.awt.event.MouseWheelEvent
5900      * @see      java.awt.event.MouseWheelListener
5901      * @see      #removeMouseWheelListener
5902      * @see      #getMouseWheelListeners
5903      * @since    1.4
5904      */
5905     public synchronized void addMouseWheelListener(MouseWheelListener l) {
5906         if (l == null) {
5907             return;
5908         }
5909         mouseWheelListener = AWTEventMulticaster.add(mouseWheelListener,l);
5910         newEventsOnly = true;
5911 
5912         // if this is a lightweight component, enable mouse events
5913         // in the native container.


5926      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5927      *
5928      * @param    l   the mouse wheel listener.
5929      * @see      java.awt.event.MouseWheelEvent
5930      * @see      java.awt.event.MouseWheelListener
5931      * @see      #addMouseWheelListener
5932      * @see      #getMouseWheelListeners
5933      * @since    1.4
5934      */
5935     public synchronized void removeMouseWheelListener(MouseWheelListener l) {
5936         if (l == null) {
5937             return;
5938         }
5939         mouseWheelListener = AWTEventMulticaster.remove(mouseWheelListener, l);
5940     }
5941 
5942     /**
5943      * Returns an array of all the mouse wheel listeners
5944      * registered on this component.
5945      *
5946      * @return all of this component's <code>MouseWheelListener</code>s
5947      *         or an empty array if no mouse wheel
5948      *         listeners are currently registered
5949      *
5950      * @see      #addMouseWheelListener
5951      * @see      #removeMouseWheelListener
5952      * @since    1.4
5953      */
5954     public synchronized MouseWheelListener[] getMouseWheelListeners() {
5955         return getListeners(MouseWheelListener.class);
5956     }
5957 
5958     /**
5959      * Adds the specified input method listener to receive
5960      * input method events from this component. A component will
5961      * only receive input method events from input methods
5962      * if it also overrides <code>getInputMethodRequests</code> to return an
5963      * <code>InputMethodRequests</code> instance.
5964      * If listener <code>l</code> is <code>null</code>,
5965      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5966      * <p>Refer to <a href="{@docRoot}/java/awt/doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5967      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5968      *
5969      * @param    l   the input method listener
5970      * @see      java.awt.event.InputMethodEvent
5971      * @see      java.awt.event.InputMethodListener
5972      * @see      #removeInputMethodListener
5973      * @see      #getInputMethodListeners
5974      * @see      #getInputMethodRequests
5975      * @since    1.2
5976      */
5977     public synchronized void addInputMethodListener(InputMethodListener l) {
5978         if (l == null) {
5979             return;
5980         }
5981         inputMethodListener = AWTEventMulticaster.add(inputMethodListener, l);
5982         newEventsOnly = true;
5983     }
5984 
5985     /**
5986      * Removes the specified input method listener so that it no longer
5987      * receives input method events from this component. This method performs
5988      * no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
5989      * specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
5990      * If listener <code>l</code> is <code>null</code>,
5991      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5992      * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5993      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5994      *
5995      * @param    l   the input method listener
5996      * @see      java.awt.event.InputMethodEvent
5997      * @see      java.awt.event.InputMethodListener
5998      * @see      #addInputMethodListener
5999      * @see      #getInputMethodListeners
6000      * @since    1.2
6001      */
6002     public synchronized void removeInputMethodListener(InputMethodListener l) {
6003         if (l == null) {
6004             return;
6005         }
6006         inputMethodListener = AWTEventMulticaster.remove(inputMethodListener, l);
6007     }
6008 
6009     /**
6010      * Returns an array of all the input method listeners
6011      * registered on this component.
6012      *
6013      * @return all of this component's <code>InputMethodListener</code>s
6014      *         or an empty array if no input method
6015      *         listeners are currently registered
6016      *
6017      * @see      #addInputMethodListener
6018      * @see      #removeInputMethodListener
6019      * @since    1.4
6020      */
6021     public synchronized InputMethodListener[] getInputMethodListeners() {
6022         return getListeners(InputMethodListener.class);
6023     }
6024 
6025     /**
6026      * Returns an array of all the objects currently registered
6027      * as <code><em>Foo</em>Listener</code>s
6028      * upon this <code>Component</code>.
6029      * <code><em>Foo</em>Listener</code>s are registered using the
6030      * <code>add<em>Foo</em>Listener</code> method.
6031      *
6032      * <p>
6033      * You can specify the <code>listenerType</code> argument
6034      * with a class literal, such as
6035      * <code><em>Foo</em>Listener.class</code>.
6036      * For example, you can query a
6037      * <code>Component</code> <code>c</code>
6038      * for its mouse listeners with the following code:
6039      *
6040      * <pre>MouseListener[] mls = (MouseListener[])(c.getListeners(MouseListener.class));</pre>
6041      *
6042      * If no such listeners exist, this method returns an empty array.
6043      *
6044      * @param <T> the type of the listeners
6045      * @param listenerType the type of listeners requested; this parameter
6046      *          should specify an interface that descends from
6047      *          <code>java.util.EventListener</code>
6048      * @return an array of all objects registered as
6049      *          <code><em>Foo</em>Listener</code>s on this component,
6050      *          or an empty array if no such listeners have been added
6051      * @exception ClassCastException if <code>listenerType</code>
6052      *          doesn't specify a class or interface that implements
6053      *          <code>java.util.EventListener</code>
6054      * @throws NullPointerException if {@code listenerType} is {@code null}
6055      * @see #getComponentListeners
6056      * @see #getFocusListeners
6057      * @see #getHierarchyListeners
6058      * @see #getHierarchyBoundsListeners
6059      * @see #getKeyListeners
6060      * @see #getMouseListeners
6061      * @see #getMouseMotionListeners
6062      * @see #getMouseWheelListeners
6063      * @see #getInputMethodListeners
6064      * @see #getPropertyChangeListeners
6065      *
6066      * @since 1.3
6067      */
6068     @SuppressWarnings("unchecked")
6069     public <T extends EventListener> T[] getListeners(Class<T> listenerType) {
6070         EventListener l = null;
6071         if  (listenerType == ComponentListener.class) {
6072             l = componentListener;
6073         } else if (listenerType == FocusListener.class) {


6079         } else if (listenerType == KeyListener.class) {
6080             l = keyListener;
6081         } else if (listenerType == MouseListener.class) {
6082             l = mouseListener;
6083         } else if (listenerType == MouseMotionListener.class) {
6084             l = mouseMotionListener;
6085         } else if (listenerType == MouseWheelListener.class) {
6086             l = mouseWheelListener;
6087         } else if (listenerType == InputMethodListener.class) {
6088             l = inputMethodListener;
6089         } else if (listenerType == PropertyChangeListener.class) {
6090             return (T[])getPropertyChangeListeners();
6091         }
6092         return AWTEventMulticaster.getListeners(l, listenerType);
6093     }
6094 
6095     /**
6096      * Gets the input method request handler which supports
6097      * requests from input methods for this component. A component
6098      * that supports on-the-spot text input must override this
6099      * method to return an <code>InputMethodRequests</code> instance.
6100      * At the same time, it also has to handle input method events.
6101      *
6102      * @return the input method request handler for this component,
6103      *          <code>null</code> by default
6104      * @see #addInputMethodListener
6105      * @since 1.2
6106      */
6107     public InputMethodRequests getInputMethodRequests() {
6108         return null;
6109     }
6110 
6111     /**
6112      * Gets the input context used by this component for handling
6113      * the communication with input methods when text is entered
6114      * in this component. By default, the input context used for
6115      * the parent component is returned. Components may
6116      * override this to return a private input context.
6117      *
6118      * @return the input context used by this component;
6119      *          <code>null</code> if no context can be determined
6120      * @since 1.2
6121      */
6122     public InputContext getInputContext() {
6123         Container parent = this.parent;
6124         if (parent == null) {
6125             return null;
6126         } else {
6127             return parent.getInputContext();
6128         }
6129     }
6130 
6131     /**
6132      * Enables the events defined by the specified event mask parameter
6133      * to be delivered to this component.
6134      * <p>
6135      * Event types are automatically enabled when a listener for
6136      * that event type is added to the component.
6137      * <p>
6138      * This method only needs to be invoked by subclasses of
6139      * <code>Component</code> which desire to have the specified event
6140      * types delivered to <code>processEvent</code> regardless of whether
6141      * or not a listener is registered.
6142      * @param      eventsToEnable   the event mask defining the event types
6143      * @see        #processEvent
6144      * @see        #disableEvents
6145      * @see        AWTEvent
6146      * @since      1.1
6147      */
6148     protected final void enableEvents(long eventsToEnable) {
6149         long notifyAncestors = 0;
6150         synchronized (this) {
6151             if ((eventsToEnable & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK) != 0 &&
6152                 hierarchyListener == null &&
6153                 (eventMask & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK) == 0) {
6154                 notifyAncestors |= AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK;
6155             }
6156             if ((eventsToEnable & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_BOUNDS_EVENT_MASK) != 0 &&
6157                 hierarchyBoundsListener == null &&
6158                 (eventMask & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_BOUNDS_EVENT_MASK) == 0) {
6159                 notifyAncestors |= AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_BOUNDS_EVENT_MASK;
6160             }


6292             clazz.getDeclaredMethod(
6293                 "coalesceEvents", coalesceEventsParams
6294                 );
6295             return true;
6296         } catch (NoSuchMethodException e) {
6297             // Not present in this class.
6298             return false;
6299         }
6300     }
6301 
6302     /**
6303      * Indicates whether coalesceEvents may do something.
6304      */
6305     final boolean isCoalescingEnabled() {
6306         return coalescingEnabled;
6307      }
6308 
6309 
6310     /**
6311      * Potentially coalesce an event being posted with an existing
6312      * event.  This method is called by <code>EventQueue.postEvent</code>
6313      * if an event with the same ID as the event to be posted is found in
6314      * the queue (both events must have this component as their source).
6315      * This method either returns a coalesced event which replaces
6316      * the existing event (and the new event is then discarded), or
6317      * <code>null</code> to indicate that no combining should be done
6318      * (add the second event to the end of the queue).  Either event
6319      * parameter may be modified and returned, as the other one is discarded
6320      * unless <code>null</code> is returned.
6321      * <p>
6322      * This implementation of <code>coalesceEvents</code> coalesces
6323      * two event types: mouse move (and drag) events,
6324      * and paint (and update) events.
6325      * For mouse move events the last event is always returned, causing
6326      * intermediate moves to be discarded.  For paint events, the new
6327      * event is coalesced into a complex <code>RepaintArea</code> in the peer.
6328      * The new <code>AWTEvent</code> is always returned.
6329      *
6330      * @param  existingEvent  the event already on the <code>EventQueue</code>
6331      * @param  newEvent       the event being posted to the
6332      *          <code>EventQueue</code>
6333      * @return a coalesced event, or <code>null</code> indicating that no
6334      *          coalescing was done
6335      */
6336     protected AWTEvent coalesceEvents(AWTEvent existingEvent,
6337                                       AWTEvent newEvent) {
6338         return null;
6339     }
6340 
6341     /**
6342      * Processes events occurring on this component. By default this
6343      * method calls the appropriate
6344      * <code>process&lt;event&nbsp;type&gt;Event</code>
6345      * method for the given class of event.
6346      * <p>Note that if the event parameter is <code>null</code>
6347      * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
6348      * exception.
6349      *
6350      * @param     e the event
6351      * @see       #processComponentEvent
6352      * @see       #processFocusEvent
6353      * @see       #processKeyEvent
6354      * @see       #processMouseEvent
6355      * @see       #processMouseMotionEvent
6356      * @see       #processInputMethodEvent
6357      * @see       #processHierarchyEvent
6358      * @see       #processMouseWheelEvent
6359      * @since     1.1
6360      */
6361     protected void processEvent(AWTEvent e) {
6362         if (e instanceof FocusEvent) {
6363             processFocusEvent((FocusEvent)e);
6364 
6365         } else if (e instanceof MouseEvent) {
6366             switch(e.getID()) {


6386         } else if (e instanceof ComponentEvent) {
6387             processComponentEvent((ComponentEvent)e);
6388         } else if (e instanceof InputMethodEvent) {
6389             processInputMethodEvent((InputMethodEvent)e);
6390         } else if (e instanceof HierarchyEvent) {
6391             switch (e.getID()) {
6392               case HierarchyEvent.HIERARCHY_CHANGED:
6393                   processHierarchyEvent((HierarchyEvent)e);
6394                   break;
6395               case HierarchyEvent.ANCESTOR_MOVED:
6396               case HierarchyEvent.ANCESTOR_RESIZED:
6397                   processHierarchyBoundsEvent((HierarchyEvent)e);
6398                   break;
6399             }
6400         }
6401     }
6402 
6403     /**
6404      * Processes component events occurring on this component by
6405      * dispatching them to any registered
6406      * <code>ComponentListener</code> objects.
6407      * <p>
6408      * This method is not called unless component events are
6409      * enabled for this component. Component events are enabled
6410      * when one of the following occurs:
6411      * <ul>
6412      * <li>A <code>ComponentListener</code> object is registered
6413      * via <code>addComponentListener</code>.
6414      * <li>Component events are enabled via <code>enableEvents</code>.
6415      * </ul>
6416      * <p>Note that if the event parameter is <code>null</code>
6417      * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
6418      * exception.
6419      *
6420      * @param       e the component event
6421      * @see         java.awt.event.ComponentEvent
6422      * @see         java.awt.event.ComponentListener
6423      * @see         #addComponentListener
6424      * @see         #enableEvents
6425      * @since       1.1
6426      */
6427     protected void processComponentEvent(ComponentEvent e) {
6428         ComponentListener listener = componentListener;
6429         if (listener != null) {
6430             int id = e.getID();
6431             switch(id) {
6432               case ComponentEvent.COMPONENT_RESIZED:
6433                   listener.componentResized(e);
6434                   break;
6435               case ComponentEvent.COMPONENT_MOVED:
6436                   listener.componentMoved(e);
6437                   break;
6438               case ComponentEvent.COMPONENT_SHOWN:
6439                   listener.componentShown(e);
6440                   break;
6441               case ComponentEvent.COMPONENT_HIDDEN:
6442                   listener.componentHidden(e);
6443                   break;
6444             }
6445         }
6446     }
6447 
6448     /**
6449      * Processes focus events occurring on this component by
6450      * dispatching them to any registered
6451      * <code>FocusListener</code> objects.
6452      * <p>
6453      * This method is not called unless focus events are
6454      * enabled for this component. Focus events are enabled
6455      * when one of the following occurs:
6456      * <ul>
6457      * <li>A <code>FocusListener</code> object is registered
6458      * via <code>addFocusListener</code>.
6459      * <li>Focus events are enabled via <code>enableEvents</code>.
6460      * </ul>
6461      * <p>
6462      * If focus events are enabled for a <code>Component</code>,
6463      * the current <code>KeyboardFocusManager</code> determines
6464      * whether or not a focus event should be dispatched to
6465      * registered <code>FocusListener</code> objects.  If the
6466      * events are to be dispatched, the <code>KeyboardFocusManager</code>
6467      * calls the <code>Component</code>'s <code>dispatchEvent</code>
6468      * method, which results in a call to the <code>Component</code>'s
6469      * <code>processFocusEvent</code> method.
6470      * <p>
6471      * If focus events are enabled for a <code>Component</code>, calling
6472      * the <code>Component</code>'s <code>dispatchEvent</code> method
6473      * with a <code>FocusEvent</code> as the argument will result in a
6474      * call to the <code>Component</code>'s <code>processFocusEvent</code>
6475      * method regardless of the current <code>KeyboardFocusManager</code>.
6476      *
6477      * <p>Note that if the event parameter is <code>null</code>
6478      * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
6479      * exception.
6480      *
6481      * @param       e the focus event
6482      * @see         java.awt.event.FocusEvent
6483      * @see         java.awt.event.FocusListener
6484      * @see         java.awt.KeyboardFocusManager
6485      * @see         #addFocusListener
6486      * @see         #enableEvents
6487      * @see         #dispatchEvent
6488      * @since       1.1
6489      */
6490     protected void processFocusEvent(FocusEvent e) {
6491         FocusListener listener = focusListener;
6492         if (listener != null) {
6493             int id = e.getID();
6494             switch(id) {
6495               case FocusEvent.FOCUS_GAINED:
6496                   listener.focusGained(e);
6497                   break;
6498               case FocusEvent.FOCUS_LOST:
6499                   listener.focusLost(e);
6500                   break;
6501             }
6502         }
6503     }
6504 
6505     /**
6506      * Processes key events occurring on this component by
6507      * dispatching them to any registered
6508      * <code>KeyListener</code> objects.
6509      * <p>
6510      * This method is not called unless key events are
6511      * enabled for this component. Key events are enabled
6512      * when one of the following occurs:
6513      * <ul>
6514      * <li>A <code>KeyListener</code> object is registered
6515      * via <code>addKeyListener</code>.
6516      * <li>Key events are enabled via <code>enableEvents</code>.
6517      * </ul>
6518      *
6519      * <p>
6520      * If key events are enabled for a <code>Component</code>,
6521      * the current <code>KeyboardFocusManager</code> determines
6522      * whether or not a key event should be dispatched to
6523      * registered <code>KeyListener</code> objects.  The
6524      * <code>DefaultKeyboardFocusManager</code> will not dispatch
6525      * key events to a <code>Component</code> that is not the focus
6526      * owner or is not showing.
6527      * <p>
6528      * As of J2SE 1.4, <code>KeyEvent</code>s are redirected to
6529      * the focus owner. Please see the
6530      * <a href="doc-files/FocusSpec.html">Focus Specification</a>
6531      * for further information.
6532      * <p>
6533      * Calling a <code>Component</code>'s <code>dispatchEvent</code>
6534      * method with a <code>KeyEvent</code> as the argument will
6535      * result in a call to the <code>Component</code>'s
6536      * <code>processKeyEvent</code> method regardless of the
6537      * current <code>KeyboardFocusManager</code> as long as the
6538      * component is showing, focused, and enabled, and key events
6539      * are enabled on it.
6540      * <p>If the event parameter is <code>null</code>
6541      * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
6542      * exception.
6543      *
6544      * @param       e the key event
6545      * @see         java.awt.event.KeyEvent
6546      * @see         java.awt.event.KeyListener
6547      * @see         java.awt.KeyboardFocusManager
6548      * @see         java.awt.DefaultKeyboardFocusManager
6549      * @see         #processEvent
6550      * @see         #dispatchEvent
6551      * @see         #addKeyListener
6552      * @see         #enableEvents
6553      * @see         #isShowing
6554      * @since       1.1
6555      */
6556     protected void processKeyEvent(KeyEvent e) {
6557         KeyListener listener = keyListener;
6558         if (listener != null) {
6559             int id = e.getID();
6560             switch(id) {
6561               case KeyEvent.KEY_TYPED:
6562                   listener.keyTyped(e);
6563                   break;
6564               case KeyEvent.KEY_PRESSED:
6565                   listener.keyPressed(e);
6566                   break;
6567               case KeyEvent.KEY_RELEASED:
6568                   listener.keyReleased(e);
6569                   break;
6570             }
6571         }
6572     }
6573 
6574     /**
6575      * Processes mouse events occurring on this component by
6576      * dispatching them to any registered
6577      * <code>MouseListener</code> objects.
6578      * <p>
6579      * This method is not called unless mouse events are
6580      * enabled for this component. Mouse events are enabled
6581      * when one of the following occurs:
6582      * <ul>
6583      * <li>A <code>MouseListener</code> object is registered
6584      * via <code>addMouseListener</code>.
6585      * <li>Mouse events are enabled via <code>enableEvents</code>.
6586      * </ul>
6587      * <p>Note that if the event parameter is <code>null</code>
6588      * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
6589      * exception.
6590      *
6591      * @param       e the mouse event
6592      * @see         java.awt.event.MouseEvent
6593      * @see         java.awt.event.MouseListener
6594      * @see         #addMouseListener
6595      * @see         #enableEvents
6596      * @since       1.1
6597      */
6598     protected void processMouseEvent(MouseEvent e) {
6599         MouseListener listener = mouseListener;
6600         if (listener != null) {
6601             int id = e.getID();
6602             switch(id) {
6603               case MouseEvent.MOUSE_PRESSED:
6604                   listener.mousePressed(e);
6605                   break;
6606               case MouseEvent.MOUSE_RELEASED:
6607                   listener.mouseReleased(e);
6608                   break;
6609               case MouseEvent.MOUSE_CLICKED:
6610                   listener.mouseClicked(e);
6611                   break;
6612               case MouseEvent.MOUSE_EXITED:
6613                   listener.mouseExited(e);
6614                   break;
6615               case MouseEvent.MOUSE_ENTERED:
6616                   listener.mouseEntered(e);
6617                   break;
6618             }
6619         }
6620     }
6621 
6622     /**
6623      * Processes mouse motion events occurring on this component by
6624      * dispatching them to any registered
6625      * <code>MouseMotionListener</code> objects.
6626      * <p>
6627      * This method is not called unless mouse motion events are
6628      * enabled for this component. Mouse motion events are enabled
6629      * when one of the following occurs:
6630      * <ul>
6631      * <li>A <code>MouseMotionListener</code> object is registered
6632      * via <code>addMouseMotionListener</code>.
6633      * <li>Mouse motion events are enabled via <code>enableEvents</code>.
6634      * </ul>
6635      * <p>Note that if the event parameter is <code>null</code>
6636      * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
6637      * exception.
6638      *
6639      * @param       e the mouse motion event
6640      * @see         java.awt.event.MouseEvent
6641      * @see         java.awt.event.MouseMotionListener
6642      * @see         #addMouseMotionListener
6643      * @see         #enableEvents
6644      * @since       1.1
6645      */
6646     protected void processMouseMotionEvent(MouseEvent e) {
6647         MouseMotionListener listener = mouseMotionListener;
6648         if (listener != null) {
6649             int id = e.getID();
6650             switch(id) {
6651               case MouseEvent.MOUSE_MOVED:
6652                   listener.mouseMoved(e);
6653                   break;
6654               case MouseEvent.MOUSE_DRAGGED:
6655                   listener.mouseDragged(e);
6656                   break;
6657             }
6658         }
6659     }
6660 
6661     /**
6662      * Processes mouse wheel events occurring on this component by
6663      * dispatching them to any registered
6664      * <code>MouseWheelListener</code> objects.
6665      * <p>
6666      * This method is not called unless mouse wheel events are
6667      * enabled for this component. Mouse wheel events are enabled
6668      * when one of the following occurs:
6669      * <ul>
6670      * <li>A <code>MouseWheelListener</code> object is registered
6671      * via <code>addMouseWheelListener</code>.
6672      * <li>Mouse wheel events are enabled via <code>enableEvents</code>.
6673      * </ul>
6674      * <p>
6675      * For information on how mouse wheel events are dispatched, see
6676      * the class description for {@link MouseWheelEvent}.
6677      * <p>
6678      * Note that if the event parameter is <code>null</code>
6679      * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
6680      * exception.
6681      *
6682      * @param       e the mouse wheel event
6683      * @see         java.awt.event.MouseWheelEvent
6684      * @see         java.awt.event.MouseWheelListener
6685      * @see         #addMouseWheelListener
6686      * @see         #enableEvents
6687      * @since       1.4
6688      */
6689     protected void processMouseWheelEvent(MouseWheelEvent e) {
6690         MouseWheelListener listener = mouseWheelListener;
6691         if (listener != null) {
6692             int id = e.getID();
6693             switch(id) {
6694               case MouseEvent.MOUSE_WHEEL:
6695                   listener.mouseWheelMoved(e);
6696                   break;
6697             }
6698         }
6699     }
6700 
6701     boolean postsOldMouseEvents() {
6702         return false;
6703     }
6704 
6705     /**
6706      * Processes input method events occurring on this component by
6707      * dispatching them to any registered
6708      * <code>InputMethodListener</code> objects.
6709      * <p>
6710      * This method is not called unless input method events
6711      * are enabled for this component. Input method events are enabled
6712      * when one of the following occurs:
6713      * <ul>
6714      * <li>An <code>InputMethodListener</code> object is registered
6715      * via <code>addInputMethodListener</code>.
6716      * <li>Input method events are enabled via <code>enableEvents</code>.
6717      * </ul>
6718      * <p>Note that if the event parameter is <code>null</code>
6719      * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
6720      * exception.
6721      *
6722      * @param       e the input method event
6723      * @see         java.awt.event.InputMethodEvent
6724      * @see         java.awt.event.InputMethodListener
6725      * @see         #addInputMethodListener
6726      * @see         #enableEvents
6727      * @since       1.2
6728      */
6729     protected void processInputMethodEvent(InputMethodEvent e) {
6730         InputMethodListener listener = inputMethodListener;
6731         if (listener != null) {
6732             int id = e.getID();
6733             switch (id) {
6734               case InputMethodEvent.INPUT_METHOD_TEXT_CHANGED:
6735                   listener.inputMethodTextChanged(e);
6736                   break;
6737               case InputMethodEvent.CARET_POSITION_CHANGED:
6738                   listener.caretPositionChanged(e);
6739                   break;
6740             }
6741         }
6742     }
6743 
6744     /**
6745      * Processes hierarchy events occurring on this component by
6746      * dispatching them to any registered
6747      * <code>HierarchyListener</code> objects.
6748      * <p>
6749      * This method is not called unless hierarchy events
6750      * are enabled for this component. Hierarchy events are enabled
6751      * when one of the following occurs:
6752      * <ul>
6753      * <li>An <code>HierarchyListener</code> object is registered
6754      * via <code>addHierarchyListener</code>.
6755      * <li>Hierarchy events are enabled via <code>enableEvents</code>.
6756      * </ul>
6757      * <p>Note that if the event parameter is <code>null</code>
6758      * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
6759      * exception.
6760      *
6761      * @param       e the hierarchy event
6762      * @see         java.awt.event.HierarchyEvent
6763      * @see         java.awt.event.HierarchyListener
6764      * @see         #addHierarchyListener
6765      * @see         #enableEvents
6766      * @since       1.3
6767      */
6768     protected void processHierarchyEvent(HierarchyEvent e) {
6769         HierarchyListener listener = hierarchyListener;
6770         if (listener != null) {
6771             int id = e.getID();
6772             switch (id) {
6773               case HierarchyEvent.HIERARCHY_CHANGED:
6774                   listener.hierarchyChanged(e);
6775                   break;
6776             }
6777         }
6778     }
6779 
6780     /**
6781      * Processes hierarchy bounds events occurring on this component by
6782      * dispatching them to any registered
6783      * <code>HierarchyBoundsListener</code> objects.
6784      * <p>
6785      * This method is not called unless hierarchy bounds events
6786      * are enabled for this component. Hierarchy bounds events are enabled
6787      * when one of the following occurs:
6788      * <ul>
6789      * <li>An <code>HierarchyBoundsListener</code> object is registered
6790      * via <code>addHierarchyBoundsListener</code>.
6791      * <li>Hierarchy bounds events are enabled via <code>enableEvents</code>.
6792      * </ul>
6793      * <p>Note that if the event parameter is <code>null</code>
6794      * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
6795      * exception.
6796      *
6797      * @param       e the hierarchy event
6798      * @see         java.awt.event.HierarchyEvent
6799      * @see         java.awt.event.HierarchyBoundsListener
6800      * @see         #addHierarchyBoundsListener
6801      * @see         #enableEvents
6802      * @since       1.3
6803      */
6804     protected void processHierarchyBoundsEvent(HierarchyEvent e) {
6805         HierarchyBoundsListener listener = hierarchyBoundsListener;
6806         if (listener != null) {
6807             int id = e.getID();
6808             switch (id) {
6809               case HierarchyEvent.ANCESTOR_MOVED:
6810                   listener.ancestorMoved(e);
6811                   break;
6812               case HierarchyEvent.ANCESTOR_RESIZED:
6813                   listener.ancestorResized(e);


6960      */
6961     @Deprecated
6962     public boolean keyUp(Event evt, int key) {
6963         return false;
6964     }
6965 
6966     /**
6967      * @param  evt the event to handle
6968      * @param  what the object acted on
6969      * @return {@code false}
6970      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
6971      * should register this component as ActionListener on component
6972      * which fires action events.
6973      */
6974     @Deprecated
6975     public boolean action(Event evt, Object what) {
6976         return false;
6977     }
6978 
6979     /**
6980      * Makes this <code>Component</code> displayable by connecting it to a
6981      * native screen resource.
6982      * This method is called internally by the toolkit and should
6983      * not be called directly by programs.
6984      * <p>
6985      * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
6986      * invalidates the component hierarchy.
6987      *
6988      * @see       #isDisplayable
6989      * @see       #removeNotify
6990      * @see #invalidate
6991      * @since 1.0
6992      */
6993     public void addNotify() {
6994         synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
6995             ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
6996             if (peer == null || peer instanceof LightweightPeer){
6997                 if (peer == null) {
6998                     // Update both the Component's peer variable and the local
6999                     // variable we use for thread safety.
7000                     this.peer = peer = getComponentFactory().createComponent(this);


7064             }
7065 
7066             isAddNotifyComplete = true;
7067 
7068             if (hierarchyListener != null ||
7069                 (eventMask & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK) != 0 ||
7070                 Toolkit.enabledOnToolkit(AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK)) {
7071                 HierarchyEvent e =
7072                     new HierarchyEvent(this, HierarchyEvent.HIERARCHY_CHANGED,
7073                                        this, parent,
7074                                        HierarchyEvent.DISPLAYABILITY_CHANGED |
7075                                        ((isRecursivelyVisible())
7076                                         ? HierarchyEvent.SHOWING_CHANGED
7077                                         : 0));
7078                 dispatchEvent(e);
7079             }
7080         }
7081     }
7082 
7083     /**
7084      * Makes this <code>Component</code> undisplayable by destroying it native
7085      * screen resource.
7086      * <p>
7087      * This method is called by the toolkit internally and should
7088      * not be called directly by programs. Code overriding
7089      * this method should call <code>super.removeNotify</code> as
7090      * the first line of the overriding method.
7091      *
7092      * @see       #isDisplayable
7093      * @see       #addNotify
7094      * @since 1.0
7095      */
7096     public void removeNotify() {
7097         KeyboardFocusManager.clearMostRecentFocusOwner(this);
7098         if (KeyboardFocusManager.getCurrentKeyboardFocusManager().
7099             getPermanentFocusOwner() == this)
7100         {
7101             KeyboardFocusManager.getCurrentKeyboardFocusManager().
7102                 setGlobalPermanentFocusOwner(null);
7103         }
7104 
7105         synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
7106             if (isFocusOwner() && KeyboardFocusManager.isAutoFocusTransferEnabledFor(this)) {
7107                 transferFocus(true);
7108             }
7109 


7181      * replaced by processFocusEvent(FocusEvent).
7182      */
7183     @Deprecated
7184     public boolean gotFocus(Event evt, Object what) {
7185         return false;
7186     }
7187 
7188     /**
7189      * @param evt  the event to handle
7190      * @param what the object focused
7191      * @return  {@code false}
7192      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
7193      * replaced by processFocusEvent(FocusEvent).
7194      */
7195     @Deprecated
7196     public boolean lostFocus(Event evt, Object what) {
7197         return false;
7198     }
7199 
7200     /**
7201      * Returns whether this <code>Component</code> can become the focus
7202      * owner.
7203      *
7204      * @return <code>true</code> if this <code>Component</code> is
7205      * focusable; <code>false</code> otherwise
7206      * @see #setFocusable
7207      * @since 1.1
7208      * @deprecated As of 1.4, replaced by <code>isFocusable()</code>.
7209      */
7210     @Deprecated
7211     public boolean isFocusTraversable() {
7212         if (isFocusTraversableOverridden == FOCUS_TRAVERSABLE_UNKNOWN) {
7213             isFocusTraversableOverridden = FOCUS_TRAVERSABLE_DEFAULT;
7214         }
7215         return focusable;
7216     }
7217 
7218     /**
7219      * Returns whether this Component can be focused.
7220      *
7221      * @return <code>true</code> if this Component is focusable;
7222      *         <code>false</code> otherwise.
7223      * @see #setFocusable
7224      * @since 1.4
7225      */
7226     public boolean isFocusable() {
7227         return isFocusTraversable();
7228     }
7229 
7230     /**
7231      * Sets the focusable state of this Component to the specified value. This
7232      * value overrides the Component's default focusability.
7233      *
7234      * @param focusable indicates whether this Component is focusable
7235      * @see #isFocusable
7236      * @since 1.4
7237      * @beaninfo
7238      *       bound: true
7239      */
7240     public void setFocusable(boolean focusable) {
7241         boolean oldFocusable;
7242         synchronized (this) {


7326      *         contains null, or if any keystroke represents a KEY_TYPED event,
7327      *         or if any keystroke already maps to another focus traversal
7328      *         operation for this Component
7329      * @since 1.4
7330      * @beaninfo
7331      *       bound: true
7332      */
7333     public void setFocusTraversalKeys(int id,
7334                                       Set<? extends AWTKeyStroke> keystrokes)
7335     {
7336         if (id < 0 || id >= KeyboardFocusManager.TRAVERSAL_KEY_LENGTH - 1) {
7337             throw new IllegalArgumentException("invalid focus traversal key identifier");
7338         }
7339 
7340         setFocusTraversalKeys_NoIDCheck(id, keystrokes);
7341     }
7342 
7343     /**
7344      * Returns the Set of focus traversal keys for a given traversal operation
7345      * for this Component. (See
7346      * <code>setFocusTraversalKeys</code> for a full description of each key.)
7347      * <p>
7348      * If a Set of traversal keys has not been explicitly defined for this
7349      * Component, then this Component's parent's Set is returned. If no Set
7350      * has been explicitly defined for any of this Component's ancestors, then
7351      * the current KeyboardFocusManager's default Set is returned.
7352      *
7353      * @param id one of KeyboardFocusManager.FORWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS,
7354      *        KeyboardFocusManager.BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS, or
7355      *        KeyboardFocusManager.UP_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
7356      * @return the Set of AWTKeyStrokes for the specified operation. The Set
7357      *         will be unmodifiable, and may be empty. null will never be
7358      *         returned.
7359      * @see #setFocusTraversalKeys
7360      * @see KeyboardFocusManager#FORWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
7361      * @see KeyboardFocusManager#BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
7362      * @see KeyboardFocusManager#UP_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
7363      * @throws IllegalArgumentException if id is not one of
7364      *         KeyboardFocusManager.FORWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS,
7365      *         KeyboardFocusManager.BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS, or
7366      *         KeyboardFocusManager.UP_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEYS


7426         Set<AWTKeyStroke> keystrokes = (focusTraversalKeys != null)
7427             ? focusTraversalKeys[id]
7428             : null;
7429 
7430         if (keystrokes != null) {
7431             return keystrokes;
7432         } else {
7433             Container parent = this.parent;
7434             if (parent != null) {
7435                 return parent.getFocusTraversalKeys(id);
7436             } else {
7437                 return KeyboardFocusManager.getCurrentKeyboardFocusManager().
7438                     getDefaultFocusTraversalKeys(id);
7439             }
7440         }
7441     }
7442 
7443     /**
7444      * Returns whether the Set of focus traversal keys for the given focus
7445      * traversal operation has been explicitly defined for this Component. If
7446      * this method returns <code>false</code>, this Component is inheriting the
7447      * Set from an ancestor, or from the current KeyboardFocusManager.
7448      *
7449      * @param id one of KeyboardFocusManager.FORWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS,
7450      *        KeyboardFocusManager.BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS, or
7451      *        KeyboardFocusManager.UP_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
7452      * @return <code>true</code> if the Set of focus traversal keys for the
7453      *         given focus traversal operation has been explicitly defined for
7454      *         this Component; <code>false</code> otherwise.
7455      * @throws IllegalArgumentException if id is not one of
7456      *         KeyboardFocusManager.FORWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS,
7457      *         KeyboardFocusManager.BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS, or
7458      *         KeyboardFocusManager.UP_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
7459      * @since 1.4
7460      */
7461     public boolean areFocusTraversalKeysSet(int id) {
7462         if (id < 0 || id >= KeyboardFocusManager.TRAVERSAL_KEY_LENGTH - 1) {
7463             throw new IllegalArgumentException("invalid focus traversal key identifier");
7464         }
7465 
7466         return (focusTraversalKeys != null && focusTraversalKeys[id] != null);
7467     }
7468 
7469     /**
7470      * Sets whether focus traversal keys are enabled for this Component.
7471      * Components for which focus traversal keys are disabled receive key
7472      * events for focus traversal keys. Components for which focus traversal
7473      * keys are enabled do not see these events; instead, the events are
7474      * automatically converted to traversal operations.


7509      */
7510     public boolean getFocusTraversalKeysEnabled() {
7511         return focusTraversalKeysEnabled;
7512     }
7513 
7514     /**
7515      * Requests that this Component get the input focus, and that this
7516      * Component's top-level ancestor become the focused Window. This
7517      * component must be displayable, focusable, visible and all of
7518      * its ancestors (with the exception of the top-level Window) must
7519      * be visible for the request to be granted. Every effort will be
7520      * made to honor the request; however, in some cases it may be
7521      * impossible to do so. Developers must never assume that this
7522      * Component is the focus owner until this Component receives a
7523      * FOCUS_GAINED event. If this request is denied because this
7524      * Component's top-level Window cannot become the focused Window,
7525      * the request will be remembered and will be granted when the
7526      * Window is later focused by the user.
7527      * <p>
7528      * This method cannot be used to set the focus owner to no Component at
7529      * all. Use <code>KeyboardFocusManager.clearGlobalFocusOwner()</code>
7530      * instead.
7531      * <p>
7532      * Because the focus behavior of this method is platform-dependent,
7533      * developers are strongly encouraged to use
7534      * <code>requestFocusInWindow</code> when possible.
7535      *
7536      * <p>Note: Not all focus transfers result from invoking this method. As
7537      * such, a component may receive focus without this or any of the other
7538      * {@code requestFocus} methods of {@code Component} being invoked.
7539      *
7540      * @see #requestFocusInWindow
7541      * @see java.awt.event.FocusEvent
7542      * @see #addFocusListener
7543      * @see #isFocusable
7544      * @see #isDisplayable
7545      * @see KeyboardFocusManager#clearGlobalFocusOwner
7546      * @since 1.0
7547      */
7548     public void requestFocus() {
7549         requestFocusHelper(false, true);
7550     }
7551 
7552     boolean requestFocus(CausedFocusEvent.Cause cause) {
7553         return requestFocusHelper(false, true, cause);
7554     }
7555 
7556     /**
7557      * Requests that this <code>Component</code> get the input focus,
7558      * and that this <code>Component</code>'s top-level ancestor
7559      * become the focused <code>Window</code>. This component must be
7560      * displayable, focusable, visible and all of its ancestors (with
7561      * the exception of the top-level Window) must be visible for the
7562      * request to be granted. Every effort will be made to honor the
7563      * request; however, in some cases it may be impossible to do
7564      * so. Developers must never assume that this component is the
7565      * focus owner until this component receives a FOCUS_GAINED
7566      * event. If this request is denied because this component's
7567      * top-level window cannot become the focused window, the request
7568      * will be remembered and will be granted when the window is later
7569      * focused by the user.
7570      * <p>
7571      * This method returns a boolean value. If <code>false</code> is returned,
7572      * the request is <b>guaranteed to fail</b>. If <code>true</code> is
7573      * returned, the request will succeed <b>unless</b> it is vetoed, or an
7574      * extraordinary event, such as disposal of the component's peer, occurs
7575      * before the request can be granted by the native windowing system. Again,
7576      * while a return value of <code>true</code> indicates that the request is
7577      * likely to succeed, developers must never assume that this component is
7578      * the focus owner until this component receives a FOCUS_GAINED event.
7579      * <p>
7580      * This method cannot be used to set the focus owner to no component at
7581      * all. Use <code>KeyboardFocusManager.clearGlobalFocusOwner</code>
7582      * instead.
7583      * <p>
7584      * Because the focus behavior of this method is platform-dependent,
7585      * developers are strongly encouraged to use
7586      * <code>requestFocusInWindow</code> when possible.
7587      * <p>
7588      * Every effort will be made to ensure that <code>FocusEvent</code>s
7589      * generated as a
7590      * result of this request will have the specified temporary value. However,
7591      * because specifying an arbitrary temporary state may not be implementable
7592      * on all native windowing systems, correct behavior for this method can be
7593      * guaranteed only for lightweight <code>Component</code>s.
7594      * This method is not intended
7595      * for general use, but exists instead as a hook for lightweight component
7596      * libraries, such as Swing.
7597      *
7598      * <p>Note: Not all focus transfers result from invoking this method. As
7599      * such, a component may receive focus without this or any of the other
7600      * {@code requestFocus} methods of {@code Component} being invoked.
7601      *
7602      * @param temporary true if the focus change is temporary,
7603      *        such as when the window loses the focus; for
7604      *        more information on temporary focus changes see the
7605      *<a href="../../java/awt/doc-files/FocusSpec.html">Focus Specification</a>
7606      * @return <code>false</code> if the focus change request is guaranteed to
7607      *         fail; <code>true</code> if it is likely to succeed
7608      * @see java.awt.event.FocusEvent
7609      * @see #addFocusListener
7610      * @see #isFocusable
7611      * @see #isDisplayable
7612      * @see KeyboardFocusManager#clearGlobalFocusOwner
7613      * @since 1.4
7614      */
7615     protected boolean requestFocus(boolean temporary) {
7616         return requestFocusHelper(temporary, true);
7617     }
7618 
7619     boolean requestFocus(boolean temporary, CausedFocusEvent.Cause cause) {
7620         return requestFocusHelper(temporary, true, cause);
7621     }
7622     /**
7623      * Requests that this Component get the input focus, if this
7624      * Component's top-level ancestor is already the focused
7625      * Window. This component must be displayable, focusable, visible
7626      * and all of its ancestors (with the exception of the top-level
7627      * Window) must be visible for the request to be granted. Every
7628      * effort will be made to honor the request; however, in some
7629      * cases it may be impossible to do so. Developers must never
7630      * assume that this Component is the focus owner until this
7631      * Component receives a FOCUS_GAINED event.
7632      * <p>
7633      * This method returns a boolean value. If <code>false</code> is returned,
7634      * the request is <b>guaranteed to fail</b>. If <code>true</code> is
7635      * returned, the request will succeed <b>unless</b> it is vetoed, or an
7636      * extraordinary event, such as disposal of the Component's peer, occurs
7637      * before the request can be granted by the native windowing system. Again,
7638      * while a return value of <code>true</code> indicates that the request is
7639      * likely to succeed, developers must never assume that this Component is
7640      * the focus owner until this Component receives a FOCUS_GAINED event.
7641      * <p>
7642      * This method cannot be used to set the focus owner to no Component at
7643      * all. Use <code>KeyboardFocusManager.clearGlobalFocusOwner()</code>
7644      * instead.
7645      * <p>
7646      * The focus behavior of this method can be implemented uniformly across
7647      * platforms, and thus developers are strongly encouraged to use this
7648      * method over <code>requestFocus</code> when possible. Code which relies
7649      * on <code>requestFocus</code> may exhibit different focus behavior on
7650      * different platforms.
7651      *
7652      * <p>Note: Not all focus transfers result from invoking this method. As
7653      * such, a component may receive focus without this or any of the other
7654      * {@code requestFocus} methods of {@code Component} being invoked.
7655      *
7656      * @return <code>false</code> if the focus change request is guaranteed to
7657      *         fail; <code>true</code> if it is likely to succeed
7658      * @see #requestFocus
7659      * @see java.awt.event.FocusEvent
7660      * @see #addFocusListener
7661      * @see #isFocusable
7662      * @see #isDisplayable
7663      * @see KeyboardFocusManager#clearGlobalFocusOwner
7664      * @since 1.4
7665      */
7666     public boolean requestFocusInWindow() {
7667         return requestFocusHelper(false, false);
7668     }
7669 
7670     boolean requestFocusInWindow(CausedFocusEvent.Cause cause) {
7671         return requestFocusHelper(false, false, cause);
7672     }
7673 
7674     /**
7675      * Requests that this <code>Component</code> get the input focus,
7676      * if this <code>Component</code>'s top-level ancestor is already
7677      * the focused <code>Window</code>.  This component must be
7678      * displayable, focusable, visible and all of its ancestors (with
7679      * the exception of the top-level Window) must be visible for the
7680      * request to be granted. Every effort will be made to honor the
7681      * request; however, in some cases it may be impossible to do
7682      * so. Developers must never assume that this component is the
7683      * focus owner until this component receives a FOCUS_GAINED event.
7684      * <p>
7685      * This method returns a boolean value. If <code>false</code> is returned,
7686      * the request is <b>guaranteed to fail</b>. If <code>true</code> is
7687      * returned, the request will succeed <b>unless</b> it is vetoed, or an
7688      * extraordinary event, such as disposal of the component's peer, occurs
7689      * before the request can be granted by the native windowing system. Again,
7690      * while a return value of <code>true</code> indicates that the request is
7691      * likely to succeed, developers must never assume that this component is
7692      * the focus owner until this component receives a FOCUS_GAINED event.
7693      * <p>
7694      * This method cannot be used to set the focus owner to no component at
7695      * all. Use <code>KeyboardFocusManager.clearGlobalFocusOwner</code>
7696      * instead.
7697      * <p>
7698      * The focus behavior of this method can be implemented uniformly across
7699      * platforms, and thus developers are strongly encouraged to use this
7700      * method over <code>requestFocus</code> when possible. Code which relies
7701      * on <code>requestFocus</code> may exhibit different focus behavior on
7702      * different platforms.
7703      * <p>
7704      * Every effort will be made to ensure that <code>FocusEvent</code>s
7705      * generated as a
7706      * result of this request will have the specified temporary value. However,
7707      * because specifying an arbitrary temporary state may not be implementable
7708      * on all native windowing systems, correct behavior for this method can be
7709      * guaranteed only for lightweight components. This method is not intended
7710      * for general use, but exists instead as a hook for lightweight component
7711      * libraries, such as Swing.
7712      *
7713      * <p>Note: Not all focus transfers result from invoking this method. As
7714      * such, a component may receive focus without this or any of the other
7715      * {@code requestFocus} methods of {@code Component} being invoked.
7716      *
7717      * @param temporary true if the focus change is temporary,
7718      *        such as when the window loses the focus; for
7719      *        more information on temporary focus changes see the
7720      *<a href="../../java/awt/doc-files/FocusSpec.html">Focus Specification</a>
7721      * @return <code>false</code> if the focus change request is guaranteed to
7722      *         fail; <code>true</code> if it is likely to succeed
7723      * @see #requestFocus
7724      * @see java.awt.event.FocusEvent
7725      * @see #addFocusListener
7726      * @see #isFocusable
7727      * @see #isDisplayable
7728      * @see KeyboardFocusManager#clearGlobalFocusOwner
7729      * @since 1.4
7730      */
7731     protected boolean requestFocusInWindow(boolean temporary) {
7732         return requestFocusHelper(temporary, false);
7733     }
7734 
7735     boolean requestFocusInWindow(boolean temporary, CausedFocusEvent.Cause cause) {
7736         return requestFocusHelper(temporary, false, cause);
7737     }
7738 
7739     final boolean requestFocusHelper(boolean temporary,
7740                                      boolean focusedWindowChangeAllowed) {
7741         return requestFocusHelper(temporary, focusedWindowChangeAllowed, CausedFocusEvent.Cause.UNKNOWN);
7742     }


7937      *
7938      * @return this Component's nearest focus-cycle-root ancestor
7939      * @see Container#isFocusCycleRoot()
7940      * @since 1.4
7941      */
7942     public Container getFocusCycleRootAncestor() {
7943         Container rootAncestor = this.parent;
7944         while (rootAncestor != null && !rootAncestor.isFocusCycleRoot()) {
7945             rootAncestor = rootAncestor.parent;
7946         }
7947         return rootAncestor;
7948     }
7949 
7950     /**
7951      * Returns whether the specified Container is the focus cycle root of this
7952      * Component's focus traversal cycle. Each focus traversal cycle has only
7953      * a single focus cycle root and each Component which is not a Container
7954      * belongs to only a single focus traversal cycle.
7955      *
7956      * @param container the Container to be tested
7957      * @return <code>true</code> if the specified Container is a focus-cycle-
7958      *         root of this Component; <code>false</code> otherwise
7959      * @see Container#isFocusCycleRoot()
7960      * @since 1.4
7961      */
7962     public boolean isFocusCycleRoot(Container container) {
7963         Container rootAncestor = getFocusCycleRootAncestor();
7964         return (rootAncestor == container);
7965     }
7966 
7967     Container getTraversalRoot() {
7968         return getFocusCycleRootAncestor();
7969     }
7970 
7971     /**
7972      * Transfers the focus to the next component, as though this Component were
7973      * the focus owner.
7974      * @see       #requestFocus()
7975      * @since     1.1
7976      */
7977     public void transferFocus() {
7978         nextFocus();


8119 
8120             KeyboardFocusManager.getCurrentKeyboardFocusManager().
8121                 setGlobalCurrentFocusCycleRootPriv(fcr);
8122             rootAncestor.requestFocus(CausedFocusEvent.Cause.TRAVERSAL_UP);
8123         } else {
8124             Window window = getContainingWindow();
8125 
8126             if (window != null) {
8127                 Component toFocus = window.getFocusTraversalPolicy().
8128                     getDefaultComponent(window);
8129                 if (toFocus != null) {
8130                     KeyboardFocusManager.getCurrentKeyboardFocusManager().
8131                         setGlobalCurrentFocusCycleRootPriv(window);
8132                     toFocus.requestFocus(CausedFocusEvent.Cause.TRAVERSAL_UP);
8133                 }
8134             }
8135         }
8136     }
8137 
8138     /**
8139      * Returns <code>true</code> if this <code>Component</code> is the
8140      * focus owner.  This method is obsolete, and has been replaced by
8141      * <code>isFocusOwner()</code>.
8142      *
8143      * @return <code>true</code> if this <code>Component</code> is the
8144      *         focus owner; <code>false</code> otherwise
8145      * @since 1.2
8146      */
8147     public boolean hasFocus() {
8148         return (KeyboardFocusManager.getCurrentKeyboardFocusManager().
8149                 getFocusOwner() == this);
8150     }
8151 
8152     /**
8153      * Returns <code>true</code> if this <code>Component</code> is the
8154      *    focus owner.
8155      *
8156      * @return <code>true</code> if this <code>Component</code> is the
8157      *     focus owner; <code>false</code> otherwise
8158      * @since 1.4
8159      */
8160     public boolean isFocusOwner() {
8161         return hasFocus();
8162     }
8163 
8164     /*
8165      * Used to disallow auto-focus-transfer on disposal of the focus owner
8166      * in the process of disposing its parent container.
8167      */
8168     private boolean autoFocusTransferOnDisposal = true;
8169 
8170     void setAutoFocusTransferOnDisposal(boolean value) {
8171         autoFocusTransferOnDisposal = value;
8172     }
8173 
8174     boolean isAutoFocusTransferOnDisposal() {
8175         return autoFocusTransferOnDisposal;
8176     }
8177 


8216             int index = popups.indexOf(popup);
8217             if (index >= 0) {
8218                 PopupMenu pmenu = (PopupMenu)popup;
8219                 if (pmenu.peer != null) {
8220                     pmenu.removeNotify();
8221                 }
8222                 pmenu.parent = null;
8223                 popups.removeElementAt(index);
8224                 if (popups.size() == 0) {
8225                     popups = null;
8226                 }
8227             }
8228         }
8229     }
8230 
8231     /**
8232      * Returns a string representing the state of this component. This
8233      * method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
8234      * content and format of the returned string may vary between
8235      * implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not be
8236      * <code>null</code>.
8237      *
8238      * @return  a string representation of this component's state
8239      * @since     1.0
8240      */
8241     protected String paramString() {
8242         final String thisName = Objects.toString(getName(), "");
8243         final String invalid = isValid() ? "" : ",invalid";
8244         final String hidden = visible ? "" : ",hidden";
8245         final String disabled = enabled ? "" : ",disabled";
8246         return thisName + ',' + x + ',' + y + ',' + width + 'x' + height
8247                 + invalid + hidden + disabled;
8248     }
8249 
8250     /**
8251      * Returns a string representation of this component and its values.
8252      * @return    a string representation of this component
8253      * @since     1.0
8254      */
8255     public String toString() {
8256         return getClass().getName() + '[' + paramString() + ']';
8257     }
8258 
8259     /**
8260      * Prints a listing of this component to the standard system output
8261      * stream <code>System.out</code>.
8262      * @see       java.lang.System#out
8263      * @since     1.0
8264      */
8265     public void list() {
8266         list(System.out, 0);
8267     }
8268 
8269     /**
8270      * Prints a listing of this component to the specified output
8271      * stream.
8272      * @param    out   a print stream
8273      * @throws   NullPointerException if {@code out} is {@code null}
8274      * @since    1.0
8275      */
8276     public void list(PrintStream out) {
8277         list(out, 0);
8278     }
8279 
8280     /**
8281      * Prints out a list, starting at the specified indentation, to the


8336      * registered for all bound properties of this class, including the
8337      * following:
8338      * <ul>
8339      *    <li>this Component's font ("font")</li>
8340      *    <li>this Component's background color ("background")</li>
8341      *    <li>this Component's foreground color ("foreground")</li>
8342      *    <li>this Component's focusability ("focusable")</li>
8343      *    <li>this Component's focus traversal keys enabled state
8344      *        ("focusTraversalKeysEnabled")</li>
8345      *    <li>this Component's Set of FORWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
8346      *        ("forwardFocusTraversalKeys")</li>
8347      *    <li>this Component's Set of BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
8348      *        ("backwardFocusTraversalKeys")</li>
8349      *    <li>this Component's Set of UP_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
8350      *        ("upCycleFocusTraversalKeys")</li>
8351      *    <li>this Component's preferred size ("preferredSize")</li>
8352      *    <li>this Component's minimum size ("minimumSize")</li>
8353      *    <li>this Component's maximum size ("maximumSize")</li>
8354      *    <li>this Component's name ("name")</li>
8355      * </ul>
8356      * Note that if this <code>Component</code> is inheriting a bound property, then no
8357      * event will be fired in response to a change in the inherited property.
8358      * <p>
8359      * If <code>listener</code> is <code>null</code>,
8360      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
8361      *
8362      * @param    listener  the property change listener to be added
8363      *
8364      * @see #removePropertyChangeListener
8365      * @see #getPropertyChangeListeners
8366      * @see #addPropertyChangeListener(java.lang.String, java.beans.PropertyChangeListener)
8367      */
8368     public void addPropertyChangeListener(
8369                                                        PropertyChangeListener listener) {
8370         synchronized (getObjectLock()) {
8371             if (listener == null) {
8372                 return;
8373             }
8374             if (changeSupport == null) {
8375                 changeSupport = new PropertyChangeSupport(this);
8376             }
8377             changeSupport.addPropertyChangeListener(listener);
8378         }
8379     }


8388      * @param listener the PropertyChangeListener to be removed
8389      *
8390      * @see #addPropertyChangeListener
8391      * @see #getPropertyChangeListeners
8392      * @see #removePropertyChangeListener(java.lang.String,java.beans.PropertyChangeListener)
8393      */
8394     public void removePropertyChangeListener(
8395                                                           PropertyChangeListener listener) {
8396         synchronized (getObjectLock()) {
8397             if (listener == null || changeSupport == null) {
8398                 return;
8399             }
8400             changeSupport.removePropertyChangeListener(listener);
8401         }
8402     }
8403 
8404     /**
8405      * Returns an array of all the property change listeners
8406      * registered on this component.
8407      *
8408      * @return all of this component's <code>PropertyChangeListener</code>s
8409      *         or an empty array if no property change
8410      *         listeners are currently registered
8411      *
8412      * @see      #addPropertyChangeListener
8413      * @see      #removePropertyChangeListener
8414      * @see      #getPropertyChangeListeners(java.lang.String)
8415      * @see      java.beans.PropertyChangeSupport#getPropertyChangeListeners
8416      * @since    1.4
8417      */
8418     public PropertyChangeListener[] getPropertyChangeListeners() {
8419         synchronized (getObjectLock()) {
8420             if (changeSupport == null) {
8421                 return new PropertyChangeListener[0];
8422             }
8423             return changeSupport.getPropertyChangeListeners();
8424         }
8425     }
8426 
8427     /**
8428      * Adds a PropertyChangeListener to the listener list for a specific
8429      * property. The specified property may be user-defined, or one of the
8430      * following:
8431      * <ul>
8432      *    <li>this Component's font ("font")</li>
8433      *    <li>this Component's background color ("background")</li>
8434      *    <li>this Component's foreground color ("foreground")</li>
8435      *    <li>this Component's focusability ("focusable")</li>
8436      *    <li>this Component's focus traversal keys enabled state
8437      *        ("focusTraversalKeysEnabled")</li>
8438      *    <li>this Component's Set of FORWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
8439      *        ("forwardFocusTraversalKeys")</li>
8440      *    <li>this Component's Set of BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
8441      *        ("backwardFocusTraversalKeys")</li>
8442      *    <li>this Component's Set of UP_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
8443      *        ("upCycleFocusTraversalKeys")</li>
8444      * </ul>
8445      * Note that if this <code>Component</code> is inheriting a bound property, then no
8446      * event will be fired in response to a change in the inherited property.
8447      * <p>
8448      * If <code>propertyName</code> or <code>listener</code> is <code>null</code>,
8449      * no exception is thrown and no action is taken.
8450      *
8451      * @param propertyName one of the property names listed above
8452      * @param listener the property change listener to be added
8453      *
8454      * @see #removePropertyChangeListener(java.lang.String, java.beans.PropertyChangeListener)
8455      * @see #getPropertyChangeListeners(java.lang.String)
8456      * @see #addPropertyChangeListener(java.lang.String, java.beans.PropertyChangeListener)
8457      */
8458     public void addPropertyChangeListener(
8459                                                        String propertyName,
8460                                                        PropertyChangeListener listener) {
8461         synchronized (getObjectLock()) {
8462             if (listener == null) {
8463                 return;
8464             }
8465             if (changeSupport == null) {
8466                 changeSupport = new PropertyChangeSupport(this);
8467             }
8468             changeSupport.addPropertyChangeListener(propertyName, listener);
8469         }
8470     }
8471 
8472     /**
8473      * Removes a <code>PropertyChangeListener</code> from the listener
8474      * list for a specific property. This method should be used to remove
8475      * <code>PropertyChangeListener</code>s
8476      * that were registered for a specific bound property.
8477      * <p>
8478      * If <code>propertyName</code> or <code>listener</code> is <code>null</code>,
8479      * no exception is thrown and no action is taken.
8480      *
8481      * @param propertyName a valid property name
8482      * @param listener the PropertyChangeListener to be removed
8483      *
8484      * @see #addPropertyChangeListener(java.lang.String, java.beans.PropertyChangeListener)
8485      * @see #getPropertyChangeListeners(java.lang.String)
8486      * @see #removePropertyChangeListener(java.beans.PropertyChangeListener)
8487      */
8488     public void removePropertyChangeListener(
8489                                                           String propertyName,
8490                                                           PropertyChangeListener listener) {
8491         synchronized (getObjectLock()) {
8492             if (listener == null || changeSupport == null) {
8493                 return;
8494             }
8495             changeSupport.removePropertyChangeListener(propertyName, listener);
8496         }
8497     }
8498 
8499     /**
8500      * Returns an array of all the listeners which have been associated
8501      * with the named property.
8502      *
8503      * @param  propertyName the property name
8504      * @return all of the <code>PropertyChangeListener</code>s associated with
8505      *         the named property; if no such listeners have been added or
8506      *         if <code>propertyName</code> is <code>null</code>, an empty
8507      *         array is returned
8508      *
8509      * @see #addPropertyChangeListener(java.lang.String, java.beans.PropertyChangeListener)
8510      * @see #removePropertyChangeListener(java.lang.String, java.beans.PropertyChangeListener)
8511      * @see #getPropertyChangeListeners
8512      * @since 1.4
8513      */
8514     public PropertyChangeListener[] getPropertyChangeListeners(String propertyName) {
8515         synchronized (getObjectLock()) {
8516             if (changeSupport == null) {
8517                 return new PropertyChangeListener[0];
8518             }
8519             return changeSupport.getPropertyChangeListeners(propertyName);
8520         }
8521     }
8522 
8523     /**
8524      * Support for reporting bound property changes for Object properties.
8525      * This method can be called when a bound property has changed and it will
8526      * send the appropriate PropertyChangeEvent to any registered


8687      */
8688     public void firePropertyChange(String propertyName, double oldValue, double newValue) {
8689         if (changeSupport == null || oldValue == newValue) {
8690             return;
8691         }
8692         firePropertyChange(propertyName, Double.valueOf(oldValue), Double.valueOf(newValue));
8693     }
8694 
8695 
8696     // Serialization support.
8697 
8698     /**
8699      * Component Serialized Data Version.
8700      *
8701      * @serial
8702      */
8703     private int componentSerializedDataVersion = 4;
8704 
8705     /**
8706      * This hack is for Swing serialization. It will invoke
8707      * the Swing package private method <code>compWriteObjectNotify</code>.
8708      */
8709     private void doSwingSerialization() {
8710         Package swingPackage = Package.getPackage("javax.swing");
8711         // For Swing serialization to correctly work Swing needs to
8712         // be notified before Component does it's serialization.  This
8713         // hack accommodates this.
8714         //
8715         // Swing classes MUST be loaded by the bootstrap class loader,
8716         // otherwise we don't consider them.
8717         for (Class<?> klass = Component.this.getClass(); klass != null;
8718                    klass = klass.getSuperclass()) {
8719             if (klass.getPackage() == swingPackage &&
8720                       klass.getClassLoader() == null) {
8721                 final Class<?> swingClass = klass;
8722                 // Find the first override of the compWriteObjectNotify method
8723                 Method[] methods = AccessController.doPrivileged(
8724                                                                  new PrivilegedAction<Method[]>() {
8725                                                                      public Method[] run() {
8726                                                                          return swingClass.getDeclaredMethods();
8727                                                                      }


8741                         // Invoke the method
8742                         try {
8743                             method.invoke(this, (Object[]) null);
8744                         } catch (IllegalAccessException iae) {
8745                         } catch (InvocationTargetException ite) {
8746                         }
8747                         // We're done, bail.
8748                         return;
8749                     }
8750                 }
8751             }
8752         }
8753     }
8754 
8755     /**
8756      * Writes default serializable fields to stream.  Writes
8757      * a variety of serializable listeners as optional data.
8758      * The non-serializable listeners are detected and
8759      * no attempt is made to serialize them.
8760      *
8761      * @param s the <code>ObjectOutputStream</code> to write
8762      * @serialData <code>null</code> terminated sequence of
8763      *   0 or more pairs; the pair consists of a <code>String</code>
8764      *   and an <code>Object</code>; the <code>String</code> indicates
8765      *   the type of object and is one of the following (as of 1.4):
8766      *   <code>componentListenerK</code> indicating an
8767      *     <code>ComponentListener</code> object;
8768      *   <code>focusListenerK</code> indicating an
8769      *     <code>FocusListener</code> object;
8770      *   <code>keyListenerK</code> indicating an
8771      *     <code>KeyListener</code> object;
8772      *   <code>mouseListenerK</code> indicating an
8773      *     <code>MouseListener</code> object;
8774      *   <code>mouseMotionListenerK</code> indicating an
8775      *     <code>MouseMotionListener</code> object;
8776      *   <code>inputMethodListenerK</code> indicating an
8777      *     <code>InputMethodListener</code> object;
8778      *   <code>hierarchyListenerK</code> indicating an
8779      *     <code>HierarchyListener</code> object;
8780      *   <code>hierarchyBoundsListenerK</code> indicating an
8781      *     <code>HierarchyBoundsListener</code> object;
8782      *   <code>mouseWheelListenerK</code> indicating an
8783      *     <code>MouseWheelListener</code> object
8784      * @serialData an optional <code>ComponentOrientation</code>
8785      *    (after <code>inputMethodListener</code>, as of 1.2)
8786      *
8787      * @see AWTEventMulticaster#save(java.io.ObjectOutputStream, java.lang.String, java.util.EventListener)
8788      * @see #componentListenerK
8789      * @see #focusListenerK
8790      * @see #keyListenerK
8791      * @see #mouseListenerK
8792      * @see #mouseMotionListenerK
8793      * @see #inputMethodListenerK
8794      * @see #hierarchyListenerK
8795      * @see #hierarchyBoundsListenerK
8796      * @see #mouseWheelListenerK
8797      * @see #readObject(ObjectInputStream)
8798      */
8799     private void writeObject(ObjectOutputStream s)
8800       throws IOException
8801     {
8802         doSwingSerialization();
8803 
8804         s.defaultWriteObject();
8805 


8807         AWTEventMulticaster.save(s, focusListenerK, focusListener);
8808         AWTEventMulticaster.save(s, keyListenerK, keyListener);
8809         AWTEventMulticaster.save(s, mouseListenerK, mouseListener);
8810         AWTEventMulticaster.save(s, mouseMotionListenerK, mouseMotionListener);
8811         AWTEventMulticaster.save(s, inputMethodListenerK, inputMethodListener);
8812 
8813         s.writeObject(null);
8814         s.writeObject(componentOrientation);
8815 
8816         AWTEventMulticaster.save(s, hierarchyListenerK, hierarchyListener);
8817         AWTEventMulticaster.save(s, hierarchyBoundsListenerK,
8818                                  hierarchyBoundsListener);
8819         s.writeObject(null);
8820 
8821         AWTEventMulticaster.save(s, mouseWheelListenerK, mouseWheelListener);
8822         s.writeObject(null);
8823 
8824     }
8825 
8826     /**
8827      * Reads the <code>ObjectInputStream</code> and if it isn't
8828      * <code>null</code> adds a listener to receive a variety
8829      * of events fired by the component.
8830      * Unrecognized keys or values will be ignored.
8831      *
8832      * @param s the <code>ObjectInputStream</code> to read
8833      * @see #writeObject(ObjectOutputStream)
8834      */
8835     private void readObject(ObjectInputStream s)
8836       throws ClassNotFoundException, IOException
8837     {
8838         objectLock = new Object();
8839 
8840         acc = AccessController.getContext();
8841 
8842         s.defaultReadObject();
8843 
8844         appContext = AppContext.getAppContext();
8845         coalescingEnabled = checkCoalescing();
8846         if (componentSerializedDataVersion < 4) {
8847             // These fields are non-transient and rely on default
8848             // serialization. However, the default values are insufficient,
8849             // so we need to set them explicitly for object data streams prior
8850             // to 1.4.
8851             focusable = true;
8852             isFocusTraversableOverridden = FOCUS_TRAVERSABLE_UNKNOWN;


8954             // might have been caused by reasons unrelated to
8955             // mouse wheel listeners
8956 
8957             if (!e.eof)  {
8958                 throw (e);
8959             }
8960         }
8961 
8962         if (popups != null) {
8963             int npopups = popups.size();
8964             for (int i = 0 ; i < npopups ; i++) {
8965                 PopupMenu popup = popups.elementAt(i);
8966                 popup.parent = this;
8967             }
8968         }
8969     }
8970 
8971     /**
8972      * Sets the language-sensitive orientation that is to be used to order
8973      * the elements or text within this component.  Language-sensitive
8974      * <code>LayoutManager</code> and <code>Component</code>
8975      * subclasses will use this property to
8976      * determine how to lay out and draw components.
8977      * <p>
8978      * At construction time, a component's orientation is set to
8979      * <code>ComponentOrientation.UNKNOWN</code>,
8980      * indicating that it has not been specified
8981      * explicitly.  The UNKNOWN orientation behaves the same as
8982      * <code>ComponentOrientation.LEFT_TO_RIGHT</code>.
8983      * <p>
8984      * To set the orientation of a single component, use this method.
8985      * To set the orientation of an entire component
8986      * hierarchy, use
8987      * {@link #applyComponentOrientation applyComponentOrientation}.
8988      * <p>
8989      * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
8990      * invalidates the component hierarchy.
8991      *
8992      * @param  o the orientation to be set
8993      *
8994      * @see ComponentOrientation
8995      * @see #invalidate
8996      *
8997      * @author Laura Werner, IBM
8998      * @beaninfo
8999      *       bound: true
9000      */
9001     public void setComponentOrientation(ComponentOrientation o) {
9002         ComponentOrientation oldValue = componentOrientation;
9003         componentOrientation = o;
9004 
9005         // This is a bound property, so report the change to
9006         // any registered listeners.  (Cheap if there are none.)
9007         firePropertyChange("componentOrientation", oldValue, o);
9008 
9009         // This could change the preferred size of the Component.
9010         invalidateIfValid();
9011     }
9012 
9013     /**
9014      * Retrieves the language-sensitive orientation that is to be used to order
9015      * the elements or text within this component.  <code>LayoutManager</code>
9016      * and <code>Component</code>
9017      * subclasses that wish to respect orientation should call this method to
9018      * get the component's orientation before performing layout or drawing.
9019      *
9020      * @return the orientation to order the elements or text
9021      * @see ComponentOrientation
9022      *
9023      * @author Laura Werner, IBM
9024      */
9025     public ComponentOrientation getComponentOrientation() {
9026         return componentOrientation;
9027     }
9028 
9029     /**
9030      * Sets the <code>ComponentOrientation</code> property of this component
9031      * and all components contained within it.
9032      * <p>
9033      * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
9034      * invalidates the component hierarchy.
9035      *
9036      *
9037      * @param orientation the new component orientation of this component and
9038      *        the components contained within it.
9039      * @exception NullPointerException if <code>orientation</code> is null.
9040      * @see #setComponentOrientation
9041      * @see #getComponentOrientation
9042      * @see #invalidate
9043      * @since 1.4
9044      */
9045     public void applyComponentOrientation(ComponentOrientation orientation) {
9046         if (orientation == null) {
9047             throw new NullPointerException();
9048         }
9049         setComponentOrientation(orientation);
9050     }
9051 
9052     final boolean canBeFocusOwner() {
9053         // It is enabled, visible, focusable.
9054         if (isEnabled() && isDisplayable() && isVisible() && isFocusable()) {
9055             return true;
9056         }
9057         return false;
9058     }
9059 


9087     final void relocateComponent() {
9088         synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
9089             if (peer == null) {
9090                 return;
9091             }
9092             int nativeX = x;
9093             int nativeY = y;
9094             for (Component cont = getContainer();
9095                     cont != null && cont.isLightweight();
9096                     cont = cont.getContainer())
9097             {
9098                 nativeX += cont.x;
9099                 nativeY += cont.y;
9100             }
9101             peer.setBounds(nativeX, nativeY, width, height,
9102                     ComponentPeer.SET_LOCATION);
9103         }
9104     }
9105 
9106     /**
9107      * Returns the <code>Window</code> ancestor of the component.
9108      * @return Window ancestor of the component or component by itself if it is Window;
9109      *         null, if component is not a part of window hierarchy
9110      */
9111     Window getContainingWindow() {
9112         return SunToolkit.getContainingWindow(this);
9113     }
9114 
9115     /**
9116      * Initialize JNI field and method IDs
9117      */
9118     private static native void initIDs();
9119 
9120     /*
9121      * --- Accessibility Support ---
9122      *
9123      *  Component will contain all of the methods in interface Accessible,
9124      *  though it won't actually implement the interface - that will be up
9125      *  to the individual objects which extend Component.
9126      */
9127 
9128     /**
9129      * The {@code AccessibleContext} associated with this {@code Component}.
9130      */
9131     protected AccessibleContext accessibleContext = null;
9132 
9133     /**
9134      * Gets the <code>AccessibleContext</code> associated
9135      * with this <code>Component</code>.
9136      * The method implemented by this base
9137      * class returns null.  Classes that extend <code>Component</code>
9138      * should implement this method to return the
9139      * <code>AccessibleContext</code> associated with the subclass.
9140      *
9141      *
9142      * @return the <code>AccessibleContext</code> of this
9143      *    <code>Component</code>
9144      * @since 1.3
9145      */
9146     public AccessibleContext getAccessibleContext() {
9147         return accessibleContext;
9148     }
9149 
9150     /**
9151      * Inner class of Component used to provide default support for
9152      * accessibility.  This class is not meant to be used directly by
9153      * application developers, but is instead meant only to be
9154      * subclassed by component developers.
9155      * <p>
9156      * The class used to obtain the accessible role for this object.
9157      * @since 1.3
9158      */
9159     protected abstract class AccessibleAWTComponent extends AccessibleContext
9160         implements Serializable, AccessibleComponent {
9161 
9162         private static final long serialVersionUID = 642321655757800191L;
9163 


9224          */
9225         protected class AccessibleAWTFocusHandler implements FocusListener {
9226             public void focusGained(FocusEvent event) {
9227                 if (accessibleContext != null) {
9228                     accessibleContext.firePropertyChange(
9229                                                          AccessibleContext.ACCESSIBLE_STATE_PROPERTY,
9230                                                          null, AccessibleState.FOCUSED);
9231                 }
9232             }
9233             public void focusLost(FocusEvent event) {
9234                 if (accessibleContext != null) {
9235                     accessibleContext.firePropertyChange(
9236                                                          AccessibleContext.ACCESSIBLE_STATE_PROPERTY,
9237                                                          AccessibleState.FOCUSED, null);
9238                 }
9239             }
9240         }  // inner class AccessibleAWTFocusHandler
9241 
9242 
9243         /**
9244          * Adds a <code>PropertyChangeListener</code> to the listener list.
9245          *
9246          * @param listener  the property change listener to be added
9247          */
9248         public void addPropertyChangeListener(PropertyChangeListener listener) {
9249             if (accessibleAWTComponentHandler == null) {
9250                 accessibleAWTComponentHandler = new AccessibleAWTComponentHandler();
9251             }
9252             if (accessibleAWTFocusHandler == null) {
9253                 accessibleAWTFocusHandler = new AccessibleAWTFocusHandler();
9254             }
9255             if (propertyListenersCount++ == 0) {
9256                 Component.this.addComponentListener(accessibleAWTComponentHandler);
9257                 Component.this.addFocusListener(accessibleAWTFocusHandler);
9258             }
9259             super.addPropertyChangeListener(listener);
9260         }
9261 
9262         /**
9263          * Remove a PropertyChangeListener from the listener list.
9264          * This removes a PropertyChangeListener that was registered
9265          * for all properties.
9266          *
9267          * @param listener  The PropertyChangeListener to be removed
9268          */
9269         public void removePropertyChangeListener(PropertyChangeListener listener) {
9270             if (--propertyListenersCount == 0) {
9271                 Component.this.removeComponentListener(accessibleAWTComponentHandler);
9272                 Component.this.removeFocusListener(accessibleAWTFocusHandler);
9273             }
9274             super.removePropertyChangeListener(listener);
9275         }
9276 
9277         // AccessibleContext methods
9278         //
9279         /**
9280          * Gets the accessible name of this object.  This should almost never
9281          * return <code>java.awt.Component.getName()</code>,
9282          * as that generally isn't a localized name,
9283          * and doesn't have meaning for the user.  If the
9284          * object is fundamentally a text object (e.g. a menu item), the
9285          * accessible name should be the text of the object (e.g. "save").
9286          * If the object has a tooltip, the tooltip text may also be an
9287          * appropriate String to return.
9288          *
9289          * @return the localized name of the object -- can be
9290          *         <code>null</code> if this
9291          *         object does not have a name
9292          * @see javax.accessibility.AccessibleContext#setAccessibleName
9293          */
9294         public String getAccessibleName() {
9295             return accessibleName;
9296         }
9297 
9298         /**
9299          * Gets the accessible description of this object.  This should be
9300          * a concise, localized description of what this object is - what
9301          * is its meaning to the user.  If the object has a tooltip, the
9302          * tooltip text may be an appropriate string to return, assuming
9303          * it contains a concise description of the object (instead of just
9304          * the name of the object - e.g. a "Save" icon on a toolbar that
9305          * had "save" as the tooltip text shouldn't return the tooltip
9306          * text as the description, but something like "Saves the current
9307          * text document" instead).
9308          *
9309          * @return the localized description of the object -- can be
9310          *        <code>null</code> if this object does not have a description
9311          * @see javax.accessibility.AccessibleContext#setAccessibleDescription
9312          */
9313         public String getAccessibleDescription() {
9314             return accessibleDescription;
9315         }
9316 
9317         /**
9318          * Gets the role of this object.
9319          *
9320          * @return an instance of <code>AccessibleRole</code>
9321          *      describing the role of the object
9322          * @see javax.accessibility.AccessibleRole
9323          */
9324         public AccessibleRole getAccessibleRole() {
9325             return AccessibleRole.AWT_COMPONENT;
9326         }
9327 
9328         /**
9329          * Gets the state of this object.
9330          *
9331          * @return an instance of <code>AccessibleStateSet</code>
9332          *       containing the current state set of the object
9333          * @see javax.accessibility.AccessibleState
9334          */
9335         public AccessibleStateSet getAccessibleStateSet() {
9336             return Component.this.getAccessibleStateSet();
9337         }
9338 
9339         /**
9340          * Gets the <code>Accessible</code> parent of this object.
9341          * If the parent of this object implements <code>Accessible</code>,
9342          * this method should simply return <code>getParent</code>.
9343          *
9344          * @return the <code>Accessible</code> parent of this
9345          *      object -- can be <code>null</code> if this
9346          *      object does not have an <code>Accessible</code> parent
9347          */
9348         public Accessible getAccessibleParent() {
9349             if (accessibleParent != null) {
9350                 return accessibleParent;
9351             } else {
9352                 Container parent = getParent();
9353                 if (parent instanceof Accessible) {
9354                     return (Accessible) parent;
9355                 }
9356             }
9357             return null;
9358         }
9359 
9360         /**
9361          * Gets the index of this object in its accessible parent.
9362          *
9363          * @return the index of this object in its parent; or -1 if this
9364          *    object does not have an accessible parent
9365          * @see #getAccessibleParent
9366          */
9367         public int getAccessibleIndexInParent() {
9368             return Component.this.getAccessibleIndexInParent();
9369         }
9370 
9371         /**
9372          * Returns the number of accessible children in the object.  If all
9373          * of the children of this object implement <code>Accessible</code>,
9374          * then this method should return the number of children of this object.
9375          *
9376          * @return the number of accessible children in the object
9377          */
9378         public int getAccessibleChildrenCount() {
9379             return 0; // Components don't have children
9380         }
9381 
9382         /**
9383          * Returns the nth <code>Accessible</code> child of the object.
9384          *
9385          * @param i zero-based index of child
9386          * @return the nth <code>Accessible</code> child of the object
9387          */
9388         public Accessible getAccessibleChild(int i) {
9389             return null; // Components don't have children
9390         }
9391 
9392         /**
9393          * Returns the locale of this object.
9394          *
9395          * @return the locale of this object
9396          */
9397         public Locale getLocale() {
9398             return Component.this.getLocale();
9399         }
9400 
9401         /**
9402          * Gets the <code>AccessibleComponent</code> associated
9403          * with this object if one exists.
9404          * Otherwise return <code>null</code>.
9405          *
9406          * @return the component
9407          */
9408         public AccessibleComponent getAccessibleComponent() {
9409             return this;
9410         }
9411 
9412 
9413         // AccessibleComponent methods
9414         //
9415         /**
9416          * Gets the background color of this object.
9417          *
9418          * @return the background color, if supported, of the object;
9419          *      otherwise, <code>null</code>
9420          */
9421         public Color getBackground() {
9422             return Component.this.getBackground();
9423         }
9424 
9425         /**
9426          * Sets the background color of this object.
9427          * (For transparency, see <code>isOpaque</code>.)
9428          *
9429          * @param c the new <code>Color</code> for the background
9430          * @see Component#isOpaque
9431          */
9432         public void setBackground(Color c) {
9433             Component.this.setBackground(c);
9434         }
9435 
9436         /**
9437          * Gets the foreground color of this object.
9438          *
9439          * @return the foreground color, if supported, of the object;
9440          *     otherwise, <code>null</code>
9441          */
9442         public Color getForeground() {
9443             return Component.this.getForeground();
9444         }
9445 
9446         /**
9447          * Sets the foreground color of this object.
9448          *
9449          * @param c the new <code>Color</code> for the foreground
9450          */
9451         public void setForeground(Color c) {
9452             Component.this.setForeground(c);
9453         }
9454 
9455         /**
9456          * Gets the <code>Cursor</code> of this object.
9457          *
9458          * @return the <code>Cursor</code>, if supported,
9459          *     of the object; otherwise, <code>null</code>
9460          */
9461         public Cursor getCursor() {
9462             return Component.this.getCursor();
9463         }
9464 
9465         /**
9466          * Sets the <code>Cursor</code> of this object.
9467          * <p>
9468          * The method may have no visual effect if the Java platform
9469          * implementation and/or the native system do not support
9470          * changing the mouse cursor shape.
9471          * @param cursor the new <code>Cursor</code> for the object
9472          */
9473         public void setCursor(Cursor cursor) {
9474             Component.this.setCursor(cursor);
9475         }
9476 
9477         /**
9478          * Gets the <code>Font</code> of this object.
9479          *
9480          * @return the <code>Font</code>, if supported,
9481          *    for the object; otherwise, <code>null</code>
9482          */
9483         public Font getFont() {
9484             return Component.this.getFont();
9485         }
9486 
9487         /**
9488          * Sets the <code>Font</code> of this object.
9489          *
9490          * @param f the new <code>Font</code> for the object
9491          */
9492         public void setFont(Font f) {
9493             Component.this.setFont(f);
9494         }
9495 
9496         /**
9497          * Gets the <code>FontMetrics</code> of this object.
9498          *
9499          * @param f the <code>Font</code>
9500          * @return the <code>FontMetrics</code>, if supported,
9501          *     the object; otherwise, <code>null</code>
9502          * @see #getFont
9503          */
9504         public FontMetrics getFontMetrics(Font f) {
9505             if (f == null) {
9506                 return null;
9507             } else {
9508                 return Component.this.getFontMetrics(f);
9509             }
9510         }
9511 
9512         /**
9513          * Determines if the object is enabled.
9514          *
9515          * @return true if object is enabled; otherwise, false
9516          */
9517         public boolean isEnabled() {
9518             return Component.this.isEnabled();
9519         }
9520 
9521         /**


9529             if (b != old) {
9530                 if (accessibleContext != null) {
9531                     if (b) {
9532                         accessibleContext.firePropertyChange(
9533                                                              AccessibleContext.ACCESSIBLE_STATE_PROPERTY,
9534                                                              null, AccessibleState.ENABLED);
9535                     } else {
9536                         accessibleContext.firePropertyChange(
9537                                                              AccessibleContext.ACCESSIBLE_STATE_PROPERTY,
9538                                                              AccessibleState.ENABLED, null);
9539                     }
9540                 }
9541             }
9542         }
9543 
9544         /**
9545          * Determines if the object is visible.  Note: this means that the
9546          * object intends to be visible; however, it may not in fact be
9547          * showing on the screen because one of the objects that this object
9548          * is contained by is not visible.  To determine if an object is
9549          * showing on the screen, use <code>isShowing</code>.
9550          *
9551          * @return true if object is visible; otherwise, false
9552          */
9553         public boolean isVisible() {
9554             return Component.this.isVisible();
9555         }
9556 
9557         /**
9558          * Sets the visible state of the object.
9559          *
9560          * @param b if true, shows this object; otherwise, hides it
9561          */
9562         public void setVisible(boolean b) {
9563             boolean old = Component.this.isVisible();
9564             Component.this.setVisible(b);
9565             if (b != old) {
9566                 if (accessibleContext != null) {
9567                     if (b) {
9568                         accessibleContext.firePropertyChange(
9569                                                              AccessibleContext.ACCESSIBLE_STATE_PROPERTY,


9578         }
9579 
9580         /**
9581          * Determines if the object is showing.  This is determined by checking
9582          * the visibility of the object and ancestors of the object.  Note:
9583          * this will return true even if the object is obscured by another
9584          * (for example, it happens to be underneath a menu that was pulled
9585          * down).
9586          *
9587          * @return true if object is showing; otherwise, false
9588          */
9589         public boolean isShowing() {
9590             return Component.this.isShowing();
9591         }
9592 
9593         /**
9594          * Checks whether the specified point is within this object's bounds,
9595          * where the point's x and y coordinates are defined to be relative to
9596          * the coordinate system of the object.
9597          *
9598          * @param p the <code>Point</code> relative to the
9599          *     coordinate system of the object
9600          * @return true if object contains <code>Point</code>; otherwise false
9601          */
9602         public boolean contains(Point p) {
9603             return Component.this.contains(p);
9604         }
9605 
9606         /**
9607          * Returns the location of the object on the screen.
9608          *
9609          * @return location of object on screen -- can be
9610          *    <code>null</code> if this object is not on the screen
9611          */
9612         public Point getLocationOnScreen() {
9613             synchronized (Component.this.getTreeLock()) {
9614                 if (Component.this.isShowing()) {
9615                     return Component.this.getLocationOnScreen();
9616                 } else {
9617                     return null;
9618                 }
9619             }
9620         }
9621 
9622         /**
9623          * Gets the location of the object relative to the parent in the form
9624          * of a point specifying the object's top-left corner in the screen's
9625          * coordinate space.
9626          *
9627          * @return an instance of Point representing the top-left corner of
9628          * the object's bounds in the coordinate space of the screen;
9629          * <code>null</code> if this object or its parent are not on the screen
9630          */
9631         public Point getLocation() {
9632             return Component.this.getLocation();
9633         }
9634 
9635         /**
9636          * Sets the location of the object relative to the parent.
9637          * @param p  the coordinates of the object
9638          */
9639         public void setLocation(Point p) {
9640             Component.this.setLocation(p);
9641         }
9642 
9643         /**
9644          * Gets the bounds of this object in the form of a Rectangle object.
9645          * The bounds specify this object's width, height, and location
9646          * relative to its parent.
9647          *
9648          * @return a rectangle indicating this component's bounds;
9649          *   <code>null</code> if this object is not on the screen
9650          */
9651         public Rectangle getBounds() {
9652             return Component.this.getBounds();
9653         }
9654 
9655         /**
9656          * Sets the bounds of this object in the form of a
9657          * <code>Rectangle</code> object.
9658          * The bounds specify this object's width, height, and location
9659          * relative to its parent.
9660          *
9661          * @param r a rectangle indicating this component's bounds
9662          */
9663         public void setBounds(Rectangle r) {
9664             Component.this.setBounds(r);
9665         }
9666 
9667         /**
9668          * Returns the size of this object in the form of a
9669          * <code>Dimension</code> object. The height field of the
9670          * <code>Dimension</code> object contains this object's
9671          * height, and the width field of the <code>Dimension</code>
9672          * object contains this object's width.
9673          *
9674          * @return a <code>Dimension</code> object that indicates
9675          *     the size of this component; <code>null</code> if
9676          *     this object is not on the screen
9677          */
9678         public Dimension getSize() {
9679             return Component.this.getSize();
9680         }
9681 
9682         /**
9683          * Resizes this object so that it has width and height.
9684          *
9685          * @param d - the dimension specifying the new size of the object
9686          */
9687         public void setSize(Dimension d) {
9688             Component.this.setSize(d);
9689         }
9690 
9691         /**
9692          * Returns the <code>Accessible</code> child,
9693          * if one exists, contained at the local
9694          * coordinate <code>Point</code>.  Otherwise returns
9695          * <code>null</code>.
9696          *
9697          * @param p the point defining the top-left corner of
9698          *      the <code>Accessible</code>, given in the
9699          *      coordinate space of the object's parent
9700          * @return the <code>Accessible</code>, if it exists,
9701          *      at the specified location; else <code>null</code>
9702          */
9703         public Accessible getAccessibleAt(Point p) {
9704             return null; // Components don't have children
9705         }
9706 
9707         /**
9708          * Returns whether this object can accept focus or not.
9709          *
9710          * @return true if object can accept focus; otherwise false
9711          */
9712         public boolean isFocusTraversable() {
9713             return Component.this.isFocusTraversable();
9714         }
9715 
9716         /**
9717          * Requests focus for this object.
9718          */
9719         public void requestFocus() {
9720             Component.this.requestFocus();
9721         }


9755             int index = -1;
9756             Container parent = this.getParent();
9757             if (parent != null && parent instanceof Accessible) {
9758                 Component ca[] = parent.getComponents();
9759                 for (int i = 0; i < ca.length; i++) {
9760                     if (ca[i] instanceof Accessible) {
9761                         index++;
9762                     }
9763                     if (this.equals(ca[i])) {
9764                         return index;
9765                     }
9766                 }
9767             }
9768             return -1;
9769         }
9770     }
9771 
9772     /**
9773      * Gets the current state set of this object.
9774      *
9775      * @return an instance of <code>AccessibleStateSet</code>
9776      *    containing the current state set of the object
9777      * @see AccessibleState
9778      */
9779     AccessibleStateSet getAccessibleStateSet() {
9780         synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
9781             AccessibleStateSet states = new AccessibleStateSet();
9782             if (this.isEnabled()) {
9783                 states.add(AccessibleState.ENABLED);
9784             }
9785             if (this.isFocusTraversable()) {
9786                 states.add(AccessibleState.FOCUSABLE);
9787             }
9788             if (this.isVisible()) {
9789                 states.add(AccessibleState.VISIBLE);
9790             }
9791             if (this.isShowing()) {
9792                 states.add(AccessibleState.SHOWING);
9793             }
9794             if (this.isFocusOwner()) {
9795                 states.add(AccessibleState.FOCUSED);




  72 import sun.awt.EmbeddedFrame;
  73 import sun.awt.dnd.SunDropTargetEvent;
  74 import sun.awt.im.CompositionArea;
  75 import sun.font.FontManager;
  76 import sun.font.FontManagerFactory;
  77 import sun.font.SunFontManager;
  78 import sun.java2d.SunGraphics2D;
  79 import sun.java2d.pipe.Region;
  80 import sun.awt.image.VSyncedBSManager;
  81 import sun.java2d.pipe.hw.ExtendedBufferCapabilities;
  82 import static sun.java2d.pipe.hw.ExtendedBufferCapabilities.VSyncType.*;
  83 import sun.awt.RequestFocusController;
  84 import sun.java2d.SunGraphicsEnvironment;
  85 import sun.util.logging.PlatformLogger;
  86 
  87 /**
  88  * A <em>component</em> is an object having a graphical representation
  89  * that can be displayed on the screen and that can interact with the
  90  * user. Examples of components are the buttons, checkboxes, and scrollbars
  91  * of a typical graphical user interface. <p>
  92  * The {@code Component} class is the abstract superclass of
  93  * the nonmenu-related Abstract Window Toolkit components. Class
  94  * {@code Component} can also be extended directly to create a
  95  * lightweight component. A lightweight component is a component that is
  96  * not associated with a native window. On the contrary, a heavyweight
  97  * component is associated with a native window. The {@link #isLightweight()}
  98  * method may be used to distinguish between the two kinds of the components.
  99  * <p>
 100  * Lightweight and heavyweight components may be mixed in a single component
 101  * hierarchy. However, for correct operating of such a mixed hierarchy of
 102  * components, the whole hierarchy must be valid. When the hierarchy gets
 103  * invalidated, like after changing the bounds of components, or
 104  * adding/removing components to/from containers, the whole hierarchy must be
 105  * validated afterwards by means of the {@link Container#validate()} method
 106  * invoked on the top-most invalid container of the hierarchy.
 107  *
 108  * <h3>Serialization</h3>
 109  * It is important to note that only AWT listeners which conform
 110  * to the {@code Serializable} protocol will be saved when
 111  * the object is stored.  If an AWT object has listeners that
 112  * aren't marked serializable, they will be dropped at
 113  * {@code writeObject} time.  Developers will need, as always,
 114  * to consider the implications of making an object serializable.
 115  * One situation to watch out for is this:
 116  * <pre>
 117  *    import java.awt.*;
 118  *    import java.awt.event.*;
 119  *    import java.io.Serializable;
 120  *
 121  *    class MyApp implements ActionListener, Serializable
 122  *    {
 123  *        BigObjectThatShouldNotBeSerializedWithAButton bigOne;
 124  *        Button aButton = new Button();
 125  *
 126  *        MyApp()
 127  *        {
 128  *            // Oops, now aButton has a listener with a reference
 129  *            // to bigOne!
 130  *            aButton.addActionListener(this);
 131  *        }
 132  *
 133  *        public void actionPerformed(ActionEvent e)
 134  *        {
 135  *            System.out.println("Hello There");
 136  *        }
 137  *    }
 138  * </pre>
 139  * In this example, serializing {@code aButton} by itself
 140  * will cause {@code MyApp} and everything it refers to
 141  * to be serialized as well.  The problem is that the listener
 142  * is serializable by coincidence, not by design.  To separate
 143  * the decisions about {@code MyApp} and the
 144  * {@code ActionListener} being serializable one can use a
 145  * nested class, as in the following example:
 146  * <pre>
 147  *    import java.awt.*;
 148  *    import java.awt.event.*;
 149  *    import java.io.Serializable;
 150  *
 151  *    class MyApp implements java.io.Serializable
 152  *    {
 153  *         BigObjectThatShouldNotBeSerializedWithAButton bigOne;
 154  *         Button aButton = new Button();
 155  *
 156  *         static class MyActionListener implements ActionListener
 157  *         {
 158  *             public void actionPerformed(ActionEvent e)
 159  *             {
 160  *                 System.out.println("Hello There");
 161  *             }
 162  *         }
 163  *
 164  *         MyApp()


 177  * <a href="http://docs.oracle.com/javase/tutorial/uiswing/misc/focus.html">
 178  * How to Use the Focus Subsystem</a>,
 179  * a section in <em>The Java Tutorial</em>, and the
 180  * <a href="../../java/awt/doc-files/FocusSpec.html">Focus Specification</a>
 181  * for more information.
 182  *
 183  * @author      Arthur van Hoff
 184  * @author      Sami Shaio
 185  */
 186 public abstract class Component implements ImageObserver, MenuContainer,
 187                                            Serializable
 188 {
 189 
 190     private static final PlatformLogger log = PlatformLogger.getLogger("java.awt.Component");
 191     private static final PlatformLogger eventLog = PlatformLogger.getLogger("java.awt.event.Component");
 192     private static final PlatformLogger focusLog = PlatformLogger.getLogger("java.awt.focus.Component");
 193     private static final PlatformLogger mixingLog = PlatformLogger.getLogger("java.awt.mixing.Component");
 194 
 195     /**
 196      * The peer of the component. The peer implements the component's
 197      * behavior. The peer is set when the {@code Component} is
 198      * added to a container that also is a peer.
 199      * @see #addNotify
 200      * @see #removeNotify
 201      */
 202     transient volatile ComponentPeer peer;
 203 
 204     /**
 205      * The parent of the object. It may be {@code null}
 206      * for top-level components.
 207      * @see #getParent
 208      */
 209     transient Container parent;
 210 
 211     /**
 212      * The {@code AppContext} of the component. Applets/Plugin may
 213      * change the AppContext.
 214      */
 215     transient AppContext appContext;
 216 
 217     /**
 218      * The x position of the component in the parent's coordinate system.
 219      *
 220      * @serial
 221      * @see #getLocation
 222      */
 223     int x;
 224 
 225     /**
 226      * The y position of the component in the parent's coordinate system.
 227      *
 228      * @serial
 229      * @see #getLocation
 230      */
 231     int y;
 232 
 233     /**
 234      * The width of the component.
 235      *
 236      * @serial
 237      * @see #getSize
 238      */
 239     int width;
 240 
 241     /**
 242      * The height of the component.
 243      *
 244      * @serial
 245      * @see #getSize
 246      */
 247     int height;
 248 
 249     /**
 250      * The foreground color for this component.
 251      * {@code foreground} can be {@code null}.
 252      *
 253      * @serial
 254      * @see #getForeground
 255      * @see #setForeground
 256      */
 257     Color       foreground;
 258 
 259     /**
 260      * The background color for this component.
 261      * {@code background} can be {@code null}.
 262      *
 263      * @serial
 264      * @see #getBackground
 265      * @see #setBackground
 266      */
 267     Color       background;
 268 
 269     /**
 270      * The font used by this component.
 271      * The {@code font} can be {@code null}.
 272      *
 273      * @serial
 274      * @see #getFont
 275      * @see #setFont
 276      */
 277     volatile Font font;
 278 
 279     /**
 280      * The font which the peer is currently using.
 281      * ({@code null} if no peer exists.)
 282      */
 283     Font        peerFont;
 284 
 285     /**
 286      * The cursor displayed when pointer is over this component.
 287      * This value can be {@code null}.
 288      *
 289      * @serial
 290      * @see #getCursor
 291      * @see #setCursor
 292      */
 293     Cursor      cursor;
 294 
 295     /**
 296      * The locale for the component.
 297      *
 298      * @serial
 299      * @see #getLocale
 300      * @see #setLocale
 301      */
 302     Locale      locale;
 303 
 304     /**
 305      * A reference to a {@code GraphicsConfiguration} object
 306      * used to describe the characteristics of a graphics
 307      * destination.
 308      * This value can be {@code null}.
 309      *
 310      * @since 1.3
 311      * @serial
 312      * @see GraphicsConfiguration
 313      * @see #getGraphicsConfiguration
 314      */
 315     private transient GraphicsConfiguration graphicsConfig = null;
 316 
 317     /**
 318      * A reference to a {@code BufferStrategy} object
 319      * used to manipulate the buffers on this component.
 320      *
 321      * @since 1.4
 322      * @see java.awt.image.BufferStrategy
 323      * @see #getBufferStrategy()
 324      */
 325     transient BufferStrategy bufferStrategy = null;
 326 
 327     /**
 328      * True when the object should ignore all repaint events.
 329      *
 330      * @since 1.4
 331      * @serial
 332      * @see #setIgnoreRepaint
 333      * @see #getIgnoreRepaint
 334      */
 335     boolean ignoreRepaint = false;
 336 
 337     /**
 338      * True when the object is visible. An object that is not


 350      *
 351      * @serial
 352      * @see #isEnabled
 353      * @see #setEnabled
 354      */
 355     boolean enabled = true;
 356 
 357     /**
 358      * True when the object is valid. An invalid object needs to
 359      * be laid out. This flag is set to false when the object
 360      * size is changed.
 361      *
 362      * @serial
 363      * @see #isValid
 364      * @see #validate
 365      * @see #invalidate
 366      */
 367     private volatile boolean valid = false;
 368 
 369     /**
 370      * The {@code DropTarget} associated with this component.
 371      *
 372      * @since 1.2
 373      * @serial
 374      * @see #setDropTarget
 375      * @see #getDropTarget
 376      */
 377     DropTarget dropTarget;
 378 
 379     /**
 380      * @serial
 381      * @see #add
 382      */
 383     Vector<PopupMenu> popups;
 384 
 385     /**
 386      * A component's name.
 387      * This field can be {@code null}.
 388      *
 389      * @serial
 390      * @see #getName
 391      * @see #setName(String)
 392      */
 393     private String name;
 394 
 395     /**
 396      * A bool to determine whether the name has
 397      * been set explicitly. {@code nameExplicitlySet} will
 398      * be false if the name has not been set and
 399      * true if it has.
 400      *
 401      * @serial
 402      * @see #getName
 403      * @see #setName(String)
 404      */
 405     private boolean nameExplicitlySet = false;
 406 
 407     /**
 408      * Indicates whether this Component can be focused.
 409      *
 410      * @serial
 411      * @see #setFocusable
 412      * @see #isFocusable
 413      * @since 1.4
 414      */
 415     private boolean focusable = true;
 416 
 417     private static final int FOCUS_TRAVERSABLE_UNKNOWN = 0;


 506      * Maximum size
 507      *
 508      * @serial
 509      */
 510     Dimension maxSize;
 511 
 512     /**
 513      * Whether or not setMaximumSize has been invoked with a non-null value.
 514      */
 515     boolean maxSizeSet;
 516 
 517     /**
 518      * The orientation for this component.
 519      * @see #getComponentOrientation
 520      * @see #setComponentOrientation
 521      */
 522     transient ComponentOrientation componentOrientation
 523     = ComponentOrientation.UNKNOWN;
 524 
 525     /**
 526      * {@code newEventsOnly} will be true if the event is
 527      * one of the event types enabled for the component.
 528      * It will then allow for normal processing to
 529      * continue.  If it is false the event is passed
 530      * to the component's parent and up the ancestor
 531      * tree until the event has been consumed.
 532      *
 533      * @serial
 534      * @see #dispatchEvent
 535      */
 536     boolean newEventsOnly = false;
 537     transient ComponentListener componentListener;
 538     transient FocusListener focusListener;
 539     transient HierarchyListener hierarchyListener;
 540     transient HierarchyBoundsListener hierarchyBoundsListener;
 541     transient KeyListener keyListener;
 542     transient MouseListener mouseListener;
 543     transient MouseMotionListener mouseMotionListener;
 544     transient MouseWheelListener mouseWheelListener;
 545     transient InputMethodListener inputMethodListener;
 546 


 548     static final String actionListenerK = "actionL";
 549     static final String adjustmentListenerK = "adjustmentL";
 550     static final String componentListenerK = "componentL";
 551     static final String containerListenerK = "containerL";
 552     static final String focusListenerK = "focusL";
 553     static final String itemListenerK = "itemL";
 554     static final String keyListenerK = "keyL";
 555     static final String mouseListenerK = "mouseL";
 556     static final String mouseMotionListenerK = "mouseMotionL";
 557     static final String mouseWheelListenerK = "mouseWheelL";
 558     static final String textListenerK = "textL";
 559     static final String ownedWindowK = "ownedL";
 560     static final String windowListenerK = "windowL";
 561     static final String inputMethodListenerK = "inputMethodL";
 562     static final String hierarchyListenerK = "hierarchyL";
 563     static final String hierarchyBoundsListenerK = "hierarchyBoundsL";
 564     static final String windowStateListenerK = "windowStateL";
 565     static final String windowFocusListenerK = "windowFocusL";
 566 
 567     /**
 568      * The {@code eventMask} is ONLY set by subclasses via
 569      * {@code enableEvents}.
 570      * The mask should NOT be set when listeners are registered
 571      * so that we can distinguish the difference between when
 572      * listeners request events and subclasses request them.
 573      * One bit is used to indicate whether input methods are
 574      * enabled; this bit is set by {@code enableInputMethods} and is
 575      * on by default.
 576      *
 577      * @serial
 578      * @see #enableInputMethods
 579      * @see AWTEvent
 580      */
 581     long eventMask = AWTEvent.INPUT_METHODS_ENABLED_MASK;
 582 
 583     /**
 584      * Static properties for incremental drawing.
 585      * @see #imageUpdate
 586      */
 587     static boolean isInc;
 588     static int incRate;
 589     static {
 590         /* ensure that the necessary native libraries are loaded */
 591         Toolkit.loadLibraries();
 592         /* initialize JNI field and method ids */
 593         if (!GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()) {
 594             initIDs();
 595         }
 596 
 597         String s = java.security.AccessController.doPrivileged(
 598                                                                new GetPropertyAction("awt.image.incrementaldraw"));
 599         isInc = (s == null || s.equals("true"));
 600 
 601         s = java.security.AccessController.doPrivileged(
 602                                                         new GetPropertyAction("awt.image.redrawrate"));
 603         incRate = (s != null) ? Integer.parseInt(s) : 100;
 604     }
 605 
 606     /**
 607      * Ease-of-use constant for {@code getAlignmentY()}.
 608      * Specifies an alignment to the top of the component.
 609      * @see     #getAlignmentY
 610      */
 611     public static final float TOP_ALIGNMENT = 0.0f;
 612 
 613     /**
 614      * Ease-of-use constant for {@code getAlignmentY} and
 615      * {@code getAlignmentX}. Specifies an alignment to
 616      * the center of the component
 617      * @see     #getAlignmentX
 618      * @see     #getAlignmentY
 619      */
 620     public static final float CENTER_ALIGNMENT = 0.5f;
 621 
 622     /**
 623      * Ease-of-use constant for {@code getAlignmentY}.
 624      * Specifies an alignment to the bottom of the component.
 625      * @see     #getAlignmentY
 626      */
 627     public static final float BOTTOM_ALIGNMENT = 1.0f;
 628 
 629     /**
 630      * Ease-of-use constant for {@code getAlignmentX}.
 631      * Specifies an alignment to the left side of the component.
 632      * @see     #getAlignmentX
 633      */
 634     public static final float LEFT_ALIGNMENT = 0.0f;
 635 
 636     /**
 637      * Ease-of-use constant for {@code getAlignmentX}.
 638      * Specifies an alignment to the right side of the component.
 639      * @see     #getAlignmentX
 640      */
 641     public static final float RIGHT_ALIGNMENT = 1.0f;
 642 
 643     /*
 644      * JDK 1.1 serialVersionUID
 645      */
 646     private static final long serialVersionUID = -7644114512714619750L;
 647 
 648     /**
 649      * If any {@code PropertyChangeListeners} have been registered,
 650      * the {@code changeSupport} field describes them.
 651      *
 652      * @serial
 653      * @since 1.2
 654      * @see #addPropertyChangeListener
 655      * @see #removePropertyChangeListener
 656      * @see #firePropertyChange
 657      */
 658     private PropertyChangeSupport changeSupport;
 659 
 660     /*
 661      * In some cases using "this" as an object to synchronize by
 662      * can lead to a deadlock if client code also uses synchronization
 663      * by a component object. For every such situation revealed we should
 664      * consider possibility of replacing "this" with the package private
 665      * objectLock object introduced below. So far there are 3 issues known:
 666      * - CR 6708322 (the getName/setName methods);
 667      * - CR 6608764 (the PropertyChangeListener machinery);
 668      * - CR 7108598 (the Container.paint/KeyboardFocusManager.clearMostRecentFocusOwner methods).
 669      *
 670      * Note: this field is considered final, though readObject() prohibits


 688     boolean isPacked = false;
 689 
 690     /**
 691      * Pseudoparameter for direct Geometry API (setLocation, setBounds setSize
 692      * to signal setBounds what's changing. Should be used under TreeLock.
 693      * This is only needed due to the inability to change the cross-calling
 694      * order of public and deprecated methods.
 695      */
 696     private int boundsOp = ComponentPeer.DEFAULT_OPERATION;
 697 
 698     /**
 699      * Enumeration of the common ways the baseline of a component can
 700      * change as the size changes.  The baseline resize behavior is
 701      * primarily for layout managers that need to know how the
 702      * position of the baseline changes as the component size changes.
 703      * In general the baseline resize behavior will be valid for sizes
 704      * greater than or equal to the minimum size (the actual minimum
 705      * size; not a developer specified minimum size).  For sizes
 706      * smaller than the minimum size the baseline may change in a way
 707      * other than the baseline resize behavior indicates.  Similarly,
 708      * as the size approaches {@code Integer.MAX_VALUE} and/or
 709      * {@code Short.MAX_VALUE} the baseline may change in a way
 710      * other than the baseline resize behavior indicates.
 711      *
 712      * @see #getBaselineResizeBehavior
 713      * @see #getBaseline(int,int)
 714      * @since 1.6
 715      */
 716     public enum BaselineResizeBehavior {
 717         /**
 718          * Indicates the baseline remains fixed relative to the
 719          * y-origin.  That is, {@code getBaseline} returns
 720          * the same value regardless of the height or width.  For example, a
 721          * {@code JLabel} containing non-empty text with a
 722          * vertical alignment of {@code TOP} should have a
 723          * baseline type of {@code CONSTANT_ASCENT}.
 724          */
 725         CONSTANT_ASCENT,
 726 
 727         /**
 728          * Indicates the baseline remains fixed relative to the height
 729          * and does not change as the width is varied.  That is, for
 730          * any height H the difference between H and
 731          * {@code getBaseline(w, H)} is the same.  For example, a
 732          * {@code JLabel} containing non-empty text with a
 733          * vertical alignment of {@code BOTTOM} should have a
 734          * baseline type of {@code CONSTANT_DESCENT}.
 735          */
 736         CONSTANT_DESCENT,
 737 
 738         /**
 739          * Indicates the baseline remains a fixed distance from
 740          * the center of the component.  That is, for any height H the
 741          * difference between {@code getBaseline(w, H)} and
 742          * {@code H / 2} is the same (plus or minus one depending upon
 743          * rounding error).
 744          * <p>
 745          * Because of possible rounding errors it is recommended
 746          * you ask for the baseline with two consecutive heights and use
 747          * the return value to determine if you need to pad calculations
 748          * by 1.  The following shows how to calculate the baseline for
 749          * any height:
 750          * <pre>
 751          *   Dimension preferredSize = component.getPreferredSize();
 752          *   int baseline = getBaseline(preferredSize.width,
 753          *                              preferredSize.height);
 754          *   int nextBaseline = getBaseline(preferredSize.width,
 755          *                                  preferredSize.height + 1);
 756          *   // Amount to add to height when calculating where baseline
 757          *   // lands for a particular height:
 758          *   int padding = 0;
 759          *   // Where the baseline is relative to the mid point
 760          *   int baselineOffset = baseline - height / 2;
 761          *   if (preferredSize.height % 2 == 0 &amp;&amp;
 762          *       baseline != nextBaseline) {


 971             }
 972 
 973             public void revalidateSynchronously(Component comp) {
 974                 comp.revalidateSynchronously();
 975             }
 976 
 977             @Override
 978             public void createBufferStrategy(Component comp, int numBuffers,
 979                     BufferCapabilities caps) throws AWTException {
 980                 comp.createBufferStrategy(numBuffers, caps);
 981             }
 982 
 983             @Override
 984             public BufferStrategy getBufferStrategy(Component comp) {
 985                 return comp.getBufferStrategy();
 986             }
 987         });
 988     }
 989 
 990     /**
 991      * Constructs a new component. Class {@code Component} can be
 992      * extended directly to create a lightweight component that does not
 993      * utilize an opaque native window. A lightweight component must be
 994      * hosted by a native container somewhere higher up in the component
 995      * tree (for example, by a {@code Frame} object).
 996      */
 997     protected Component() {
 998         appContext = AppContext.getAppContext();
 999     }
1000 
1001     @SuppressWarnings({"rawtypes", "unchecked"})
1002     void initializeFocusTraversalKeys() {
1003         focusTraversalKeys = new Set[3];
1004     }
1005 
1006     /**
1007      * Constructs a name for this component.  Called by {@code getName}
1008      * when the name is {@code null}.
1009      */
1010     String constructComponentName() {
1011         return null; // For strict compliance with prior platform versions, a Component
1012                      // that doesn't set its name should return null from
1013                      // getName()
1014     }
1015 
1016     /**
1017      * Gets the name of the component.
1018      * @return this component's name
1019      * @see    #setName
1020      * @since 1.1
1021      */
1022     public String getName() {
1023         if (name == null && !nameExplicitlySet) {
1024             synchronized(getObjectLock()) {
1025                 if (name == null && !nameExplicitlySet)
1026                     name = constructComponentName();
1027             }
1028         }


1054     public Container getParent() {
1055         return getParent_NoClientCode();
1056     }
1057 
1058     // NOTE: This method may be called by privileged threads.
1059     //       This functionality is implemented in a package-private method
1060     //       to insure that it cannot be overridden by client subclasses.
1061     //       DO NOT INVOKE CLIENT CODE ON THIS THREAD!
1062     final Container getParent_NoClientCode() {
1063         return parent;
1064     }
1065 
1066     // This method is overridden in the Window class to return null,
1067     //    because the parent field of the Window object contains
1068     //    the owner of the window, not its parent.
1069     Container getContainer() {
1070         return getParent_NoClientCode();
1071     }
1072 
1073     /**
1074      * Associate a {@code DropTarget} with this component.
1075      * The {@code Component} will receive drops only if it
1076      * is enabled.
1077      *
1078      * @see #isEnabled
1079      * @param dt The DropTarget
1080      */
1081 
1082     public synchronized void setDropTarget(DropTarget dt) {
1083         if (dt == dropTarget || (dropTarget != null && dropTarget.equals(dt)))
1084             return;
1085 
1086         DropTarget old;
1087 
1088         if ((old = dropTarget) != null) {
1089             dropTarget.removeNotify();
1090 
1091             DropTarget t = dropTarget;
1092 
1093             dropTarget = null;
1094 
1095             try {


1102         // if we have a new one, and we have a peer, add it!
1103 
1104         if ((dropTarget = dt) != null) {
1105             try {
1106                 dropTarget.setComponent(this);
1107                 dropTarget.addNotify();
1108             } catch (IllegalArgumentException iae) {
1109                 if (old != null) {
1110                     try {
1111                         old.setComponent(this);
1112                         dropTarget.addNotify();
1113                     } catch (IllegalArgumentException iae1) {
1114                         // ignore it!
1115                     }
1116                 }
1117             }
1118         }
1119     }
1120 
1121     /**
1122      * Gets the {@code DropTarget} associated with this
1123      * {@code Component}.
1124      *
1125      * @return the drop target
1126      */
1127 
1128     public synchronized DropTarget getDropTarget() { return dropTarget; }
1129 
1130     /**
1131      * Gets the {@code GraphicsConfiguration} associated with this
1132      * {@code Component}.
1133      * If the {@code Component} has not been assigned a specific
1134      * {@code GraphicsConfiguration},
1135      * the {@code GraphicsConfiguration} of the
1136      * {@code Component} object's top-level container is
1137      * returned.
1138      * If the {@code Component} has been created, but not yet added
1139      * to a {@code Container}, this method returns {@code null}.
1140      *
1141      * @return the {@code GraphicsConfiguration} used by this
1142      *          {@code Component} or {@code null}
1143      * @since 1.3
1144      */
1145     public GraphicsConfiguration getGraphicsConfiguration() {
1146         synchronized(getTreeLock()) {
1147             return getGraphicsConfiguration_NoClientCode();
1148         }
1149     }
1150 
1151     final GraphicsConfiguration getGraphicsConfiguration_NoClientCode() {
1152         return graphicsConfig;
1153     }
1154 
1155     void setGraphicsConfiguration(GraphicsConfiguration gc) {
1156         synchronized(getTreeLock()) {
1157             if (updateGraphicsData(gc)) {
1158                 removeNotify();
1159                 addNotify();
1160             }
1161         }
1162     }
1163 
1164     boolean updateGraphicsData(GraphicsConfiguration gc) {
1165         checkTreeLock();
1166 
1167         if (graphicsConfig == gc) {
1168             return false;
1169         }
1170 
1171         graphicsConfig = gc;
1172 
1173         ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
1174         if (peer != null) {
1175             return peer.updateGraphicsData(gc);
1176         }
1177         return false;
1178     }
1179 
1180     /**
1181      * Checks that this component's {@code GraphicsDevice}
1182      * {@code idString} matches the string argument.
1183      */
1184     void checkGD(String stringID) {
1185         if (graphicsConfig != null) {
1186             if (!graphicsConfig.getDevice().getIDstring().equals(stringID)) {
1187                 throw new IllegalArgumentException(
1188                                                    "adding a container to a container on a different GraphicsDevice");
1189             }
1190         }
1191     }
1192 
1193     /**
1194      * Gets this component's locking object (the object that owns the thread
1195      * synchronization monitor) for AWT component-tree and layout
1196      * operations.
1197      * @return this component's locking object
1198      */
1199     public final Object getTreeLock() {
1200         return LOCK;
1201     }
1202 


1228             return parent.getToolkitImpl();
1229         }
1230         return Toolkit.getDefaultToolkit();
1231     }
1232 
1233     final ComponentFactory getComponentFactory() {
1234         final Toolkit toolkit = getToolkit();
1235         if (toolkit instanceof ComponentFactory) {
1236             return (ComponentFactory) toolkit;
1237         }
1238         throw new AWTError("UI components are unsupported by: " + toolkit);
1239     }
1240 
1241     /**
1242      * Determines whether this component is valid. A component is valid
1243      * when it is correctly sized and positioned within its parent
1244      * container and all its children are also valid.
1245      * In order to account for peers' size requirements, components are invalidated
1246      * before they are first shown on the screen. By the time the parent container
1247      * is fully realized, all its components will be valid.
1248      * @return {@code true} if the component is valid, {@code false}
1249      * otherwise
1250      * @see #validate
1251      * @see #invalidate
1252      * @since 1.0
1253      */
1254     public boolean isValid() {
1255         return (peer != null) && valid;
1256     }
1257 
1258     /**
1259      * Determines whether this component is displayable. A component is
1260      * displayable when it is connected to a native screen resource.
1261      * <p>
1262      * A component is made displayable either when it is added to
1263      * a displayable containment hierarchy or when its containment
1264      * hierarchy is made displayable.
1265      * A containment hierarchy is made displayable when its ancestor
1266      * window is either packed or made visible.
1267      * <p>
1268      * A component is made undisplayable either when it is removed from
1269      * a displayable containment hierarchy or when its containment hierarchy
1270      * is made undisplayable.  A containment hierarchy is made
1271      * undisplayable when its ancestor window is disposed.
1272      *
1273      * @return {@code true} if the component is displayable,
1274      * {@code false} otherwise
1275      * @see Container#add(Component)
1276      * @see Window#pack
1277      * @see Window#show
1278      * @see Container#remove(Component)
1279      * @see Window#dispose
1280      * @since 1.2
1281      */
1282     public boolean isDisplayable() {
1283         return peer != null;
1284     }
1285 
1286     /**
1287      * Determines whether this component should be visible when its
1288      * parent is visible. Components are
1289      * initially visible, with the exception of top level components such
1290      * as {@code Frame} objects.
1291      * @return {@code true} if the component is visible,
1292      * {@code false} otherwise
1293      * @see #setVisible
1294      * @since 1.0
1295      */
1296     @Transient
1297     public boolean isVisible() {
1298         return isVisible_NoClientCode();
1299     }
1300     final boolean isVisible_NoClientCode() {
1301         return visible;
1302     }
1303 
1304     /**
1305      * Determines whether this component will be displayed on the screen.
1306      * @return {@code true} if the component and all of its ancestors
1307      *          until a toplevel window or null parent are visible,
1308      *          {@code false} otherwise
1309      */
1310     boolean isRecursivelyVisible() {
1311         return visible && (parent == null || parent.isRecursivelyVisible());
1312     }
1313 
1314     /**
1315      * Determines the bounds of a visible part of the component relative to its
1316      * parent.
1317      *
1318      * @return the visible part of bounds
1319      */
1320     private Rectangle getRecursivelyVisibleBounds() {
1321         final Component container = getContainer();
1322         final Rectangle bounds = getBounds();
1323         if (container == null) {
1324             // we are top level window or haven't a container, return our bounds
1325             return bounds;
1326         }
1327         // translate the container's bounds to our coordinate space
1328         final Rectangle parentsBounds = container.getRecursivelyVisibleBounds();


1353         if (!isShowing()) {
1354             return null;
1355         }
1356         Window win = getContainingWindow();
1357         Toolkit toolkit = Toolkit.getDefaultToolkit();
1358         if (!(toolkit instanceof ComponentFactory)) {
1359             return null;
1360         }
1361         if (!((ComponentFactory) toolkit).getMouseInfoPeer().isWindowUnderMouse(win)) {
1362             return null;
1363         }
1364         final boolean INCLUDE_DISABLED = true;
1365         Point relativeToWindow = win.pointRelativeToComponent(pi.getLocation());
1366         Component inTheSameWindow = win.findComponentAt(relativeToWindow.x,
1367                                                         relativeToWindow.y,
1368                                                         INCLUDE_DISABLED);
1369         return inTheSameWindow;
1370     }
1371 
1372     /**
1373      * Returns the position of the mouse pointer in this {@code Component}'s
1374      * coordinate space if the {@code Component} is directly under the mouse
1375      * pointer, otherwise returns {@code null}.
1376      * If the {@code Component} is not showing on the screen, this method
1377      * returns {@code null} even if the mouse pointer is above the area
1378      * where the {@code Component} would be displayed.
1379      * If the {@code Component} is partially or fully obscured by other
1380      * {@code Component}s or native windows, this method returns a non-null
1381      * value only if the mouse pointer is located above the unobscured part of the
1382      * {@code Component}.
1383      * <p>
1384      * For {@code Container}s it returns a non-null value if the mouse is
1385      * above the {@code Container} itself or above any of its descendants.
1386      * Use {@link Container#getMousePosition(boolean)} if you need to exclude children.
1387      * <p>
1388      * Sometimes the exact mouse coordinates are not important, and the only thing
1389      * that matters is whether a specific {@code Component} is under the mouse
1390      * pointer. If the return value of this method is {@code null}, mouse
1391      * pointer is not directly above the {@code Component}.
1392      *
1393      * @exception HeadlessException if GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless() returns true
1394      * @see       #isShowing
1395      * @see       Container#getMousePosition
1396      * @return    mouse coordinates relative to this {@code Component}, or null
1397      * @since     1.5
1398      */
1399     public Point getMousePosition() throws HeadlessException {
1400         if (GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()) {
1401             throw new HeadlessException();
1402         }
1403 
1404         PointerInfo pi = java.security.AccessController.doPrivileged(
1405                                                                      new java.security.PrivilegedAction<PointerInfo>() {
1406                                                                          public PointerInfo run() {
1407                                                                              return MouseInfo.getPointerInfo();
1408                                                                          }
1409                                                                      }
1410                                                                      );
1411 
1412         synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
1413             Component inTheSameWindow = findUnderMouseInWindow(pi);
1414             if (!isSameOrAncestorOf(inTheSameWindow, true)) {
1415                 return null;
1416             }


1421     /**
1422      * Overridden in Container. Must be called under TreeLock.
1423      */
1424     boolean isSameOrAncestorOf(Component comp, boolean allowChildren) {
1425         return comp == this;
1426     }
1427 
1428     /**
1429      * Determines whether this component is showing on screen. This means
1430      * that the component must be visible, and it must be in a container
1431      * that is visible and showing.
1432      * <p>
1433      * <strong>Note:</strong> sometimes there is no way to detect whether the
1434      * {@code Component} is actually visible to the user.  This can happen when:
1435      * <ul>
1436      * <li>the component has been added to a visible {@code ScrollPane} but
1437      * the {@code Component} is not currently in the scroll pane's view port.
1438      * <li>the {@code Component} is obscured by another {@code Component} or
1439      * {@code Container}.
1440      * </ul>
1441      * @return {@code true} if the component is showing,
1442      *          {@code false} otherwise
1443      * @see #setVisible
1444      * @since 1.0
1445      */
1446     public boolean isShowing() {
1447         if (visible && (peer != null)) {
1448             Container parent = this.parent;
1449             return (parent == null) || parent.isShowing();
1450         }
1451         return false;
1452     }
1453 
1454     /**
1455      * Determines whether this component is enabled. An enabled component
1456      * can respond to user input and generate events. Components are
1457      * enabled initially by default. A component may be enabled or disabled by
1458      * calling its {@code setEnabled} method.
1459      * @return {@code true} if the component is enabled,
1460      *          {@code false} otherwise
1461      * @see #setEnabled
1462      * @since 1.0
1463      */
1464     public boolean isEnabled() {
1465         return isEnabledImpl();
1466     }
1467 
1468     /*
1469      * This is called by the native code, so client code can't
1470      * be called on the toolkit thread.
1471      */
1472     final boolean isEnabledImpl() {
1473         return enabled;
1474     }
1475 
1476     /**
1477      * Enables or disables this component, depending on the value of the
1478      * parameter {@code b}. An enabled component can respond to user
1479      * input and generate events. Components are enabled initially by default.
1480      *
1481      * <p>Note: Disabling a lightweight component does not prevent it from
1482      * receiving MouseEvents.
1483      * <p>Note: Disabling a heavyweight container prevents all components
1484      * in this container from receiving any input events.  But disabling a
1485      * lightweight container affects only this container.
1486      *
1487      * @param     b   If {@code true}, this component is
1488      *            enabled; otherwise this component is disabled
1489      * @see #isEnabled
1490      * @see #isLightweight
1491      * @since 1.1
1492      */
1493     public void setEnabled(boolean b) {
1494         enable(b);
1495     }
1496 
1497     /**
1498      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
1499      * replaced by {@code setEnabled(boolean)}.
1500      */
1501     @Deprecated
1502     public void enable() {
1503         if (!enabled) {
1504             synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
1505                 enabled = true;
1506                 ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
1507                 if (peer != null) {
1508                     peer.setEnabled(true);
1509                     if (visible && !getRecursivelyVisibleBounds().isEmpty()) {
1510                         updateCursorImmediately();
1511                     }
1512                 }
1513             }
1514             if (accessibleContext != null) {
1515                 accessibleContext.firePropertyChange(
1516                                                      AccessibleContext.ACCESSIBLE_STATE_PROPERTY,
1517                                                      null, AccessibleState.ENABLED);
1518             }
1519         }
1520     }
1521 
1522     /**
1523      * Enables or disables this component.
1524      *
1525      * @param  b {@code true} to enable this component;
1526      *         otherwise {@code false}
1527      *
1528      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
1529      * replaced by {@code setEnabled(boolean)}.
1530      */
1531     @Deprecated
1532     public void enable(boolean b) {
1533         if (b) {
1534             enable();
1535         } else {
1536             disable();
1537         }
1538     }
1539 
1540     /**
1541      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
1542      * replaced by {@code setEnabled(boolean)}.
1543      */
1544     @Deprecated
1545     public void disable() {
1546         if (enabled) {
1547             KeyboardFocusManager.clearMostRecentFocusOwner(this);
1548             synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
1549                 enabled = false;
1550                 // A disabled lw container is allowed to contain a focus owner.
1551                 if ((isFocusOwner() || (containsFocus() && !isLightweight())) &&
1552                     KeyboardFocusManager.isAutoFocusTransferEnabled())
1553                 {
1554                     // Don't clear the global focus owner. If transferFocus
1555                     // fails, we want the focus to stay on the disabled
1556                     // Component so that keyboard traversal, et. al. still
1557                     // makes sense to the user.
1558                     transferFocus(false);
1559                 }
1560                 ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
1561                 if (peer != null) {
1562                     peer.setEnabled(false);


1612                         new FocusEvent(this, FocusEvent.FOCUS_GAINED);
1613                     inputContext.dispatchEvent(focusGainedEvent);
1614                 }
1615             }
1616 
1617             eventMask |= AWTEvent.INPUT_METHODS_ENABLED_MASK;
1618         } else {
1619             if ((eventMask & AWTEvent.INPUT_METHODS_ENABLED_MASK) != 0) {
1620                 InputContext inputContext = getInputContext();
1621                 if (inputContext != null) {
1622                     inputContext.endComposition();
1623                     inputContext.removeNotify(this);
1624                 }
1625             }
1626             eventMask &= ~AWTEvent.INPUT_METHODS_ENABLED_MASK;
1627         }
1628     }
1629 
1630     /**
1631      * Shows or hides this component depending on the value of parameter
1632      * {@code b}.
1633      * <p>
1634      * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
1635      * invalidates the component hierarchy.
1636      *
1637      * @param b  if {@code true}, shows this component;
1638      * otherwise, hides this component
1639      * @see #isVisible
1640      * @see #invalidate
1641      * @since 1.1
1642      */
1643     public void setVisible(boolean b) {
1644         show(b);
1645     }
1646 
1647     /**
1648      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
1649      * replaced by {@code setVisible(boolean)}.
1650      */
1651     @Deprecated
1652     public void show() {
1653         if (!visible) {
1654             synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
1655                 visible = true;
1656                 mixOnShowing();
1657                 ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
1658                 if (peer != null) {
1659                     peer.setVisible(true);
1660                     createHierarchyEvents(HierarchyEvent.HIERARCHY_CHANGED,
1661                                           this, parent,
1662                                           HierarchyEvent.SHOWING_CHANGED,
1663                                           Toolkit.enabledOnToolkit(AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK));
1664                     if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
1665                         repaint();
1666                     }
1667                     updateCursorImmediately();
1668                 }
1669 


1672                     Toolkit.enabledOnToolkit(AWTEvent.COMPONENT_EVENT_MASK)) {
1673                     ComponentEvent e = new ComponentEvent(this,
1674                                                           ComponentEvent.COMPONENT_SHOWN);
1675                     Toolkit.getEventQueue().postEvent(e);
1676                 }
1677             }
1678             Container parent = this.parent;
1679             if (parent != null) {
1680                 parent.invalidate();
1681             }
1682         }
1683     }
1684 
1685     /**
1686      * Makes this component visible or invisible.
1687      *
1688      * @param  b {@code true} to make this component visible;
1689      *         otherwise {@code false}
1690      *
1691      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
1692      * replaced by {@code setVisible(boolean)}.
1693      */
1694     @Deprecated
1695     public void show(boolean b) {
1696         if (b) {
1697             show();
1698         } else {
1699             hide();
1700         }
1701     }
1702 
1703     boolean containsFocus() {
1704         return isFocusOwner();
1705     }
1706 
1707     void clearMostRecentFocusOwnerOnHide() {
1708         KeyboardFocusManager.clearMostRecentFocusOwner(this);
1709     }
1710 
1711     void clearCurrentFocusCycleRootOnHide() {
1712         /* do nothing */
1713     }
1714 
1715     /**
1716      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
1717      * replaced by {@code setVisible(boolean)}.
1718      */
1719     @Deprecated
1720     public void hide() {
1721         isPacked = false;
1722 
1723         if (visible) {
1724             clearCurrentFocusCycleRootOnHide();
1725             clearMostRecentFocusOwnerOnHide();
1726             synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
1727                 visible = false;
1728                 mixOnHiding(isLightweight());
1729                 if (containsFocus() && KeyboardFocusManager.isAutoFocusTransferEnabled()) {
1730                     transferFocus(true);
1731                 }
1732                 ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
1733                 if (peer != null) {
1734                     peer.setVisible(false);
1735                     createHierarchyEvents(HierarchyEvent.HIERARCHY_CHANGED,
1736                                           this, parent,
1737                                           HierarchyEvent.SHOWING_CHANGED,


1762      * not have a foreground color, the foreground color of its parent
1763      * is returned
1764      * @see #setForeground
1765      * @since 1.0
1766      * @beaninfo
1767      *       bound: true
1768      */
1769     @Transient
1770     public Color getForeground() {
1771         Color foreground = this.foreground;
1772         if (foreground != null) {
1773             return foreground;
1774         }
1775         Container parent = this.parent;
1776         return (parent != null) ? parent.getForeground() : null;
1777     }
1778 
1779     /**
1780      * Sets the foreground color of this component.
1781      * @param c the color to become this component's
1782      *          foreground color; if this parameter is {@code null}
1783      *          then this component will inherit
1784      *          the foreground color of its parent
1785      * @see #getForeground
1786      * @since 1.0
1787      */
1788     public void setForeground(Color c) {
1789         Color oldColor = foreground;
1790         ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
1791         foreground = c;
1792         if (peer != null) {
1793             c = getForeground();
1794             if (c != null) {
1795                 peer.setForeground(c);
1796             }
1797         }
1798         // This is a bound property, so report the change to
1799         // any registered listeners.  (Cheap if there are none.)
1800         firePropertyChange("foreground", oldColor, c);
1801     }
1802 
1803     /**
1804      * Returns whether the foreground color has been explicitly set for this
1805      * Component. If this method returns {@code false}, this Component is
1806      * inheriting its foreground color from an ancestor.
1807      *
1808      * @return {@code true} if the foreground color has been explicitly
1809      *         set for this Component; {@code false} otherwise.
1810      * @since 1.4
1811      */
1812     public boolean isForegroundSet() {
1813         return (foreground != null);
1814     }
1815 
1816     /**
1817      * Gets the background color of this component.
1818      * @return this component's background color; if this component does
1819      *          not have a background color,
1820      *          the background color of its parent is returned
1821      * @see #setBackground
1822      * @since 1.0
1823      */
1824     @Transient
1825     public Color getBackground() {
1826         Color background = this.background;
1827         if (background != null) {
1828             return background;
1829         }
1830         Container parent = this.parent;
1831         return (parent != null) ? parent.getBackground() : null;
1832     }
1833 
1834     /**
1835      * Sets the background color of this component.
1836      * <p>
1837      * The background color affects each component differently and the
1838      * parts of the component that are affected by the background color
1839      * may differ between operating systems.
1840      *
1841      * @param c the color to become this component's color;
1842      *          if this parameter is {@code null}, then this
1843      *          component will inherit the background color of its parent
1844      * @see #getBackground
1845      * @since 1.0
1846      * @beaninfo
1847      *       bound: true
1848      */
1849     public void setBackground(Color c) {
1850         Color oldColor = background;
1851         ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
1852         background = c;
1853         if (peer != null) {
1854             c = getBackground();
1855             if (c != null) {
1856                 peer.setBackground(c);
1857             }
1858         }
1859         // This is a bound property, so report the change to
1860         // any registered listeners.  (Cheap if there are none.)
1861         firePropertyChange("background", oldColor, c);
1862     }
1863 
1864     /**
1865      * Returns whether the background color has been explicitly set for this
1866      * Component. If this method returns {@code false}, this Component is
1867      * inheriting its background color from an ancestor.
1868      *
1869      * @return {@code true} if the background color has been explicitly
1870      *         set for this Component; {@code false} otherwise.
1871      * @since 1.4
1872      */
1873     public boolean isBackgroundSet() {
1874         return (background != null);
1875     }
1876 
1877     /**
1878      * Gets the font of this component.
1879      * @return this component's font; if a font has not been set
1880      * for this component, the font of its parent is returned
1881      * @see #setFont
1882      * @since 1.0
1883      */
1884     @Transient
1885     public Font getFont() {
1886         return getFont_NoClientCode();
1887     }
1888 
1889     // NOTE: This method may be called by privileged threads.
1890     //       This functionality is implemented in a package-private method
1891     //       to insure that it cannot be overridden by client subclasses.
1892     //       DO NOT INVOKE CLIENT CODE ON THIS THREAD!
1893     final Font getFont_NoClientCode() {
1894         Font font = this.font;
1895         if (font != null) {
1896             return font;
1897         }
1898         Container parent = this.parent;
1899         return (parent != null) ? parent.getFont_NoClientCode() : null;
1900     }
1901 
1902     /**
1903      * Sets the font of this component.
1904      * <p>
1905      * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
1906      * invalidates the component hierarchy.
1907      *
1908      * @param f the font to become this component's font;
1909      *          if this parameter is {@code null} then this
1910      *          component will inherit the font of its parent
1911      * @see #getFont
1912      * @see #invalidate
1913      * @since 1.0
1914      * @beaninfo
1915      *       bound: true
1916      */
1917     public void setFont(Font f) {
1918         Font oldFont, newFont;
1919         synchronized(getTreeLock()) {
1920             oldFont = font;
1921             newFont = font = f;
1922             ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
1923             if (peer != null) {
1924                 f = getFont();
1925                 if (f != null) {
1926                     peer.setFont(f);
1927                     peerFont = f;
1928                 }
1929             }
1930         }
1931         // This is a bound property, so report the change to
1932         // any registered listeners.  (Cheap if there are none.)
1933         firePropertyChange("font", oldFont, newFont);
1934 
1935         // This could change the preferred size of the Component.
1936         // Fix for 6213660. Should compare old and new fonts and do not
1937         // call invalidate() if they are equal.
1938         if (f != oldFont && (oldFont == null ||
1939                                       !oldFont.equals(f))) {
1940             invalidateIfValid();
1941         }
1942     }
1943 
1944     /**
1945      * Returns whether the font has been explicitly set for this Component. If
1946      * this method returns {@code false}, this Component is inheriting its
1947      * font from an ancestor.
1948      *
1949      * @return {@code true} if the font has been explicitly set for this
1950      *         Component; {@code false} otherwise.
1951      * @since 1.4
1952      */
1953     public boolean isFontSet() {
1954         return (font != null);
1955     }
1956 
1957     /**
1958      * Gets the locale of this component.
1959      * @return this component's locale; if this component does not
1960      *          have a locale, the locale of its parent is returned
1961      * @see #setLocale
1962      * @exception IllegalComponentStateException if the {@code Component}
1963      *          does not have its own locale and has not yet been added to
1964      *          a containment hierarchy such that the locale can be determined
1965      *          from the containing parent
1966      * @since  1.1
1967      */
1968     public Locale getLocale() {
1969         Locale locale = this.locale;
1970         if (locale != null) {
1971             return locale;
1972         }
1973         Container parent = this.parent;
1974 
1975         if (parent == null) {
1976             throw new IllegalComponentStateException("This component must have a parent in order to determine its locale");
1977         } else {
1978             return parent.getLocale();
1979         }
1980     }
1981 
1982     /**


1986      * invalidates the component hierarchy.
1987      *
1988      * @param l the locale to become this component's locale
1989      * @see #getLocale
1990      * @see #invalidate
1991      * @since 1.1
1992      */
1993     public void setLocale(Locale l) {
1994         Locale oldValue = locale;
1995         locale = l;
1996 
1997         // This is a bound property, so report the change to
1998         // any registered listeners.  (Cheap if there are none.)
1999         firePropertyChange("locale", oldValue, l);
2000 
2001         // This could change the preferred size of the Component.
2002         invalidateIfValid();
2003     }
2004 
2005     /**
2006      * Gets the instance of {@code ColorModel} used to display
2007      * the component on the output device.
2008      * @return the color model used by this component
2009      * @see java.awt.image.ColorModel
2010      * @see java.awt.peer.ComponentPeer#getColorModel()
2011      * @see Toolkit#getColorModel()
2012      * @since 1.0
2013      */
2014     public ColorModel getColorModel() {
2015         ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
2016         if ((peer != null) && ! (peer instanceof LightweightPeer)) {
2017             return peer.getColorModel();
2018         } else if (GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()) {
2019             return ColorModel.getRGBdefault();
2020         } // else
2021         return getToolkit().getColorModel();
2022     }
2023 
2024     /**
2025      * Gets the location of this component in the form of a
2026      * point specifying the component's top-left corner.
2027      * The location will be relative to the parent's coordinate space.
2028      * <p>
2029      * Due to the asynchronous nature of native event handling, this
2030      * method can return outdated values (for instance, after several calls
2031      * of {@code setLocation()} in rapid succession).  For this
2032      * reason, the recommended method of obtaining a component's position is
2033      * within {@code java.awt.event.ComponentListener.componentMoved()},
2034      * which is called after the operating system has finished moving the
2035      * component.
2036      * </p>
2037      * @return an instance of {@code Point} representing
2038      *          the top-left corner of the component's bounds in
2039      *          the coordinate space of the component's parent
2040      * @see #setLocation
2041      * @see #getLocationOnScreen
2042      * @since 1.1
2043      */
2044     public Point getLocation() {
2045         return location();
2046     }
2047 
2048     /**
2049      * Gets the location of this component in the form of a point
2050      * specifying the component's top-left corner in the screen's
2051      * coordinate space.
2052      * @return an instance of {@code Point} representing
2053      *          the top-left corner of the component's bounds in the
2054      *          coordinate space of the screen
2055      * @throws IllegalComponentStateException if the
2056      *          component is not showing on the screen
2057      * @see #setLocation
2058      * @see #getLocation
2059      */
2060     public Point getLocationOnScreen() {
2061         synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
2062             return getLocationOnScreen_NoTreeLock();
2063         }
2064     }
2065 
2066     /*
2067      * a package private version of getLocationOnScreen
2068      * used by GlobalCursormanager to update cursor
2069      */
2070     final Point getLocationOnScreen_NoTreeLock() {
2071 
2072         if (peer != null && isShowing()) {


2078                 for(Component c = this; c != host; c = c.getParent()) {
2079                     pt.x += c.x;
2080                     pt.y += c.y;
2081                 }
2082                 return pt;
2083             } else {
2084                 Point pt = peer.getLocationOnScreen();
2085                 return pt;
2086             }
2087         } else {
2088             throw new IllegalComponentStateException("component must be showing on the screen to determine its location");
2089         }
2090     }
2091 
2092 
2093     /**
2094      * Returns the location of this component's top left corner.
2095      *
2096      * @return the location of this component's top left corner
2097      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
2098      * replaced by {@code getLocation()}.
2099      */
2100     @Deprecated
2101     public Point location() {
2102         return location_NoClientCode();
2103     }
2104 
2105     private Point location_NoClientCode() {
2106         return new Point(x, y);
2107     }
2108 
2109     /**
2110      * Moves this component to a new location. The top-left corner of
2111      * the new location is specified by the {@code x} and {@code y}
2112      * parameters in the coordinate space of this component's parent.
2113      * <p>
2114      * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
2115      * invalidates the component hierarchy.
2116      *
2117      * @param x the <i>x</i>-coordinate of the new location's
2118      *          top-left corner in the parent's coordinate space
2119      * @param y the <i>y</i>-coordinate of the new location's
2120      *          top-left corner in the parent's coordinate space
2121      * @see #getLocation
2122      * @see #setBounds
2123      * @see #invalidate
2124      * @since 1.1
2125      */
2126     public void setLocation(int x, int y) {
2127         move(x, y);
2128     }
2129 
2130     /**
2131      * Moves this component to a new location.
2132      *
2133      * @param  x the <i>x</i>-coordinate of the new location's
2134      *           top-left corner in the parent's coordinate space
2135      * @param  y the <i>y</i>-coordinate of the new location's
2136      *           top-left corner in the parent's coordinate space
2137      *
2138      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
2139      * replaced by {@code setLocation(int, int)}.
2140      */
2141     @Deprecated
2142     public void move(int x, int y) {
2143         synchronized(getTreeLock()) {
2144             setBoundsOp(ComponentPeer.SET_LOCATION);
2145             setBounds(x, y, width, height);
2146         }
2147     }
2148 
2149     /**
2150      * Moves this component to a new location. The top-left corner of
2151      * the new location is specified by point {@code p}. Point
2152      * {@code p} is given in the parent's coordinate space.
2153      * <p>
2154      * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
2155      * invalidates the component hierarchy.
2156      *
2157      * @param p the point defining the top-left corner
2158      *          of the new location, given in the coordinate space of this
2159      *          component's parent
2160      * @see #getLocation
2161      * @see #setBounds
2162      * @see #invalidate
2163      * @since 1.1
2164      */
2165     public void setLocation(Point p) {
2166         setLocation(p.x, p.y);
2167     }
2168 
2169     /**
2170      * Returns the size of this component in the form of a
2171      * {@code Dimension} object. The {@code height}
2172      * field of the {@code Dimension} object contains
2173      * this component's height, and the {@code width}
2174      * field of the {@code Dimension} object contains
2175      * this component's width.
2176      * @return a {@code Dimension} object that indicates the
2177      *          size of this component
2178      * @see #setSize
2179      * @since 1.1
2180      */
2181     public Dimension getSize() {
2182         return size();
2183     }
2184 
2185     /**
2186      * Returns the size of this component in the form of a
2187      * {@code Dimension} object.
2188      *
2189      * @return the {@code Dimension} object that indicates the
2190      *         size of this component
2191      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
2192      * replaced by {@code getSize()}.
2193      */
2194     @Deprecated
2195     public Dimension size() {
2196         return new Dimension(width, height);
2197     }
2198 
2199     /**
2200      * Resizes this component so that it has width {@code width}
2201      * and height {@code height}.
2202      * <p>
2203      * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
2204      * invalidates the component hierarchy.
2205      *
2206      * @param width the new width of this component in pixels
2207      * @param height the new height of this component in pixels
2208      * @see #getSize
2209      * @see #setBounds
2210      * @see #invalidate
2211      * @since 1.1
2212      */
2213     public void setSize(int width, int height) {
2214         resize(width, height);
2215     }
2216 
2217     /**
2218      * Resizes this component.
2219      *
2220      * @param  width the new width of the component
2221      * @param  height the new height of the component
2222      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
2223      * replaced by {@code setSize(int, int)}.
2224      */
2225     @Deprecated
2226     public void resize(int width, int height) {
2227         synchronized(getTreeLock()) {
2228             setBoundsOp(ComponentPeer.SET_SIZE);
2229             setBounds(x, y, width, height);
2230         }
2231     }
2232 
2233     /**
2234      * Resizes this component so that it has width {@code d.width}
2235      * and height {@code d.height}.
2236      * <p>
2237      * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
2238      * invalidates the component hierarchy.
2239      *
2240      * @param d the dimension specifying the new size
2241      *          of this component
2242      * @throws NullPointerException if {@code d} is {@code null}
2243      * @see #setSize
2244      * @see #setBounds
2245      * @see #invalidate
2246      * @since 1.1
2247      */
2248     public void setSize(Dimension d) {
2249         resize(d);
2250     }
2251 
2252     /**
2253      * Resizes this component so that it has width {@code d.width}
2254      * and height {@code d.height}.
2255      *
2256      * @param  d the new size of this component
2257      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
2258      * replaced by {@code setSize(Dimension)}.
2259      */
2260     @Deprecated
2261     public void resize(Dimension d) {
2262         setSize(d.width, d.height);
2263     }
2264 
2265     /**
2266      * Gets the bounds of this component in the form of a
2267      * {@code Rectangle} object. The bounds specify this
2268      * component's width, height, and location relative to
2269      * its parent.
2270      * @return a rectangle indicating this component's bounds
2271      * @see #setBounds
2272      * @see #getLocation
2273      * @see #getSize
2274      */
2275     public Rectangle getBounds() {
2276         return bounds();
2277     }
2278 
2279     /**
2280      * Returns the bounding rectangle of this component.
2281      *
2282      * @return the bounding rectangle for this component
2283      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
2284      * replaced by {@code getBounds()}.
2285      */
2286     @Deprecated
2287     public Rectangle bounds() {
2288         return new Rectangle(x, y, width, height);
2289     }
2290 
2291     /**
2292      * Moves and resizes this component. The new location of the top-left
2293      * corner is specified by {@code x} and {@code y}, and the
2294      * new size is specified by {@code width} and {@code height}.
2295      * <p>
2296      * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
2297      * invalidates the component hierarchy.
2298      *
2299      * @param x the new <i>x</i>-coordinate of this component
2300      * @param y the new <i>y</i>-coordinate of this component
2301      * @param width the new {@code width} of this component
2302      * @param height the new {@code height} of this
2303      *          component
2304      * @see #getBounds
2305      * @see #setLocation(int, int)
2306      * @see #setLocation(Point)
2307      * @see #setSize(int, int)
2308      * @see #setSize(Dimension)
2309      * @see #invalidate
2310      * @since 1.1
2311      */
2312     public void setBounds(int x, int y, int width, int height) {
2313         reshape(x, y, width, height);
2314     }
2315 
2316     /**
2317      * Reshapes the bounding rectangle for this component.
2318      *
2319      * @param  x the <i>x</i> coordinate of the upper left corner of the rectangle
2320      * @param  y the <i>y</i> coordinate of the upper left corner of the rectangle
2321      * @param  width the width of the rectangle
2322      * @param  height the height of the rectangle
2323      *
2324      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
2325      * replaced by {@code setBounds(int, int, int, int)}.
2326      */
2327     @Deprecated
2328     public void reshape(int x, int y, int width, int height) {
2329         synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
2330             try {
2331                 setBoundsOp(ComponentPeer.SET_BOUNDS);
2332                 boolean resized = (this.width != width) || (this.height != height);
2333                 boolean moved = (this.x != x) || (this.y != y);
2334                 if (!resized && !moved) {
2335                     return;
2336                 }
2337                 int oldX = this.x;
2338                 int oldY = this.y;
2339                 int oldWidth = this.width;
2340                 int oldHeight = this.height;
2341                 this.x = x;
2342                 this.y = y;
2343                 this.width = width;
2344                 this.height = height;
2345 


2425                 }
2426             } else {
2427                 if (this instanceof Container && ((Container)this).countComponents() > 0) {
2428                     boolean enabledOnToolkit =
2429                         Toolkit.enabledOnToolkit(AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_BOUNDS_EVENT_MASK);
2430                     if (resized) {
2431 
2432                         ((Container)this).createChildHierarchyEvents(
2433                                                                      HierarchyEvent.ANCESTOR_RESIZED, 0, enabledOnToolkit);
2434                     }
2435                     if (moved) {
2436                         ((Container)this).createChildHierarchyEvents(
2437                                                                      HierarchyEvent.ANCESTOR_MOVED, 0, enabledOnToolkit);
2438                     }
2439                 }
2440                 }
2441     }
2442 
2443     /**
2444      * Moves and resizes this component to conform to the new
2445      * bounding rectangle {@code r}. This component's new
2446      * position is specified by {@code r.x} and {@code r.y},
2447      * and its new size is specified by {@code r.width} and
2448      * {@code r.height}
2449      * <p>
2450      * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
2451      * invalidates the component hierarchy.
2452      *
2453      * @param r the new bounding rectangle for this component
2454      * @throws NullPointerException if {@code r} is {@code null}
2455      * @see       #getBounds
2456      * @see       #setLocation(int, int)
2457      * @see       #setLocation(Point)
2458      * @see       #setSize(int, int)
2459      * @see       #setSize(Dimension)
2460      * @see #invalidate
2461      * @since     1.1
2462      */
2463     public void setBounds(Rectangle r) {
2464         setBounds(r.x, r.y, r.width, r.height);
2465     }
2466 
2467 
2468     /**
2469      * Returns the current x coordinate of the components origin.
2470      * This method is preferable to writing
2471      * {@code component.getBounds().x},
2472      * or {@code component.getLocation().x} because it doesn't
2473      * cause any heap allocations.
2474      *
2475      * @return the current x coordinate of the components origin
2476      * @since 1.2
2477      */
2478     public int getX() {
2479         return x;
2480     }
2481 
2482 
2483     /**
2484      * Returns the current y coordinate of the components origin.
2485      * This method is preferable to writing
2486      * {@code component.getBounds().y},
2487      * or {@code component.getLocation().y} because it
2488      * doesn't cause any heap allocations.
2489      *
2490      * @return the current y coordinate of the components origin
2491      * @since 1.2
2492      */
2493     public int getY() {
2494         return y;
2495     }
2496 
2497 
2498     /**
2499      * Returns the current width of this component.
2500      * This method is preferable to writing
2501      * {@code component.getBounds().width},
2502      * or {@code component.getSize().width} because it
2503      * doesn't cause any heap allocations.
2504      *
2505      * @return the current width of this component
2506      * @since 1.2
2507      */
2508     public int getWidth() {
2509         return width;
2510     }
2511 
2512 
2513     /**
2514      * Returns the current height of this component.
2515      * This method is preferable to writing
2516      * {@code component.getBounds().height},
2517      * or {@code component.getSize().height} because it
2518      * doesn't cause any heap allocations.
2519      *
2520      * @return the current height of this component
2521      * @since 1.2
2522      */
2523     public int getHeight() {
2524         return height;
2525     }
2526 
2527     /**
2528      * Stores the bounds of this component into "return value" <b>rv</b> and
2529      * return <b>rv</b>.  If rv is {@code null} a new
2530      * {@code Rectangle} is allocated.
2531      * This version of {@code getBounds} is useful if the caller
2532      * wants to avoid allocating a new {@code Rectangle} object
2533      * on the heap.
2534      *
2535      * @param rv the return value, modified to the components bounds
2536      * @return rv
2537      */
2538     public Rectangle getBounds(Rectangle rv) {
2539         if (rv == null) {
2540             return new Rectangle(getX(), getY(), getWidth(), getHeight());
2541         }
2542         else {
2543             rv.setBounds(getX(), getY(), getWidth(), getHeight());
2544             return rv;
2545         }
2546     }
2547 
2548     /**
2549      * Stores the width/height of this component into "return value" <b>rv</b>
2550      * and return <b>rv</b>.   If rv is {@code null} a new
2551      * {@code Dimension} object is allocated.  This version of
2552      * {@code getSize} is useful if the caller wants to avoid
2553      * allocating a new {@code Dimension} object on the heap.
2554      *
2555      * @param rv the return value, modified to the components size
2556      * @return rv
2557      */
2558     public Dimension getSize(Dimension rv) {
2559         if (rv == null) {
2560             return new Dimension(getWidth(), getHeight());
2561         }
2562         else {
2563             rv.setSize(getWidth(), getHeight());
2564             return rv;
2565         }
2566     }
2567 
2568     /**
2569      * Stores the x,y origin of this component into "return value" <b>rv</b>
2570      * and return <b>rv</b>.   If rv is {@code null} a new
2571      * {@code Point} is allocated.
2572      * This version of {@code getLocation} is useful if the
2573      * caller wants to avoid allocating a new {@code Point}
2574      * object on the heap.
2575      *
2576      * @param rv the return value, modified to the components location
2577      * @return rv
2578      */
2579     public Point getLocation(Point rv) {
2580         if (rv == null) {
2581             return new Point(getX(), getY());
2582         }
2583         else {
2584             rv.setLocation(getX(), getY());
2585             return rv;
2586         }
2587     }
2588 
2589     /**
2590      * Returns true if this component is completely opaque, returns
2591      * false by default.
2592      * <p>
2593      * An opaque component paints every pixel within its


2598      * <p>
2599      * Subclasses that guarantee to always completely paint their
2600      * contents should override this method and return true.
2601      *
2602      * @return true if this component is completely opaque
2603      * @see #isLightweight
2604      * @since 1.2
2605      */
2606     public boolean isOpaque() {
2607         if (peer == null) {
2608             return false;
2609         }
2610         else {
2611             return !isLightweight();
2612         }
2613     }
2614 
2615 
2616     /**
2617      * A lightweight component doesn't have a native toolkit peer.
2618      * Subclasses of {@code Component} and {@code Container},
2619      * other than the ones defined in this package like {@code Button}
2620      * or {@code Scrollbar}, are lightweight.
2621      * All of the Swing components are lightweights.
2622      * <p>
2623      * This method will always return {@code false} if this component
2624      * is not displayable because it is impossible to determine the
2625      * weight of an undisplayable component.
2626      *
2627      * @return true if this component has a lightweight peer; false if
2628      *         it has a native peer or no peer
2629      * @see #isDisplayable
2630      * @since 1.2
2631      */
2632     public boolean isLightweight() {
2633         return peer instanceof LightweightPeer;
2634     }
2635 
2636 
2637     /**
2638      * Sets the preferred size of this component to a constant
2639      * value.  Subsequent calls to {@code getPreferredSize} will always
2640      * return this value.  Setting the preferred size to {@code null}
2641      * restores the default behavior.
2642      *
2643      * @param preferredSize The new preferred size, or null
2644      * @see #getPreferredSize
2645      * @see #isPreferredSizeSet
2646      * @since 1.5
2647      */
2648     public void setPreferredSize(Dimension preferredSize) {
2649         Dimension old;
2650         // If the preferred size was set, use it as the old value, otherwise
2651         // use null to indicate we didn't previously have a set preferred
2652         // size.
2653         if (prefSizeSet) {
2654             old = this.prefSize;
2655         }
2656         else {
2657             old = null;
2658         }
2659         this.prefSize = preferredSize;
2660         prefSizeSet = (preferredSize != null);
2661         firePropertyChange("preferredSize", old, preferredSize);
2662     }
2663 
2664 
2665     /**
2666      * Returns true if the preferred size has been set to a
2667      * non-{@code null} value otherwise returns false.
2668      *
2669      * @return true if {@code setPreferredSize} has been invoked
2670      *         with a non-null value.
2671      * @since 1.5
2672      */
2673     public boolean isPreferredSizeSet() {
2674         return prefSizeSet;
2675     }
2676 
2677 
2678     /**
2679      * Gets the preferred size of this component.
2680      * @return a dimension object indicating this component's preferred size
2681      * @see #getMinimumSize
2682      * @see LayoutManager
2683      */
2684     public Dimension getPreferredSize() {
2685         return preferredSize();
2686     }
2687 
2688 
2689     /**
2690      * Returns the component's preferred size.
2691      *
2692      * @return the component's preferred size
2693      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
2694      * replaced by {@code getPreferredSize()}.
2695      */
2696     @Deprecated
2697     public Dimension preferredSize() {
2698         /* Avoid grabbing the lock if a reasonable cached size value
2699          * is available.
2700          */
2701         Dimension dim = prefSize;
2702         if (dim == null || !(isPreferredSizeSet() || isValid())) {
2703             synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
2704                 prefSize = (peer != null) ?
2705                     peer.getPreferredSize() :
2706                     getMinimumSize();
2707                 dim = prefSize;
2708             }
2709         }
2710         return new Dimension(dim);
2711     }
2712 
2713     /**
2714      * Sets the minimum size of this component to a constant
2715      * value.  Subsequent calls to {@code getMinimumSize} will always
2716      * return this value.  Setting the minimum size to {@code null}
2717      * restores the default behavior.
2718      *
2719      * @param minimumSize the new minimum size of this component
2720      * @see #getMinimumSize
2721      * @see #isMinimumSizeSet
2722      * @since 1.5
2723      */
2724     public void setMinimumSize(Dimension minimumSize) {
2725         Dimension old;
2726         // If the minimum size was set, use it as the old value, otherwise
2727         // use null to indicate we didn't previously have a set minimum
2728         // size.
2729         if (minSizeSet) {
2730             old = this.minSize;
2731         }
2732         else {
2733             old = null;
2734         }
2735         this.minSize = minimumSize;
2736         minSizeSet = (minimumSize != null);
2737         firePropertyChange("minimumSize", old, minimumSize);
2738     }
2739 
2740     /**
2741      * Returns whether or not {@code setMinimumSize} has been
2742      * invoked with a non-null value.
2743      *
2744      * @return true if {@code setMinimumSize} has been invoked with a
2745      *              non-null value.
2746      * @since 1.5
2747      */
2748     public boolean isMinimumSizeSet() {
2749         return minSizeSet;
2750     }
2751 
2752     /**
2753      * Gets the minimum size of this component.
2754      * @return a dimension object indicating this component's minimum size
2755      * @see #getPreferredSize
2756      * @see LayoutManager
2757      */
2758     public Dimension getMinimumSize() {
2759         return minimumSize();
2760     }
2761 
2762     /**
2763      * Returns the minimum size of this component.
2764      *
2765      * @return the minimum size of this component
2766      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
2767      * replaced by {@code getMinimumSize()}.
2768      */
2769     @Deprecated
2770     public Dimension minimumSize() {
2771         /* Avoid grabbing the lock if a reasonable cached size value
2772          * is available.
2773          */
2774         Dimension dim = minSize;
2775         if (dim == null || !(isMinimumSizeSet() || isValid())) {
2776             synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
2777                 minSize = (peer != null) ?
2778                     peer.getMinimumSize() :
2779                     size();
2780                 dim = minSize;
2781             }
2782         }
2783         return new Dimension(dim);
2784     }
2785 
2786     /**
2787      * Sets the maximum size of this component to a constant
2788      * value.  Subsequent calls to {@code getMaximumSize} will always
2789      * return this value.  Setting the maximum size to {@code null}
2790      * restores the default behavior.
2791      *
2792      * @param maximumSize a {@code Dimension} containing the
2793      *          desired maximum allowable size
2794      * @see #getMaximumSize
2795      * @see #isMaximumSizeSet
2796      * @since 1.5
2797      */
2798     public void setMaximumSize(Dimension maximumSize) {
2799         // If the maximum size was set, use it as the old value, otherwise
2800         // use null to indicate we didn't previously have a set maximum
2801         // size.
2802         Dimension old;
2803         if (maxSizeSet) {
2804             old = this.maxSize;
2805         }
2806         else {
2807             old = null;
2808         }
2809         this.maxSize = maximumSize;
2810         maxSizeSet = (maximumSize != null);
2811         firePropertyChange("maximumSize", old, maximumSize);
2812     }
2813 
2814     /**
2815      * Returns true if the maximum size has been set to a non-{@code null}
2816      * value otherwise returns false.
2817      *
2818      * @return true if {@code maximumSize} is non-{@code null},
2819      *          false otherwise
2820      * @since 1.5
2821      */
2822     public boolean isMaximumSizeSet() {
2823         return maxSizeSet;
2824     }
2825 
2826     /**
2827      * Gets the maximum size of this component.
2828      * @return a dimension object indicating this component's maximum size
2829      * @see #getMinimumSize
2830      * @see #getPreferredSize
2831      * @see LayoutManager
2832      */
2833     public Dimension getMaximumSize() {
2834         if (isMaximumSizeSet()) {
2835             return new Dimension(maxSize);
2836         }
2837         return new Dimension(Short.MAX_VALUE, Short.MAX_VALUE);
2838     }


2849     public float getAlignmentX() {
2850         return CENTER_ALIGNMENT;
2851     }
2852 
2853     /**
2854      * Returns the alignment along the y axis.  This specifies how
2855      * the component would like to be aligned relative to other
2856      * components.  The value should be a number between 0 and 1
2857      * where 0 represents alignment along the origin, 1 is aligned
2858      * the furthest away from the origin, 0.5 is centered, etc.
2859      *
2860      * @return the vertical alignment of this component
2861      */
2862     public float getAlignmentY() {
2863         return CENTER_ALIGNMENT;
2864     }
2865 
2866     /**
2867      * Returns the baseline.  The baseline is measured from the top of
2868      * the component.  This method is primarily meant for
2869      * {@code LayoutManager}s to align components along their
2870      * baseline.  A return value less than 0 indicates this component
2871      * does not have a reasonable baseline and that
2872      * {@code LayoutManager}s should not align this component on
2873      * its baseline.
2874      * <p>
2875      * The default implementation returns -1.  Subclasses that support
2876      * baseline should override appropriately.  If a value &gt;= 0 is
2877      * returned, then the component has a valid baseline for any
2878      * size &gt;= the minimum size and {@code getBaselineResizeBehavior}
2879      * can be used to determine how the baseline changes with size.
2880      *
2881      * @param width the width to get the baseline for
2882      * @param height the height to get the baseline for
2883      * @return the baseline or &lt; 0 indicating there is no reasonable
2884      *         baseline
2885      * @throws IllegalArgumentException if width or height is &lt; 0
2886      * @see #getBaselineResizeBehavior
2887      * @see java.awt.FontMetrics
2888      * @since 1.6
2889      */
2890     public int getBaseline(int width, int height) {
2891         if (width < 0 || height < 0) {
2892             throw new IllegalArgumentException(
2893                     "Width and height must be >= 0");
2894         }
2895         return -1;
2896     }
2897 
2898     /**
2899      * Returns an enum indicating how the baseline of the component
2900      * changes as the size changes.  This method is primarily meant for
2901      * layout managers and GUI builders.
2902      * <p>
2903      * The default implementation returns
2904      * {@code BaselineResizeBehavior.OTHER}.  Subclasses that have a
2905      * baseline should override appropriately.  Subclasses should
2906      * never return {@code null}; if the baseline can not be
2907      * calculated return {@code BaselineResizeBehavior.OTHER}.  Callers
2908      * should first ask for the baseline using
2909      * {@code getBaseline} and if a value &gt;= 0 is returned use
2910      * this method.  It is acceptable for this method to return a
2911      * value other than {@code BaselineResizeBehavior.OTHER} even if
2912      * {@code getBaseline} returns a value less than 0.
2913      *
2914      * @return an enum indicating how the baseline changes as the component
2915      *         size changes
2916      * @see #getBaseline(int, int)
2917      * @since 1.6
2918      */
2919     public BaselineResizeBehavior getBaselineResizeBehavior() {
2920         return BaselineResizeBehavior.OTHER;
2921     }
2922 
2923     /**
2924      * Prompts the layout manager to lay out this component. This is
2925      * usually called when the component (more specifically, container)
2926      * is validated.
2927      * @see #validate
2928      * @see LayoutManager
2929      */
2930     public void doLayout() {
2931         layout();
2932     }
2933 
2934     /**
2935      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
2936      * replaced by {@code doLayout()}.
2937      */
2938     @Deprecated
2939     public void layout() {
2940     }
2941 
2942     /**
2943      * Validates this component.
2944      * <p>
2945      * The meaning of the term <i>validating</i> is defined by the ancestors of
2946      * this class. See {@link Container#validate} for more details.
2947      *
2948      * @see       #invalidate
2949      * @see       #doLayout()
2950      * @see       LayoutManager
2951      * @see       Container#validate
2952      * @since     1.0
2953      */
2954     public void validate() {
2955         synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
2956             ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;


3065                 // There's no parents. Just validate itself.
3066                 validate();
3067             } else {
3068                 while (!root.isValidateRoot()) {
3069                     if (root.getContainer() == null) {
3070                         // If there's no validate roots, we'll validate the
3071                         // topmost container
3072                         break;
3073                     }
3074 
3075                     root = root.getContainer();
3076                 }
3077 
3078                 root.validate();
3079             }
3080         }
3081     }
3082 
3083     /**
3084      * Creates a graphics context for this component. This method will
3085      * return {@code null} if this component is currently not
3086      * displayable.
3087      * @return a graphics context for this component, or {@code null}
3088      *             if it has none
3089      * @see       #paint
3090      * @since     1.0
3091      */
3092     public Graphics getGraphics() {
3093         if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
3094             // This is for a lightweight component, need to
3095             // translate coordinate spaces and clip relative
3096             // to the parent.
3097             if (parent == null) return null;
3098             Graphics g = parent.getGraphics();
3099             if (g == null) return null;
3100             if (g instanceof ConstrainableGraphics) {
3101                 ((ConstrainableGraphics) g).constrain(x, y, width, height);
3102             } else {
3103                 g.translate(x,y);
3104                 g.setClip(0, 0, width, height);
3105             }
3106             g.setFont(getFont());
3107             return g;


3129             }
3130             g.setFont(getFont_NoClientCode());
3131             return g;
3132         } else {
3133             return (peer != null) ? peer.getGraphics() : null;
3134         }
3135     }
3136 
3137     /**
3138      * Gets the font metrics for the specified font.
3139      * Warning: Since Font metrics are affected by the
3140      * {@link java.awt.font.FontRenderContext FontRenderContext} and
3141      * this method does not provide one, it can return only metrics for
3142      * the default render context which may not match that used when
3143      * rendering on the Component if {@link Graphics2D} functionality is being
3144      * used. Instead metrics can be obtained at rendering time by calling
3145      * {@link Graphics#getFontMetrics()} or text measurement APIs on the
3146      * {@link Font Font} class.
3147      * @param font the font for which font metrics is to be
3148      *          obtained
3149      * @return the font metrics for {@code font}
3150      * @see       #getFont
3151      * @see       java.awt.peer.ComponentPeer#getFontMetrics(Font)
3152      * @see       Toolkit#getFontMetrics(Font)
3153      * @since     1.0
3154      */
3155     public FontMetrics getFontMetrics(Font font) {
3156         // This is an unsupported hack, but left in for a customer.
3157         // Do not remove.
3158         FontManager fm = FontManagerFactory.getInstance();
3159         if (fm instanceof SunFontManager
3160             && ((SunFontManager) fm).usePlatformFontMetrics()) {
3161 
3162             if (peer != null &&
3163                 !(peer instanceof LightweightPeer)) {
3164                 return peer.getFontMetrics(font);
3165             }
3166         }
3167         return sun.font.FontDesignMetrics.getMetrics(font);
3168     }
3169 
3170     /**
3171      * Sets the cursor image to the specified cursor.  This cursor
3172      * image is displayed when the {@code contains} method for
3173      * this component returns true for the current cursor location, and
3174      * this Component is visible, displayable, and enabled. Setting the
3175      * cursor of a {@code Container} causes that cursor to be displayed
3176      * within all of the container's subcomponents, except for those
3177      * that have a non-{@code null} cursor.
3178      * <p>
3179      * The method may have no visual effect if the Java platform
3180      * implementation and/or the native system do not support
3181      * changing the mouse cursor shape.
3182      * @param cursor One of the constants defined
3183      *          by the {@code Cursor} class;
3184      *          if this parameter is {@code null}
3185      *          then this component will inherit
3186      *          the cursor of its parent
3187      * @see       #isEnabled
3188      * @see       #isShowing
3189      * @see       #getCursor
3190      * @see       #contains
3191      * @see       Toolkit#createCustomCursor
3192      * @see       Cursor
3193      * @since     1.1
3194      */
3195     public void setCursor(Cursor cursor) {
3196         this.cursor = cursor;
3197         updateCursorImmediately();
3198     }
3199 
3200     /**
3201      * Updates the cursor.  May not be invoked from the native
3202      * message pump.
3203      */
3204     final void updateCursorImmediately() {
3205         if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
3206             Container nativeContainer = getNativeContainer();
3207 
3208             if (nativeContainer == null) return;
3209 
3210             ComponentPeer cPeer = nativeContainer.peer;
3211 
3212             if (cPeer != null) {
3213                 cPeer.updateCursorImmediately();
3214             }
3215         } else if (peer != null) {
3216             peer.updateCursorImmediately();
3217         }
3218     }
3219 
3220     /**
3221      * Gets the cursor set in the component. If the component does
3222      * not have a cursor set, the cursor of its parent is returned.
3223      * If no cursor is set in the entire hierarchy,
3224      * {@code Cursor.DEFAULT_CURSOR} is returned.
3225      *
3226      * @return the cursor for this component
3227      * @see #setCursor
3228      * @since 1.1
3229      */
3230     public Cursor getCursor() {
3231         return getCursor_NoClientCode();
3232     }
3233 
3234     final Cursor getCursor_NoClientCode() {
3235         Cursor cursor = this.cursor;
3236         if (cursor != null) {
3237             return cursor;
3238         }
3239         Container parent = this.parent;
3240         if (parent != null) {
3241             return parent.getCursor_NoClientCode();
3242         } else {
3243             return Cursor.getPredefinedCursor(Cursor.DEFAULT_CURSOR);
3244         }
3245     }
3246 
3247     /**
3248      * Returns whether the cursor has been explicitly set for this Component.
3249      * If this method returns {@code false}, this Component is inheriting
3250      * its cursor from an ancestor.
3251      *
3252      * @return {@code true} if the cursor has been explicitly set for this
3253      *         Component; {@code false} otherwise.
3254      * @since 1.4
3255      */
3256     public boolean isCursorSet() {
3257         return (cursor != null);
3258     }
3259 
3260     /**
3261      * Paints this component.
3262      * <p>
3263      * This method is called when the contents of the component should
3264      * be painted; such as when the component is first being shown or
3265      * is damaged and in need of repair.  The clip rectangle in the
3266      * {@code Graphics} parameter is set to the area
3267      * which needs to be painted.
3268      * Subclasses of {@code Component} that override this
3269      * method need not call {@code super.paint(g)}.
3270      * <p>
3271      * For performance reasons, {@code Component}s with zero width
3272      * or height aren't considered to need painting when they are first shown,
3273      * and also aren't considered to need repair.
3274      * <p>
3275      * <b>Note</b>: For more information on the paint mechanisms utilitized
3276      * by AWT and Swing, including information on how to write the most
3277      * efficient painting code, see
3278      * <a href="http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/painting-140037.html">Painting in AWT and Swing</a>.
3279      *
3280      * @param g the graphics context to use for painting
3281      * @see       #update
3282      * @since     1.0
3283      */
3284     public void paint(Graphics g) {
3285     }
3286 
3287     /**
3288      * Updates this component.
3289      * <p>
3290      * If this component is not a lightweight component, the
3291      * AWT calls the {@code update} method in response to
3292      * a call to {@code repaint}.  You can assume that
3293      * the background is not cleared.
3294      * <p>
3295      * The {@code update} method of {@code Component}
3296      * calls this component's {@code paint} method to redraw
3297      * this component.  This method is commonly overridden by subclasses
3298      * which need to do additional work in response to a call to
3299      * {@code repaint}.
3300      * Subclasses of Component that override this method should either
3301      * call {@code super.update(g)}, or call {@code paint(g)}
3302      * directly from their {@code update} method.
3303      * <p>
3304      * The origin of the graphics context, its
3305      * ({@code 0},&nbsp;{@code 0}) coordinate point, is the
3306      * top-left corner of this component. The clipping region of the
3307      * graphics context is the bounding rectangle of this component.
3308      *
3309      * <p>
3310      * <b>Note</b>: For more information on the paint mechanisms utilitized
3311      * by AWT and Swing, including information on how to write the most
3312      * efficient painting code, see
3313      * <a href="http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/painting-140037.html">Painting in AWT and Swing</a>.
3314      *
3315      * @param g the specified context to use for updating
3316      * @see       #paint
3317      * @see       #repaint()
3318      * @since     1.0
3319      */
3320     public void update(Graphics g) {
3321         paint(g);
3322     }
3323 
3324     /**
3325      * Paints this component and all of its subcomponents.
3326      * <p>
3327      * The origin of the graphics context, its
3328      * ({@code 0},&nbsp;{@code 0}) coordinate point, is the
3329      * top-left corner of this component. The clipping region of the
3330      * graphics context is the bounding rectangle of this component.
3331      *
3332      * @param     g   the graphics context to use for painting
3333      * @see       #paint
3334      * @since     1.0
3335      */
3336     public void paintAll(Graphics g) {
3337         if (isShowing()) {
3338             GraphicsCallback.PeerPaintCallback.getInstance().
3339                 runOneComponent(this, new Rectangle(0, 0, width, height),
3340                                 g, g.getClip(),
3341                                 GraphicsCallback.LIGHTWEIGHTS |
3342                                 GraphicsCallback.HEAVYWEIGHTS);
3343         }
3344     }
3345 
3346     /**
3347      * Simulates the peer callbacks into java.awt for painting of
3348      * lightweight Components.
3349      * @param     g   the graphics context to use for painting
3350      * @see       #paintAll
3351      */
3352     void lightweightPaint(Graphics g) {
3353         paint(g);
3354     }
3355 
3356     /**
3357      * Paints all the heavyweight subcomponents.
3358      */
3359     void paintHeavyweightComponents(Graphics g) {
3360     }
3361 
3362     /**
3363      * Repaints this component.
3364      * <p>
3365      * If this component is a lightweight component, this method
3366      * causes a call to this component's {@code paint}
3367      * method as soon as possible.  Otherwise, this method causes
3368      * a call to this component's {@code update} method as soon
3369      * as possible.
3370      * <p>
3371      * <b>Note</b>: For more information on the paint mechanisms utilitized
3372      * by AWT and Swing, including information on how to write the most
3373      * efficient painting code, see
3374      * <a href="http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/painting-140037.html">Painting in AWT and Swing</a>.
3375 
3376      *
3377      * @see       #update(Graphics)
3378      * @since     1.0
3379      */
3380     public void repaint() {
3381         repaint(0, 0, 0, width, height);
3382     }
3383 
3384     /**
3385      * Repaints the component.  If this component is a lightweight
3386      * component, this results in a call to {@code paint}
3387      * within {@code tm} milliseconds.
3388      * <p>
3389      * <b>Note</b>: For more information on the paint mechanisms utilitized
3390      * by AWT and Swing, including information on how to write the most
3391      * efficient painting code, see
3392      * <a href="http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/painting-140037.html">Painting in AWT and Swing</a>.
3393      *
3394      * @param tm maximum time in milliseconds before update
3395      * @see #paint
3396      * @see #update(Graphics)
3397      * @since 1.0
3398      */
3399     public void repaint(long tm) {
3400         repaint(tm, 0, 0, width, height);
3401     }
3402 
3403     /**
3404      * Repaints the specified rectangle of this component.
3405      * <p>
3406      * If this component is a lightweight component, this method
3407      * causes a call to this component's {@code paint} method
3408      * as soon as possible.  Otherwise, this method causes a call to
3409      * this component's {@code update} method as soon as possible.
3410      * <p>
3411      * <b>Note</b>: For more information on the paint mechanisms utilitized
3412      * by AWT and Swing, including information on how to write the most
3413      * efficient painting code, see
3414      * <a href="http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/painting-140037.html">Painting in AWT and Swing</a>.
3415      *
3416      * @param     x   the <i>x</i> coordinate
3417      * @param     y   the <i>y</i> coordinate
3418      * @param     width   the width
3419      * @param     height  the height
3420      * @see       #update(Graphics)
3421      * @since     1.0
3422      */
3423     public void repaint(int x, int y, int width, int height) {
3424         repaint(0, x, y, width, height);
3425     }
3426 
3427     /**
3428      * Repaints the specified rectangle of this component within
3429      * {@code tm} milliseconds.
3430      * <p>
3431      * If this component is a lightweight component, this method causes
3432      * a call to this component's {@code paint} method.
3433      * Otherwise, this method causes a call to this component's
3434      * {@code update} method.
3435      * <p>
3436      * <b>Note</b>: For more information on the paint mechanisms utilitized
3437      * by AWT and Swing, including information on how to write the most
3438      * efficient painting code, see
3439      * <a href="http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/painting-140037.html">Painting in AWT and Swing</a>.
3440      *
3441      * @param     tm   maximum time in milliseconds before update
3442      * @param     x    the <i>x</i> coordinate
3443      * @param     y    the <i>y</i> coordinate
3444      * @param     width    the width
3445      * @param     height   the height
3446      * @see       #update(Graphics)
3447      * @since     1.0
3448      */
3449     public void repaint(long tm, int x, int y, int width, int height) {
3450         if (this.peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
3451             // Needs to be translated to parent coordinates since
3452             // a parent native container provides the actual repaint
3453             // services.  Additionally, the request is restricted to
3454             // the bounds of the component.


3472                 int px = this.x + x;
3473                 int py = this.y + y;
3474                 parent.repaint(tm, px, py, pwidth, pheight);
3475             }
3476         } else {
3477             if (isVisible() && (this.peer != null) &&
3478                 (width > 0) && (height > 0)) {
3479                 PaintEvent e = new PaintEvent(this, PaintEvent.UPDATE,
3480                                               new Rectangle(x, y, width, height));
3481                 SunToolkit.postEvent(SunToolkit.targetToAppContext(this), e);
3482             }
3483         }
3484     }
3485 
3486     /**
3487      * Prints this component. Applications should override this method
3488      * for components that must do special processing before being
3489      * printed or should be printed differently than they are painted.
3490      * <p>
3491      * The default implementation of this method calls the
3492      * {@code paint} method.
3493      * <p>
3494      * The origin of the graphics context, its
3495      * ({@code 0},&nbsp;{@code 0}) coordinate point, is the
3496      * top-left corner of this component. The clipping region of the
3497      * graphics context is the bounding rectangle of this component.
3498      * @param     g   the graphics context to use for printing
3499      * @see       #paint(Graphics)
3500      * @since     1.0
3501      */
3502     public void print(Graphics g) {
3503         paint(g);
3504     }
3505 
3506     /**
3507      * Prints this component and all of its subcomponents.
3508      * <p>
3509      * The origin of the graphics context, its
3510      * ({@code 0},&nbsp;{@code 0}) coordinate point, is the
3511      * top-left corner of this component. The clipping region of the
3512      * graphics context is the bounding rectangle of this component.
3513      * @param     g   the graphics context to use for printing
3514      * @see       #print(Graphics)
3515      * @since     1.0
3516      */
3517     public void printAll(Graphics g) {
3518         if (isShowing()) {
3519             GraphicsCallback.PeerPrintCallback.getInstance().
3520                 runOneComponent(this, new Rectangle(0, 0, width, height),
3521                                 g, g.getClip(),
3522                                 GraphicsCallback.LIGHTWEIGHTS |
3523                                 GraphicsCallback.HEAVYWEIGHTS);
3524         }
3525     }
3526 
3527     /**
3528      * Simulates the peer callbacks into java.awt for printing of
3529      * lightweight Components.
3530      * @param     g   the graphics context to use for printing


3533     void lightweightPrint(Graphics g) {
3534         print(g);
3535     }
3536 
3537     /**
3538      * Prints all the heavyweight subcomponents.
3539      */
3540     void printHeavyweightComponents(Graphics g) {
3541     }
3542 
3543     private Insets getInsets_NoClientCode() {
3544         ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
3545         if (peer instanceof ContainerPeer) {
3546             return (Insets)((ContainerPeer)peer).getInsets().clone();
3547         }
3548         return new Insets(0, 0, 0, 0);
3549     }
3550 
3551     /**
3552      * Repaints the component when the image has changed.
3553      * This {@code imageUpdate} method of an {@code ImageObserver}
3554      * is called when more information about an
3555      * image which had been previously requested using an asynchronous
3556      * routine such as the {@code drawImage} method of
3557      * {@code Graphics} becomes available.
3558      * See the definition of {@code imageUpdate} for
3559      * more information on this method and its arguments.
3560      * <p>
3561      * The {@code imageUpdate} method of {@code Component}
3562      * incrementally draws an image on the component as more of the bits
3563      * of the image are available.
3564      * <p>
3565      * If the system property {@code awt.image.incrementaldraw}
3566      * is missing or has the value {@code true}, the image is
3567      * incrementally drawn. If the system property has any other value,
3568      * then the image is not drawn until it has been completely loaded.
3569      * <p>
3570      * Also, if incremental drawing is in effect, the value of the
3571      * system property {@code awt.image.redrawrate} is interpreted
3572      * as an integer to give the maximum redraw rate, in milliseconds. If
3573      * the system property is missing or cannot be interpreted as an
3574      * integer, the redraw rate is once every 100ms.
3575      * <p>
3576      * The interpretation of the {@code x}, {@code y},
3577      * {@code width}, and {@code height} arguments depends on
3578      * the value of the {@code infoflags} argument.
3579      *
3580      * @param     img   the image being observed
3581      * @param     infoflags   see {@code imageUpdate} for more information
3582      * @param     x   the <i>x</i> coordinate
3583      * @param     y   the <i>y</i> coordinate
3584      * @param     w   the width
3585      * @param     h   the height
3586      * @return    {@code false} if the infoflags indicate that the
3587      *            image is completely loaded; {@code true} otherwise.
3588      *
3589      * @see     java.awt.image.ImageObserver
3590      * @see     Graphics#drawImage(Image, int, int, Color, java.awt.image.ImageObserver)
3591      * @see     Graphics#drawImage(Image, int, int, java.awt.image.ImageObserver)
3592      * @see     Graphics#drawImage(Image, int, int, int, int, Color, java.awt.image.ImageObserver)
3593      * @see     Graphics#drawImage(Image, int, int, int, int, java.awt.image.ImageObserver)
3594      * @see     java.awt.image.ImageObserver#imageUpdate(java.awt.Image, int, int, int, int, int)
3595      * @since   1.0
3596      */
3597     public boolean imageUpdate(Image img, int infoflags,
3598                                int x, int y, int w, int h) {
3599         int rate = -1;
3600         if ((infoflags & (FRAMEBITS|ALLBITS)) != 0) {
3601             rate = 0;
3602         } else if ((infoflags & SOMEBITS) != 0) {
3603             if (isInc) {
3604                 rate = incRate;
3605                 if (rate < 0) {
3606                     rate = 0;
3607                 }


3616     /**
3617      * Creates an image from the specified image producer.
3618      * @param     producer  the image producer
3619      * @return    the image produced
3620      * @since     1.0
3621      */
3622     public Image createImage(ImageProducer producer) {
3623         ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
3624         if ((peer != null) && ! (peer instanceof LightweightPeer)) {
3625             return peer.createImage(producer);
3626         }
3627         return getToolkit().createImage(producer);
3628     }
3629 
3630     /**
3631      * Creates an off-screen drawable image
3632      *     to be used for double buffering.
3633      * @param     width the specified width
3634      * @param     height the specified height
3635      * @return    an off-screen drawable image, which can be used for double
3636      *    buffering.  The return value may be {@code null} if the
3637      *    component is not displayable.  This will always happen if
3638      *    {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()} returns
3639      *    {@code true}.
3640      * @see #isDisplayable
3641      * @see GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
3642      * @since     1.0
3643      */
3644     public Image createImage(int width, int height) {
3645         ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
3646         if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
3647             if (parent != null) { return parent.createImage(width, height); }
3648             else { return null;}
3649         } else {
3650             return (peer != null) ? peer.createImage(width, height) : null;
3651         }
3652     }
3653 
3654     /**
3655      * Creates a volatile off-screen drawable image
3656      *     to be used for double buffering.
3657      * @param     width the specified width.
3658      * @param     height the specified height.
3659      * @return    an off-screen drawable image, which can be used for double
3660      *    buffering.  The return value may be {@code null} if the
3661      *    component is not displayable.  This will always happen if
3662      *    {@code GraphicsEnvironment.isHeadless()} returns
3663      *    {@code true}.
3664      * @see java.awt.image.VolatileImage
3665      * @see #isDisplayable
3666      * @see GraphicsEnvironment#isHeadless
3667      * @since     1.4
3668      */
3669     public VolatileImage createVolatileImage(int width, int height) {
3670         ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
3671         if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
3672             if (parent != null) {
3673                 return parent.createVolatileImage(width, height);
3674             }
3675             else { return null;}
3676         } else {
3677             return (peer != null) ?
3678                 peer.createVolatileImage(width, height) : null;
3679         }
3680     }
3681 
3682     /**
3683      * Creates a volatile off-screen drawable image, with the given capabilities.
3684      * The contents of this image may be lost at any time due
3685      * to operating system issues, so the image must be managed
3686      * via the {@code VolatileImage} interface.
3687      * @param width the specified width.
3688      * @param height the specified height.
3689      * @param caps the image capabilities
3690      * @exception AWTException if an image with the specified capabilities cannot
3691      * be created
3692      * @return a VolatileImage object, which can be used
3693      * to manage surface contents loss and capabilities.
3694      * @see java.awt.image.VolatileImage
3695      * @since 1.4
3696      */
3697     public VolatileImage createVolatileImage(int width, int height,
3698                                              ImageCapabilities caps) throws AWTException {
3699         // REMIND : check caps
3700         return createVolatileImage(width, height);
3701     }
3702 
3703     /**
3704      * Prepares an image for rendering on this component.  The image
3705      * data is downloaded asynchronously in another thread and the
3706      * appropriate screen representation of the image is generated.
3707      * @param     image   the {@code Image} for which to
3708      *                    prepare a screen representation
3709      * @param     observer   the {@code ImageObserver} object
3710      *                       to be notified as the image is being prepared
3711      * @return    {@code true} if the image has already been fully
3712      *           prepared; {@code false} otherwise
3713      * @since     1.0
3714      */
3715     public boolean prepareImage(Image image, ImageObserver observer) {
3716         return prepareImage(image, -1, -1, observer);
3717     }
3718 
3719     /**
3720      * Prepares an image for rendering on this component at the
3721      * specified width and height.
3722      * <p>
3723      * The image data is downloaded asynchronously in another thread,
3724      * and an appropriately scaled screen representation of the image is
3725      * generated.
3726      * @param     image    the instance of {@code Image}
3727      *            for which to prepare a screen representation
3728      * @param     width    the width of the desired screen representation
3729      * @param     height   the height of the desired screen representation
3730      * @param     observer   the {@code ImageObserver} object
3731      *            to be notified as the image is being prepared
3732      * @return    {@code true} if the image has already been fully
3733      *          prepared; {@code false} otherwise
3734      * @see       java.awt.image.ImageObserver
3735      * @since     1.0
3736      */
3737     public boolean prepareImage(Image image, int width, int height,
3738                                 ImageObserver observer) {
3739         ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
3740         if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
3741             return (parent != null)
3742                 ? parent.prepareImage(image, width, height, observer)
3743                 : getToolkit().prepareImage(image, width, height, observer);
3744         } else {
3745             return (peer != null)
3746                 ? peer.prepareImage(image, width, height, observer)
3747                 : getToolkit().prepareImage(image, width, height, observer);
3748         }
3749     }
3750 
3751     /**
3752      * Returns the status of the construction of a screen representation
3753      * of the specified image.
3754      * <p>
3755      * This method does not cause the image to begin loading. An
3756      * application must use the {@code prepareImage} method
3757      * to force the loading of an image.
3758      * <p>
3759      * Information on the flags returned by this method can be found
3760      * with the discussion of the {@code ImageObserver} interface.
3761      * @param     image   the {@code Image} object whose status
3762      *            is being checked
3763      * @param     observer   the {@code ImageObserver}
3764      *            object to be notified as the image is being prepared
3765      * @return  the bitwise inclusive <b>OR</b> of
3766      *            {@code ImageObserver} flags indicating what
3767      *            information about the image is currently available
3768      * @see      #prepareImage(Image, int, int, java.awt.image.ImageObserver)
3769      * @see      Toolkit#checkImage(Image, int, int, java.awt.image.ImageObserver)
3770      * @see      java.awt.image.ImageObserver
3771      * @since    1.0
3772      */
3773     public int checkImage(Image image, ImageObserver observer) {
3774         return checkImage(image, -1, -1, observer);
3775     }
3776 
3777     /**
3778      * Returns the status of the construction of a screen representation
3779      * of the specified image.
3780      * <p>
3781      * This method does not cause the image to begin loading. An
3782      * application must use the {@code prepareImage} method
3783      * to force the loading of an image.
3784      * <p>
3785      * The {@code checkImage} method of {@code Component}
3786      * calls its peer's {@code checkImage} method to calculate
3787      * the flags. If this component does not yet have a peer, the
3788      * component's toolkit's {@code checkImage} method is called
3789      * instead.
3790      * <p>
3791      * Information on the flags returned by this method can be found
3792      * with the discussion of the {@code ImageObserver} interface.
3793      * @param     image   the {@code Image} object whose status
3794      *                    is being checked
3795      * @param     width   the width of the scaled version
3796      *                    whose status is to be checked
3797      * @param     height  the height of the scaled version
3798      *                    whose status is to be checked
3799      * @param     observer   the {@code ImageObserver} object
3800      *                    to be notified as the image is being prepared
3801      * @return    the bitwise inclusive <b>OR</b> of
3802      *            {@code ImageObserver} flags indicating what
3803      *            information about the image is currently available
3804      * @see      #prepareImage(Image, int, int, java.awt.image.ImageObserver)
3805      * @see      Toolkit#checkImage(Image, int, int, java.awt.image.ImageObserver)
3806      * @see      java.awt.image.ImageObserver
3807      * @since    1.0
3808      */
3809     public int checkImage(Image image, int width, int height,
3810                           ImageObserver observer) {
3811         ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
3812         if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
3813             return (parent != null)
3814                 ? parent.checkImage(image, width, height, observer)
3815                 : getToolkit().checkImage(image, width, height, observer);
3816         } else {
3817             return (peer != null)
3818                 ? peer.checkImage(image, width, height, observer)
3819                 : getToolkit().checkImage(image, width, height, observer);
3820         }
3821     }
3822 
3823     /**
3824      * Creates a new strategy for multi-buffering on this component.
3825      * Multi-buffering is useful for rendering performance.  This method
3826      * attempts to create the best strategy available with the number of
3827      * buffers supplied.  It will always create a {@code BufferStrategy}
3828      * with that number of buffers.
3829      * A page-flipping strategy is attempted first, then a blitting strategy
3830      * using accelerated buffers.  Finally, an unaccelerated blitting
3831      * strategy is used.
3832      * <p>
3833      * Each time this method is called,
3834      * the existing buffer strategy for this component is discarded.
3835      * @param numBuffers number of buffers to create, including the front buffer
3836      * @exception IllegalArgumentException if numBuffers is less than 1.
3837      * @exception IllegalStateException if the component is not displayable
3838      * @see #isDisplayable
3839      * @see Window#getBufferStrategy()
3840      * @see Canvas#getBufferStrategy()
3841      * @since 1.4
3842      */
3843     void createBufferStrategy(int numBuffers) {
3844         BufferCapabilities bufferCaps;
3845         if (numBuffers > 1) {
3846             // Try to create a page-flipping strategy
3847             bufferCaps = new BufferCapabilities(new ImageCapabilities(true),


3868         bufferCaps = new BufferCapabilities(new ImageCapabilities(false),
3869                                             new ImageCapabilities(false),
3870                                             null);
3871         try {
3872             createBufferStrategy(numBuffers, bufferCaps);
3873             return; // Success
3874         } catch (AWTException e) {
3875             // Code should never reach here (an unaccelerated blitting
3876             // strategy should always work)
3877             throw new InternalError("Could not create a buffer strategy", e);
3878         }
3879     }
3880 
3881     /**
3882      * Creates a new strategy for multi-buffering on this component with the
3883      * required buffer capabilities.  This is useful, for example, if only
3884      * accelerated memory or page flipping is desired (as specified by the
3885      * buffer capabilities).
3886      * <p>
3887      * Each time this method
3888      * is called, {@code dispose} will be invoked on the existing
3889      * {@code BufferStrategy}.
3890      * @param numBuffers number of buffers to create
3891      * @param caps the required capabilities for creating the buffer strategy;
3892      * cannot be {@code null}
3893      * @exception AWTException if the capabilities supplied could not be
3894      * supported or met; this may happen, for example, if there is not enough
3895      * accelerated memory currently available, or if page flipping is specified
3896      * but not possible.
3897      * @exception IllegalArgumentException if numBuffers is less than 1, or if
3898      * caps is {@code null}
3899      * @see Window#getBufferStrategy()
3900      * @see Canvas#getBufferStrategy()
3901      * @since 1.4
3902      */
3903     void createBufferStrategy(int numBuffers,
3904                               BufferCapabilities caps) throws AWTException {
3905         // Check arguments
3906         if (numBuffers < 1) {
3907             throw new IllegalArgumentException(
3908                 "Number of buffers must be at least 1");
3909         }
3910         if (caps == null) {
3911             throw new IllegalArgumentException("No capabilities specified");
3912         }
3913         // Destroy old buffers
3914         if (bufferStrategy != null) {
3915             bufferStrategy.dispose();
3916         }
3917         if (numBuffers == 1) {
3918             bufferStrategy = new SingleBufferStrategy(caps);


3963     /**
3964      * @return the back buffer currently used by this component's
3965      * BufferStrategy.  If there is no BufferStrategy or no
3966      * back buffer, this method returns null.
3967      */
3968     Image getBackBuffer() {
3969         if (bufferStrategy != null) {
3970             if (bufferStrategy instanceof BltBufferStrategy) {
3971                 BltBufferStrategy bltBS = (BltBufferStrategy)bufferStrategy;
3972                 return bltBS.getBackBuffer();
3973             } else if (bufferStrategy instanceof FlipBufferStrategy) {
3974                 FlipBufferStrategy flipBS = (FlipBufferStrategy)bufferStrategy;
3975                 return flipBS.getBackBuffer();
3976             }
3977         }
3978         return null;
3979     }
3980 
3981     /**
3982      * Inner class for flipping buffers on a component.  That component must
3983      * be a {@code Canvas} or {@code Window} or {@code Applet}.
3984      * @see Canvas
3985      * @see Window
3986      * @see Applet
3987      * @see java.awt.image.BufferStrategy
3988      * @author Michael Martak
3989      * @since 1.4
3990      */
3991     protected class FlipBufferStrategy extends BufferStrategy {
3992         /**
3993          * The number of buffers
3994          */
3995         protected int numBuffers; // = 0
3996         /**
3997          * The buffering capabilities
3998          */
3999         protected BufferCapabilities caps; // = null
4000         /**
4001          * The drawing buffer
4002          */
4003         protected Image drawBuffer; // = null


4014         /**
4015          * Size of the back buffers.  (Note: these fields were added in 6.0
4016          * but kept package-private to avoid exposing them in the spec.
4017          * None of these fields/methods really should have been marked
4018          * protected when they were introduced in 1.4, but now we just have
4019          * to live with that decision.)
4020          */
4021 
4022          /**
4023           * The width of the back buffers
4024           */
4025         int width;
4026 
4027         /**
4028          * The height of the back buffers
4029          */
4030         int height;
4031 
4032         /**
4033          * Creates a new flipping buffer strategy for this component.
4034          * The component must be a {@code Canvas} or {@code Window} or
4035          * {@code Applet}.
4036          * @see Canvas
4037          * @see Window
4038          * @see Applet
4039          * @param numBuffers the number of buffers
4040          * @param caps the capabilities of the buffers
4041          * @exception AWTException if the capabilities supplied could not be
4042          * supported or met
4043          * @exception ClassCastException if the component is not a canvas or
4044          * window.
4045          * @exception IllegalStateException if the component has no peer
4046          * @exception IllegalArgumentException if {@code numBuffers} is less than two,
4047          * or if {@code BufferCapabilities.isPageFlipping} is not
4048          * {@code true}.
4049          * @see #createBuffers(int, BufferCapabilities)
4050          */
4051         protected FlipBufferStrategy(int numBuffers, BufferCapabilities caps)
4052             throws AWTException
4053         {
4054             if (!(Component.this instanceof Window) &&
4055                 !(Component.this instanceof Canvas) &&
4056                 !(Component.this instanceof Applet))
4057             {
4058                 throw new ClassCastException(
4059                         "Component must be a Canvas or Window or Applet");
4060             }
4061             this.numBuffers = numBuffers;
4062             this.caps = caps;
4063             createBuffers(numBuffers, caps);
4064         }
4065 
4066         /**
4067          * Creates one or more complex, flipping buffers with the given
4068          * capabilities.
4069          * @param numBuffers number of buffers to create; must be greater than
4070          * one
4071          * @param caps the capabilities of the buffers.
4072          * {@code BufferCapabilities.isPageFlipping} must be
4073          * {@code true}.
4074          * @exception AWTException if the capabilities supplied could not be
4075          * supported or met
4076          * @exception IllegalStateException if the component has no peer
4077          * @exception IllegalArgumentException if numBuffers is less than two,
4078          * or if {@code BufferCapabilities.isPageFlipping} is not
4079          * {@code true}.
4080          * @see java.awt.BufferCapabilities#isPageFlipping()
4081          */
4082         protected void createBuffers(int numBuffers, BufferCapabilities caps)
4083             throws AWTException
4084         {
4085             if (numBuffers < 2) {
4086                 throw new IllegalArgumentException(
4087                     "Number of buffers cannot be less than two");
4088             } else if (peer == null) {
4089                 throw new IllegalStateException(
4090                     "Component must have a valid peer");
4091             } else if (caps == null || !caps.isPageFlipping()) {
4092                 throw new IllegalArgumentException(
4093                     "Page flipping capabilities must be specified");
4094             }
4095 
4096             // save the current bounds
4097             width = getWidth();
4098             height = getHeight();
4099 


4140 
4141         /**
4142          * @return direct access to the back buffer, as an image.
4143          * @exception IllegalStateException if the buffers have not yet
4144          * been created
4145          */
4146         protected Image getBackBuffer() {
4147             if (peer != null) {
4148                 return peer.getBackBuffer();
4149             } else {
4150                 throw new IllegalStateException(
4151                     "Component must have a valid peer");
4152             }
4153         }
4154 
4155         /**
4156          * Flipping moves the contents of the back buffer to the front buffer,
4157          * either by copying or by moving the video pointer.
4158          * @param flipAction an integer value describing the flipping action
4159          * for the contents of the back buffer.  This should be one of the
4160          * values of the {@code BufferCapabilities.FlipContents}
4161          * property.
4162          * @exception IllegalStateException if the buffers have not yet
4163          * been created
4164          * @see java.awt.BufferCapabilities#getFlipContents()
4165          */
4166         protected void flip(BufferCapabilities.FlipContents flipAction) {
4167             if (peer != null) {
4168                 Image backBuffer = getBackBuffer();
4169                 if (backBuffer != null) {
4170                     peer.flip(0, 0,
4171                               backBuffer.getWidth(null),
4172                               backBuffer.getHeight(null), flipAction);
4173                 }
4174             } else {
4175                 throw new IllegalStateException(
4176                     "Component must have a valid peer");
4177             }
4178         }
4179 
4180         void flipSubRegion(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2,


4254                 int returnCode = drawVBuffer.validate(gc);
4255                 if (returnCode == VolatileImage.IMAGE_INCOMPATIBLE) {
4256                     try {
4257                         createBuffers(numBuffers, caps);
4258                     } catch (AWTException e) {
4259                         // shouldn't be possible
4260                     }
4261                     if (drawVBuffer != null) {
4262                         // backbuffers were recreated, so validate again
4263                         drawVBuffer.validate(gc);
4264                     }
4265                     validatedContents = true;
4266                 } else if (returnCode == VolatileImage.IMAGE_RESTORED) {
4267                     validatedContents = true;
4268                 }
4269             }
4270         }
4271 
4272         /**
4273          * @return whether the drawing buffer was lost since the last call to
4274          * {@code getDrawGraphics}
4275          */
4276         public boolean contentsLost() {
4277             if (drawVBuffer == null) {
4278                 return false;
4279             }
4280             return drawVBuffer.contentsLost();
4281         }
4282 
4283         /**
4284          * @return whether the drawing buffer was recently restored from a lost
4285          * state and reinitialized to the default background color (white)
4286          */
4287         public boolean contentsRestored() {
4288             return validatedContents;
4289         }
4290 
4291         /**
4292          * Makes the next available buffer visible by either blitting or
4293          * flipping.
4294          */


4541             int returnCode =
4542                 backBuffers[backBuffers.length - 1].validate(gc);
4543             if (returnCode == VolatileImage.IMAGE_INCOMPATIBLE) {
4544                 if (checkSize) {
4545                     createBackBuffers(backBuffers.length);
4546                     // backbuffers were recreated, so validate again
4547                     backBuffers[backBuffers.length - 1].validate(gc);
4548                 }
4549                 // else case means we're called from Swing on the toolkit
4550                 // thread, don't recreate buffers as that'll deadlock
4551                 // (creating VolatileImages invokes getting GraphicsConfig
4552                 // which grabs treelock).
4553                 validatedContents = true;
4554             } else if (returnCode == VolatileImage.IMAGE_RESTORED) {
4555                 validatedContents = true;
4556             }
4557         }
4558 
4559         /**
4560          * @return whether the drawing buffer was lost since the last call to
4561          * {@code getDrawGraphics}
4562          */
4563         public boolean contentsLost() {
4564             if (backBuffers == null) {
4565                 return false;
4566             } else {
4567                 return backBuffers[backBuffers.length - 1].contentsLost();
4568             }
4569         }
4570 
4571         /**
4572          * @return whether the drawing buffer was recently restored from a lost
4573          * state and reinitialized to the default background color (white)
4574          */
4575         public boolean contentsRestored() {
4576             return validatedContents;
4577         }
4578     } // Inner class BltBufferStrategy
4579 
4580     /**
4581      * Private class to perform sub-region flipping.


4620         {
4621             super(numBuffers, caps);
4622         }
4623 
4624         public void show(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2) {
4625             showSubRegion(x1, y1, x2, y2);
4626         }
4627 
4628         // This method is called by Swing on the toolkit thread.
4629         public boolean showIfNotLost(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2) {
4630             if (!contentsLost()) {
4631                 showSubRegion(x1, y1, x2, y2);
4632                 return !contentsLost();
4633             }
4634             return false;
4635         }
4636     }
4637 
4638     /**
4639      * Inner class for flipping buffers on a component.  That component must
4640      * be a {@code Canvas} or {@code Window}.
4641      * @see Canvas
4642      * @see Window
4643      * @see java.awt.image.BufferStrategy
4644      * @author Michael Martak
4645      * @since 1.4
4646      */
4647     private class SingleBufferStrategy extends BufferStrategy {
4648 
4649         private BufferCapabilities caps;
4650 
4651         public SingleBufferStrategy(BufferCapabilities caps) {
4652             this.caps = caps;
4653         }
4654         public BufferCapabilities getCapabilities() {
4655             return caps;
4656         }
4657         public Graphics getDrawGraphics() {
4658             return getGraphics();
4659         }
4660         public boolean contentsLost() {


4688      * @see java.awt.image.BufferStrategy
4689      * @see GraphicsDevice#setFullScreenWindow
4690      */
4691     public void setIgnoreRepaint(boolean ignoreRepaint) {
4692         this.ignoreRepaint = ignoreRepaint;
4693     }
4694 
4695     /**
4696      * @return whether or not paint messages received from the operating system
4697      * should be ignored.
4698      *
4699      * @since 1.4
4700      * @see #setIgnoreRepaint
4701      */
4702     public boolean getIgnoreRepaint() {
4703         return ignoreRepaint;
4704     }
4705 
4706     /**
4707      * Checks whether this component "contains" the specified point,
4708      * where {@code x} and {@code y} are defined to be
4709      * relative to the coordinate system of this component.
4710      *
4711      * @param     x   the <i>x</i> coordinate of the point
4712      * @param     y   the <i>y</i> coordinate of the point
4713      * @return {@code true} if the point is within the component;
4714      *         otherwise {@code false}
4715      * @see       #getComponentAt(int, int)
4716      * @since     1.1
4717      */
4718     public boolean contains(int x, int y) {
4719         return inside(x, y);
4720     }
4721 
4722     /**
4723      * Checks whether the point is inside of this component.
4724      *
4725      * @param  x the <i>x</i> coordinate of the point
4726      * @param  y the <i>y</i> coordinate of the point
4727      * @return {@code true} if the point is within the component;
4728      *         otherwise {@code false}


4741      *
4742      * @param     p     the point
4743      * @return {@code true} if the point is within the component;
4744      *         otherwise {@code false}
4745      * @throws    NullPointerException if {@code p} is {@code null}
4746      * @see       #getComponentAt(Point)
4747      * @since     1.1
4748      */
4749     public boolean contains(Point p) {
4750         return contains(p.x, p.y);
4751     }
4752 
4753     /**
4754      * Determines if this component or one of its immediate
4755      * subcomponents contains the (<i>x</i>,&nbsp;<i>y</i>) location,
4756      * and if so, returns the containing component. This method only
4757      * looks one level deep. If the point (<i>x</i>,&nbsp;<i>y</i>) is
4758      * inside a subcomponent that itself has subcomponents, it does not
4759      * go looking down the subcomponent tree.
4760      * <p>
4761      * The {@code locate} method of {@code Component} simply
4762      * returns the component itself if the (<i>x</i>,&nbsp;<i>y</i>)
4763      * coordinate location is inside its bounding box, and {@code null}
4764      * otherwise.
4765      * @param     x   the <i>x</i> coordinate
4766      * @param     y   the <i>y</i> coordinate
4767      * @return    the component or subcomponent that contains the
4768      *                (<i>x</i>,&nbsp;<i>y</i>) location;
4769      *                {@code null} if the location
4770      *                is outside this component
4771      * @see       #contains(int, int)
4772      * @since     1.0
4773      */
4774     public Component getComponentAt(int x, int y) {
4775         return locate(x, y);
4776     }
4777 
4778     /**
4779      * Returns the component occupying the position specified (this component,
4780      * or immediate child component, or null if neither
4781      * of the first two occupies the location).
4782      *
4783      * @param  x the <i>x</i> coordinate to search for components at
4784      * @param  y the <i>y</i> coordinate to search for components at
4785      * @return the component at the specified location or {@code null}
4786      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
4787      * replaced by getComponentAt(int, int).
4788      */
4789     @Deprecated
4790     public Component locate(int x, int y) {
4791         return contains(x, y) ? this : null;
4792     }
4793 
4794     /**
4795      * Returns the component or subcomponent that contains the
4796      * specified point.
4797      * @param  p the point
4798      * @return the component at the specified location or {@code null}
4799      * @see java.awt.Component#contains
4800      * @since 1.1
4801      */
4802     public Component getComponentAt(Point p) {
4803         return getComponentAt(p.x, p.y);
4804     }
4805 
4806     /**
4807      * @param  e the event to deliver
4808      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
4809      * replaced by {@code dispatchEvent(AWTEvent e)}.
4810      */
4811     @Deprecated
4812     public void deliverEvent(Event e) {
4813         postEvent(e);
4814     }
4815 
4816     /**
4817      * Dispatches an event to this component or one of its sub components.
4818      * Calls {@code processEvent} before returning for 1.1-style
4819      * events which have been enabled for the {@code Component}.
4820      * @param e the event
4821      */
4822     public final void dispatchEvent(AWTEvent e) {
4823         dispatchEventImpl(e);
4824     }
4825 
4826     @SuppressWarnings("deprecation")
4827     void dispatchEventImpl(AWTEvent e) {
4828         int id = e.getID();
4829 
4830         // Check that this component belongs to this app-context
4831         AppContext compContext = appContext;
4832         if (compContext != null && !compContext.equals(AppContext.getAppContext())) {
4833             if (eventLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINE)) {
4834                 eventLog.fine("Event " + e + " is being dispatched on the wrong AppContext");
4835             }
4836         }
4837 
4838         if (eventLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINEST)) {
4839             eventLog.finest("{0}", e);


5267         int eventx = e.x;
5268         int eventy = e.y;
5269         if (parent != null) {
5270             e.translate(x, y);
5271             if (parent.postEvent(e)) {
5272                 e.consume();
5273                 return true;
5274             }
5275             // restore coords
5276             e.x = eventx;
5277             e.y = eventy;
5278         }
5279         return false;
5280     }
5281 
5282     // Event source interfaces
5283 
5284     /**
5285      * Adds the specified component listener to receive component events from
5286      * this component.
5287      * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
5288      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5289      * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5290      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5291      *
5292      * @param    l   the component listener
5293      * @see      java.awt.event.ComponentEvent
5294      * @see      java.awt.event.ComponentListener
5295      * @see      #removeComponentListener
5296      * @see      #getComponentListeners
5297      * @since    1.1
5298      */
5299     public synchronized void addComponentListener(ComponentListener l) {
5300         if (l == null) {
5301             return;
5302         }
5303         componentListener = AWTEventMulticaster.add(componentListener, l);
5304         newEventsOnly = true;
5305     }
5306 
5307     /**
5308      * Removes the specified component listener so that it no longer
5309      * receives component events from this component. This method performs
5310      * no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
5311      * specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
5312      * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
5313      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5314      * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5315      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5316      * @param    l   the component listener
5317      * @see      java.awt.event.ComponentEvent
5318      * @see      java.awt.event.ComponentListener
5319      * @see      #addComponentListener
5320      * @see      #getComponentListeners
5321      * @since    1.1
5322      */
5323     public synchronized void removeComponentListener(ComponentListener l) {
5324         if (l == null) {
5325             return;
5326         }
5327         componentListener = AWTEventMulticaster.remove(componentListener, l);
5328     }
5329 
5330     /**
5331      * Returns an array of all the component listeners
5332      * registered on this component.
5333      *
5334      * @return all {@code ComponentListener}s of this component
5335      *         or an empty array if no component
5336      *         listeners are currently registered
5337      *
5338      * @see #addComponentListener
5339      * @see #removeComponentListener
5340      * @since 1.4
5341      */
5342     public synchronized ComponentListener[] getComponentListeners() {
5343         return getListeners(ComponentListener.class);
5344     }
5345 
5346     /**
5347      * Adds the specified focus listener to receive focus events from
5348      * this component when this component gains input focus.
5349      * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
5350      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5351      * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5352      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5353      *
5354      * @param    l   the focus listener
5355      * @see      java.awt.event.FocusEvent
5356      * @see      java.awt.event.FocusListener
5357      * @see      #removeFocusListener
5358      * @see      #getFocusListeners
5359      * @since    1.1
5360      */
5361     public synchronized void addFocusListener(FocusListener l) {
5362         if (l == null) {
5363             return;
5364         }
5365         focusListener = AWTEventMulticaster.add(focusListener, l);
5366         newEventsOnly = true;
5367 
5368         // if this is a lightweight component, enable focus events
5369         // in the native container.
5370         if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
5371             parent.proxyEnableEvents(AWTEvent.FOCUS_EVENT_MASK);
5372         }
5373     }
5374 
5375     /**
5376      * Removes the specified focus listener so that it no longer
5377      * receives focus events from this component. This method performs
5378      * no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
5379      * specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
5380      * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
5381      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5382      * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5383      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5384      *
5385      * @param    l   the focus listener
5386      * @see      java.awt.event.FocusEvent
5387      * @see      java.awt.event.FocusListener
5388      * @see      #addFocusListener
5389      * @see      #getFocusListeners
5390      * @since    1.1
5391      */
5392     public synchronized void removeFocusListener(FocusListener l) {
5393         if (l == null) {
5394             return;
5395         }
5396         focusListener = AWTEventMulticaster.remove(focusListener, l);
5397     }
5398 
5399     /**
5400      * Returns an array of all the focus listeners
5401      * registered on this component.
5402      *
5403      * @return all of this component's {@code FocusListener}s
5404      *         or an empty array if no component
5405      *         listeners are currently registered
5406      *
5407      * @see #addFocusListener
5408      * @see #removeFocusListener
5409      * @since 1.4
5410      */
5411     public synchronized FocusListener[] getFocusListeners() {
5412         return getListeners(FocusListener.class);
5413     }
5414 
5415     /**
5416      * Adds the specified hierarchy listener to receive hierarchy changed
5417      * events from this component when the hierarchy to which this container
5418      * belongs changes.
5419      * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
5420      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5421      * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5422      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5423      *
5424      * @param    l   the hierarchy listener
5425      * @see      java.awt.event.HierarchyEvent
5426      * @see      java.awt.event.HierarchyListener
5427      * @see      #removeHierarchyListener
5428      * @see      #getHierarchyListeners
5429      * @since    1.3
5430      */
5431     public void addHierarchyListener(HierarchyListener l) {
5432         if (l == null) {
5433             return;
5434         }
5435         boolean notifyAncestors;
5436         synchronized (this) {
5437             notifyAncestors =
5438                 (hierarchyListener == null &&
5439                  (eventMask & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK) == 0);
5440             hierarchyListener = AWTEventMulticaster.add(hierarchyListener, l);
5441             notifyAncestors = (notifyAncestors && hierarchyListener != null);
5442             newEventsOnly = true;
5443         }
5444         if (notifyAncestors) {
5445             synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
5446                 adjustListeningChildrenOnParent(AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK,
5447                                                 1);
5448             }
5449         }
5450     }
5451 
5452     /**
5453      * Removes the specified hierarchy listener so that it no longer
5454      * receives hierarchy changed events from this component. This method
5455      * performs no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
5456      * specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
5457      * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
5458      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5459      * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5460      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5461      *
5462      * @param    l   the hierarchy listener
5463      * @see      java.awt.event.HierarchyEvent
5464      * @see      java.awt.event.HierarchyListener
5465      * @see      #addHierarchyListener
5466      * @see      #getHierarchyListeners
5467      * @since    1.3
5468      */
5469     public void removeHierarchyListener(HierarchyListener l) {
5470         if (l == null) {
5471             return;
5472         }
5473         boolean notifyAncestors;
5474         synchronized (this) {
5475             notifyAncestors =
5476                 (hierarchyListener != null &&
5477                  (eventMask & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK) == 0);
5478             hierarchyListener =
5479                 AWTEventMulticaster.remove(hierarchyListener, l);
5480             notifyAncestors = (notifyAncestors && hierarchyListener == null);
5481         }
5482         if (notifyAncestors) {
5483             synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
5484                 adjustListeningChildrenOnParent(AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK,
5485                                                 -1);
5486             }
5487         }
5488     }
5489 
5490     /**
5491      * Returns an array of all the hierarchy listeners
5492      * registered on this component.
5493      *
5494      * @return all of this component's {@code HierarchyListener}s
5495      *         or an empty array if no hierarchy
5496      *         listeners are currently registered
5497      *
5498      * @see      #addHierarchyListener
5499      * @see      #removeHierarchyListener
5500      * @since    1.4
5501      */
5502     public synchronized HierarchyListener[] getHierarchyListeners() {
5503         return getListeners(HierarchyListener.class);
5504     }
5505 
5506     /**
5507      * Adds the specified hierarchy bounds listener to receive hierarchy
5508      * bounds events from this component when the hierarchy to which this
5509      * container belongs changes.
5510      * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
5511      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5512      * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5513      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5514      *
5515      * @param    l   the hierarchy bounds listener
5516      * @see      java.awt.event.HierarchyEvent
5517      * @see      java.awt.event.HierarchyBoundsListener
5518      * @see      #removeHierarchyBoundsListener
5519      * @see      #getHierarchyBoundsListeners
5520      * @since    1.3
5521      */
5522     public void addHierarchyBoundsListener(HierarchyBoundsListener l) {
5523         if (l == null) {
5524             return;
5525         }
5526         boolean notifyAncestors;
5527         synchronized (this) {
5528             notifyAncestors =
5529                 (hierarchyBoundsListener == null &&
5530                  (eventMask & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_BOUNDS_EVENT_MASK) == 0);
5531             hierarchyBoundsListener =
5532                 AWTEventMulticaster.add(hierarchyBoundsListener, l);
5533             notifyAncestors = (notifyAncestors &&
5534                                hierarchyBoundsListener != null);
5535             newEventsOnly = true;
5536         }
5537         if (notifyAncestors) {
5538             synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
5539                 adjustListeningChildrenOnParent(
5540                                                 AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_BOUNDS_EVENT_MASK, 1);
5541             }
5542         }
5543     }
5544 
5545     /**
5546      * Removes the specified hierarchy bounds listener so that it no longer
5547      * receives hierarchy bounds events from this component. This method
5548      * performs no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
5549      * specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
5550      * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
5551      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5552      * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5553      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5554      *
5555      * @param    l   the hierarchy bounds listener
5556      * @see      java.awt.event.HierarchyEvent
5557      * @see      java.awt.event.HierarchyBoundsListener
5558      * @see      #addHierarchyBoundsListener
5559      * @see      #getHierarchyBoundsListeners
5560      * @since    1.3
5561      */
5562     public void removeHierarchyBoundsListener(HierarchyBoundsListener l) {
5563         if (l == null) {
5564             return;
5565         }
5566         boolean notifyAncestors;
5567         synchronized (this) {
5568             notifyAncestors =
5569                 (hierarchyBoundsListener != null &&
5570                  (eventMask & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_BOUNDS_EVENT_MASK) == 0);


5636                   HierarchyEvent e = new HierarchyEvent(this, id, changed,
5637                                                         changedParent);
5638                   dispatchEvent(e);
5639                   return 1;
5640               }
5641               break;
5642           default:
5643               // assert false
5644               if (eventLog.isLoggable(PlatformLogger.Level.FINE)) {
5645                   eventLog.fine("This code must never be reached");
5646               }
5647               break;
5648         }
5649         return 0;
5650     }
5651 
5652     /**
5653      * Returns an array of all the hierarchy bounds listeners
5654      * registered on this component.
5655      *
5656      * @return all of this component's {@code HierarchyBoundsListener}s
5657      *         or an empty array if no hierarchy bounds
5658      *         listeners are currently registered
5659      *
5660      * @see      #addHierarchyBoundsListener
5661      * @see      #removeHierarchyBoundsListener
5662      * @since    1.4
5663      */
5664     public synchronized HierarchyBoundsListener[] getHierarchyBoundsListeners() {
5665         return getListeners(HierarchyBoundsListener.class);
5666     }
5667 
5668     /*
5669      * Should only be called while holding the tree lock.
5670      * It's added only for overriding in java.awt.Window
5671      * because parent in Window is owner.
5672      */
5673     void adjustListeningChildrenOnParent(long mask, int num) {
5674         if (parent != null) {
5675             parent.adjustListeningChildren(mask, num);
5676         }


5692      */
5693     public synchronized void addKeyListener(KeyListener l) {
5694         if (l == null) {
5695             return;
5696         }
5697         keyListener = AWTEventMulticaster.add(keyListener, l);
5698         newEventsOnly = true;
5699 
5700         // if this is a lightweight component, enable key events
5701         // in the native container.
5702         if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
5703             parent.proxyEnableEvents(AWTEvent.KEY_EVENT_MASK);
5704         }
5705     }
5706 
5707     /**
5708      * Removes the specified key listener so that it no longer
5709      * receives key events from this component. This method performs
5710      * no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
5711      * specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
5712      * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
5713      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5714      * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5715      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5716      *
5717      * @param    l   the key listener
5718      * @see      java.awt.event.KeyEvent
5719      * @see      java.awt.event.KeyListener
5720      * @see      #addKeyListener
5721      * @see      #getKeyListeners
5722      * @since    1.1
5723      */
5724     public synchronized void removeKeyListener(KeyListener l) {
5725         if (l == null) {
5726             return;
5727         }
5728         keyListener = AWTEventMulticaster.remove(keyListener, l);
5729     }
5730 
5731     /**
5732      * Returns an array of all the key listeners
5733      * registered on this component.
5734      *
5735      * @return all of this component's {@code KeyListener}s
5736      *         or an empty array if no key
5737      *         listeners are currently registered
5738      *
5739      * @see      #addKeyListener
5740      * @see      #removeKeyListener
5741      * @since    1.4
5742      */
5743     public synchronized KeyListener[] getKeyListeners() {
5744         return getListeners(KeyListener.class);
5745     }
5746 
5747     /**
5748      * Adds the specified mouse listener to receive mouse events from
5749      * this component.
5750      * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
5751      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5752      * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5753      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5754      *
5755      * @param    l   the mouse listener
5756      * @see      java.awt.event.MouseEvent
5757      * @see      java.awt.event.MouseListener
5758      * @see      #removeMouseListener
5759      * @see      #getMouseListeners
5760      * @since    1.1
5761      */
5762     public synchronized void addMouseListener(MouseListener l) {
5763         if (l == null) {
5764             return;
5765         }
5766         mouseListener = AWTEventMulticaster.add(mouseListener,l);
5767         newEventsOnly = true;
5768 
5769         // if this is a lightweight component, enable mouse events
5770         // in the native container.
5771         if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
5772             parent.proxyEnableEvents(AWTEvent.MOUSE_EVENT_MASK);
5773         }
5774     }
5775 
5776     /**
5777      * Removes the specified mouse listener so that it no longer
5778      * receives mouse events from this component. This method performs
5779      * no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
5780      * specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
5781      * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
5782      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5783      * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5784      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5785      *
5786      * @param    l   the mouse listener
5787      * @see      java.awt.event.MouseEvent
5788      * @see      java.awt.event.MouseListener
5789      * @see      #addMouseListener
5790      * @see      #getMouseListeners
5791      * @since    1.1
5792      */
5793     public synchronized void removeMouseListener(MouseListener l) {
5794         if (l == null) {
5795             return;
5796         }
5797         mouseListener = AWTEventMulticaster.remove(mouseListener, l);
5798     }
5799 
5800     /**
5801      * Returns an array of all the mouse listeners
5802      * registered on this component.
5803      *
5804      * @return all of this component's {@code MouseListener}s
5805      *         or an empty array if no mouse
5806      *         listeners are currently registered
5807      *
5808      * @see      #addMouseListener
5809      * @see      #removeMouseListener
5810      * @since    1.4
5811      */
5812     public synchronized MouseListener[] getMouseListeners() {
5813         return getListeners(MouseListener.class);
5814     }
5815 
5816     /**
5817      * Adds the specified mouse motion listener to receive mouse motion
5818      * events from this component.
5819      * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
5820      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5821      * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5822      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5823      *
5824      * @param    l   the mouse motion listener
5825      * @see      java.awt.event.MouseEvent
5826      * @see      java.awt.event.MouseMotionListener
5827      * @see      #removeMouseMotionListener
5828      * @see      #getMouseMotionListeners
5829      * @since    1.1
5830      */
5831     public synchronized void addMouseMotionListener(MouseMotionListener l) {
5832         if (l == null) {
5833             return;
5834         }
5835         mouseMotionListener = AWTEventMulticaster.add(mouseMotionListener,l);
5836         newEventsOnly = true;
5837 
5838         // if this is a lightweight component, enable mouse events
5839         // in the native container.
5840         if (peer instanceof LightweightPeer) {
5841             parent.proxyEnableEvents(AWTEvent.MOUSE_MOTION_EVENT_MASK);
5842         }
5843     }
5844 
5845     /**
5846      * Removes the specified mouse motion listener so that it no longer
5847      * receives mouse motion events from this component. This method performs
5848      * no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
5849      * specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
5850      * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
5851      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5852      * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5853      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5854      *
5855      * @param    l   the mouse motion listener
5856      * @see      java.awt.event.MouseEvent
5857      * @see      java.awt.event.MouseMotionListener
5858      * @see      #addMouseMotionListener
5859      * @see      #getMouseMotionListeners
5860      * @since    1.1
5861      */
5862     public synchronized void removeMouseMotionListener(MouseMotionListener l) {
5863         if (l == null) {
5864             return;
5865         }
5866         mouseMotionListener = AWTEventMulticaster.remove(mouseMotionListener, l);
5867     }
5868 
5869     /**
5870      * Returns an array of all the mouse motion listeners
5871      * registered on this component.
5872      *
5873      * @return all of this component's {@code MouseMotionListener}s
5874      *         or an empty array if no mouse motion
5875      *         listeners are currently registered
5876      *
5877      * @see      #addMouseMotionListener
5878      * @see      #removeMouseMotionListener
5879      * @since    1.4
5880      */
5881     public synchronized MouseMotionListener[] getMouseMotionListeners() {
5882         return getListeners(MouseMotionListener.class);
5883     }
5884 
5885     /**
5886      * Adds the specified mouse wheel listener to receive mouse wheel events
5887      * from this component.  Containers also receive mouse wheel events from
5888      * sub-components.
5889      * <p>
5890      * For information on how mouse wheel events are dispatched, see
5891      * the class description for {@link MouseWheelEvent}.
5892      * <p>
5893      * If l is {@code null}, no exception is thrown and no
5894      * action is performed.
5895      * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5896      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5897      *
5898      * @param    l   the mouse wheel listener
5899      * @see      java.awt.event.MouseWheelEvent
5900      * @see      java.awt.event.MouseWheelListener
5901      * @see      #removeMouseWheelListener
5902      * @see      #getMouseWheelListeners
5903      * @since    1.4
5904      */
5905     public synchronized void addMouseWheelListener(MouseWheelListener l) {
5906         if (l == null) {
5907             return;
5908         }
5909         mouseWheelListener = AWTEventMulticaster.add(mouseWheelListener,l);
5910         newEventsOnly = true;
5911 
5912         // if this is a lightweight component, enable mouse events
5913         // in the native container.


5926      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5927      *
5928      * @param    l   the mouse wheel listener.
5929      * @see      java.awt.event.MouseWheelEvent
5930      * @see      java.awt.event.MouseWheelListener
5931      * @see      #addMouseWheelListener
5932      * @see      #getMouseWheelListeners
5933      * @since    1.4
5934      */
5935     public synchronized void removeMouseWheelListener(MouseWheelListener l) {
5936         if (l == null) {
5937             return;
5938         }
5939         mouseWheelListener = AWTEventMulticaster.remove(mouseWheelListener, l);
5940     }
5941 
5942     /**
5943      * Returns an array of all the mouse wheel listeners
5944      * registered on this component.
5945      *
5946      * @return all of this component's {@code MouseWheelListener}s
5947      *         or an empty array if no mouse wheel
5948      *         listeners are currently registered
5949      *
5950      * @see      #addMouseWheelListener
5951      * @see      #removeMouseWheelListener
5952      * @since    1.4
5953      */
5954     public synchronized MouseWheelListener[] getMouseWheelListeners() {
5955         return getListeners(MouseWheelListener.class);
5956     }
5957 
5958     /**
5959      * Adds the specified input method listener to receive
5960      * input method events from this component. A component will
5961      * only receive input method events from input methods
5962      * if it also overrides {@code getInputMethodRequests} to return an
5963      * {@code InputMethodRequests} instance.
5964      * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
5965      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5966      * <p>Refer to <a href="{@docRoot}/java/awt/doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5967      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5968      *
5969      * @param    l   the input method listener
5970      * @see      java.awt.event.InputMethodEvent
5971      * @see      java.awt.event.InputMethodListener
5972      * @see      #removeInputMethodListener
5973      * @see      #getInputMethodListeners
5974      * @see      #getInputMethodRequests
5975      * @since    1.2
5976      */
5977     public synchronized void addInputMethodListener(InputMethodListener l) {
5978         if (l == null) {
5979             return;
5980         }
5981         inputMethodListener = AWTEventMulticaster.add(inputMethodListener, l);
5982         newEventsOnly = true;
5983     }
5984 
5985     /**
5986      * Removes the specified input method listener so that it no longer
5987      * receives input method events from this component. This method performs
5988      * no function, nor does it throw an exception, if the listener
5989      * specified by the argument was not previously added to this component.
5990      * If listener {@code l} is {@code null},
5991      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
5992      * <p>Refer to <a href="doc-files/AWTThreadIssues.html#ListenersThreads"
5993      * >AWT Threading Issues</a> for details on AWT's threading model.
5994      *
5995      * @param    l   the input method listener
5996      * @see      java.awt.event.InputMethodEvent
5997      * @see      java.awt.event.InputMethodListener
5998      * @see      #addInputMethodListener
5999      * @see      #getInputMethodListeners
6000      * @since    1.2
6001      */
6002     public synchronized void removeInputMethodListener(InputMethodListener l) {
6003         if (l == null) {
6004             return;
6005         }
6006         inputMethodListener = AWTEventMulticaster.remove(inputMethodListener, l);
6007     }
6008 
6009     /**
6010      * Returns an array of all the input method listeners
6011      * registered on this component.
6012      *
6013      * @return all of this component's {@code InputMethodListener}s
6014      *         or an empty array if no input method
6015      *         listeners are currently registered
6016      *
6017      * @see      #addInputMethodListener
6018      * @see      #removeInputMethodListener
6019      * @since    1.4
6020      */
6021     public synchronized InputMethodListener[] getInputMethodListeners() {
6022         return getListeners(InputMethodListener.class);
6023     }
6024 
6025     /**
6026      * Returns an array of all the objects currently registered
6027      * as <code><em>Foo</em>Listener</code>s
6028      * upon this {@code Component}.
6029      * <code><em>Foo</em>Listener</code>s are registered using the
6030      * <code>add<em>Foo</em>Listener</code> method.
6031      *
6032      * <p>
6033      * You can specify the {@code listenerType} argument
6034      * with a class literal, such as
6035      * <code><em>Foo</em>Listener.class</code>.
6036      * For example, you can query a
6037      * {@code Component c}
6038      * for its mouse listeners with the following code:
6039      *
6040      * <pre>MouseListener[] mls = (MouseListener[])(c.getListeners(MouseListener.class));</pre>
6041      *
6042      * If no such listeners exist, this method returns an empty array.
6043      *
6044      * @param <T> the type of the listeners
6045      * @param listenerType the type of listeners requested; this parameter
6046      *          should specify an interface that descends from
6047      *          {@code java.util.EventListener}
6048      * @return an array of all objects registered as
6049      *          <code><em>Foo</em>Listener</code>s on this component,
6050      *          or an empty array if no such listeners have been added
6051      * @exception ClassCastException if {@code listenerType}
6052      *          doesn't specify a class or interface that implements
6053      *          {@code java.util.EventListener}
6054      * @throws NullPointerException if {@code listenerType} is {@code null}
6055      * @see #getComponentListeners
6056      * @see #getFocusListeners
6057      * @see #getHierarchyListeners
6058      * @see #getHierarchyBoundsListeners
6059      * @see #getKeyListeners
6060      * @see #getMouseListeners
6061      * @see #getMouseMotionListeners
6062      * @see #getMouseWheelListeners
6063      * @see #getInputMethodListeners
6064      * @see #getPropertyChangeListeners
6065      *
6066      * @since 1.3
6067      */
6068     @SuppressWarnings("unchecked")
6069     public <T extends EventListener> T[] getListeners(Class<T> listenerType) {
6070         EventListener l = null;
6071         if  (listenerType == ComponentListener.class) {
6072             l = componentListener;
6073         } else if (listenerType == FocusListener.class) {


6079         } else if (listenerType == KeyListener.class) {
6080             l = keyListener;
6081         } else if (listenerType == MouseListener.class) {
6082             l = mouseListener;
6083         } else if (listenerType == MouseMotionListener.class) {
6084             l = mouseMotionListener;
6085         } else if (listenerType == MouseWheelListener.class) {
6086             l = mouseWheelListener;
6087         } else if (listenerType == InputMethodListener.class) {
6088             l = inputMethodListener;
6089         } else if (listenerType == PropertyChangeListener.class) {
6090             return (T[])getPropertyChangeListeners();
6091         }
6092         return AWTEventMulticaster.getListeners(l, listenerType);
6093     }
6094 
6095     /**
6096      * Gets the input method request handler which supports
6097      * requests from input methods for this component. A component
6098      * that supports on-the-spot text input must override this
6099      * method to return an {@code InputMethodRequests} instance.
6100      * At the same time, it also has to handle input method events.
6101      *
6102      * @return the input method request handler for this component,
6103      *          {@code null} by default
6104      * @see #addInputMethodListener
6105      * @since 1.2
6106      */
6107     public InputMethodRequests getInputMethodRequests() {
6108         return null;
6109     }
6110 
6111     /**
6112      * Gets the input context used by this component for handling
6113      * the communication with input methods when text is entered
6114      * in this component. By default, the input context used for
6115      * the parent component is returned. Components may
6116      * override this to return a private input context.
6117      *
6118      * @return the input context used by this component;
6119      *          {@code null} if no context can be determined
6120      * @since 1.2
6121      */
6122     public InputContext getInputContext() {
6123         Container parent = this.parent;
6124         if (parent == null) {
6125             return null;
6126         } else {
6127             return parent.getInputContext();
6128         }
6129     }
6130 
6131     /**
6132      * Enables the events defined by the specified event mask parameter
6133      * to be delivered to this component.
6134      * <p>
6135      * Event types are automatically enabled when a listener for
6136      * that event type is added to the component.
6137      * <p>
6138      * This method only needs to be invoked by subclasses of
6139      * {@code Component} which desire to have the specified event
6140      * types delivered to {@code processEvent} regardless of whether
6141      * or not a listener is registered.
6142      * @param      eventsToEnable   the event mask defining the event types
6143      * @see        #processEvent
6144      * @see        #disableEvents
6145      * @see        AWTEvent
6146      * @since      1.1
6147      */
6148     protected final void enableEvents(long eventsToEnable) {
6149         long notifyAncestors = 0;
6150         synchronized (this) {
6151             if ((eventsToEnable & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK) != 0 &&
6152                 hierarchyListener == null &&
6153                 (eventMask & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK) == 0) {
6154                 notifyAncestors |= AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK;
6155             }
6156             if ((eventsToEnable & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_BOUNDS_EVENT_MASK) != 0 &&
6157                 hierarchyBoundsListener == null &&
6158                 (eventMask & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_BOUNDS_EVENT_MASK) == 0) {
6159                 notifyAncestors |= AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_BOUNDS_EVENT_MASK;
6160             }


6292             clazz.getDeclaredMethod(
6293                 "coalesceEvents", coalesceEventsParams
6294                 );
6295             return true;
6296         } catch (NoSuchMethodException e) {
6297             // Not present in this class.
6298             return false;
6299         }
6300     }
6301 
6302     /**
6303      * Indicates whether coalesceEvents may do something.
6304      */
6305     final boolean isCoalescingEnabled() {
6306         return coalescingEnabled;
6307      }
6308 
6309 
6310     /**
6311      * Potentially coalesce an event being posted with an existing
6312      * event.  This method is called by {@code EventQueue.postEvent}
6313      * if an event with the same ID as the event to be posted is found in
6314      * the queue (both events must have this component as their source).
6315      * This method either returns a coalesced event which replaces
6316      * the existing event (and the new event is then discarded), or
6317      * {@code null} to indicate that no combining should be done
6318      * (add the second event to the end of the queue).  Either event
6319      * parameter may be modified and returned, as the other one is discarded
6320      * unless {@code null} is returned.
6321      * <p>
6322      * This implementation of {@code coalesceEvents} coalesces
6323      * two event types: mouse move (and drag) events,
6324      * and paint (and update) events.
6325      * For mouse move events the last event is always returned, causing
6326      * intermediate moves to be discarded.  For paint events, the new
6327      * event is coalesced into a complex {@code RepaintArea} in the peer.
6328      * The new {@code AWTEvent} is always returned.
6329      *
6330      * @param  existingEvent  the event already on the {@code EventQueue}
6331      * @param  newEvent       the event being posted to the
6332      *          {@code EventQueue}
6333      * @return a coalesced event, or {@code null} indicating that no
6334      *          coalescing was done
6335      */
6336     protected AWTEvent coalesceEvents(AWTEvent existingEvent,
6337                                       AWTEvent newEvent) {
6338         return null;
6339     }
6340 
6341     /**
6342      * Processes events occurring on this component. By default this
6343      * method calls the appropriate
6344      * <code>process&lt;event&nbsp;type&gt;Event</code>
6345      * method for the given class of event.
6346      * <p>Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
6347      * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
6348      * exception.
6349      *
6350      * @param     e the event
6351      * @see       #processComponentEvent
6352      * @see       #processFocusEvent
6353      * @see       #processKeyEvent
6354      * @see       #processMouseEvent
6355      * @see       #processMouseMotionEvent
6356      * @see       #processInputMethodEvent
6357      * @see       #processHierarchyEvent
6358      * @see       #processMouseWheelEvent
6359      * @since     1.1
6360      */
6361     protected void processEvent(AWTEvent e) {
6362         if (e instanceof FocusEvent) {
6363             processFocusEvent((FocusEvent)e);
6364 
6365         } else if (e instanceof MouseEvent) {
6366             switch(e.getID()) {


6386         } else if (e instanceof ComponentEvent) {
6387             processComponentEvent((ComponentEvent)e);
6388         } else if (e instanceof InputMethodEvent) {
6389             processInputMethodEvent((InputMethodEvent)e);
6390         } else if (e instanceof HierarchyEvent) {
6391             switch (e.getID()) {
6392               case HierarchyEvent.HIERARCHY_CHANGED:
6393                   processHierarchyEvent((HierarchyEvent)e);
6394                   break;
6395               case HierarchyEvent.ANCESTOR_MOVED:
6396               case HierarchyEvent.ANCESTOR_RESIZED:
6397                   processHierarchyBoundsEvent((HierarchyEvent)e);
6398                   break;
6399             }
6400         }
6401     }
6402 
6403     /**
6404      * Processes component events occurring on this component by
6405      * dispatching them to any registered
6406      * {@code ComponentListener} objects.
6407      * <p>
6408      * This method is not called unless component events are
6409      * enabled for this component. Component events are enabled
6410      * when one of the following occurs:
6411      * <ul>
6412      * <li>A {@code ComponentListener} object is registered
6413      * via {@code addComponentListener}.
6414      * <li>Component events are enabled via {@code enableEvents}.
6415      * </ul>
6416      * <p>Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
6417      * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
6418      * exception.
6419      *
6420      * @param       e the component event
6421      * @see         java.awt.event.ComponentEvent
6422      * @see         java.awt.event.ComponentListener
6423      * @see         #addComponentListener
6424      * @see         #enableEvents
6425      * @since       1.1
6426      */
6427     protected void processComponentEvent(ComponentEvent e) {
6428         ComponentListener listener = componentListener;
6429         if (listener != null) {
6430             int id = e.getID();
6431             switch(id) {
6432               case ComponentEvent.COMPONENT_RESIZED:
6433                   listener.componentResized(e);
6434                   break;
6435               case ComponentEvent.COMPONENT_MOVED:
6436                   listener.componentMoved(e);
6437                   break;
6438               case ComponentEvent.COMPONENT_SHOWN:
6439                   listener.componentShown(e);
6440                   break;
6441               case ComponentEvent.COMPONENT_HIDDEN:
6442                   listener.componentHidden(e);
6443                   break;
6444             }
6445         }
6446     }
6447 
6448     /**
6449      * Processes focus events occurring on this component by
6450      * dispatching them to any registered
6451      * {@code FocusListener} objects.
6452      * <p>
6453      * This method is not called unless focus events are
6454      * enabled for this component. Focus events are enabled
6455      * when one of the following occurs:
6456      * <ul>
6457      * <li>A {@code FocusListener} object is registered
6458      * via {@code addFocusListener}.
6459      * <li>Focus events are enabled via {@code enableEvents}.
6460      * </ul>
6461      * <p>
6462      * If focus events are enabled for a {@code Component},
6463      * the current {@code KeyboardFocusManager} determines
6464      * whether or not a focus event should be dispatched to
6465      * registered {@code FocusListener} objects.  If the
6466      * events are to be dispatched, the {@code KeyboardFocusManager}
6467      * calls the {@code Component}'s {@code dispatchEvent}
6468      * method, which results in a call to the {@code Component}'s
6469      * {@code processFocusEvent} method.
6470      * <p>
6471      * If focus events are enabled for a {@code Component}, calling
6472      * the {@code Component}'s {@code dispatchEvent} method
6473      * with a {@code FocusEvent} as the argument will result in a
6474      * call to the {@code Component}'s {@code processFocusEvent}
6475      * method regardless of the current {@code KeyboardFocusManager}.
6476      *
6477      * <p>Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
6478      * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
6479      * exception.
6480      *
6481      * @param       e the focus event
6482      * @see         java.awt.event.FocusEvent
6483      * @see         java.awt.event.FocusListener
6484      * @see         java.awt.KeyboardFocusManager
6485      * @see         #addFocusListener
6486      * @see         #enableEvents
6487      * @see         #dispatchEvent
6488      * @since       1.1
6489      */
6490     protected void processFocusEvent(FocusEvent e) {
6491         FocusListener listener = focusListener;
6492         if (listener != null) {
6493             int id = e.getID();
6494             switch(id) {
6495               case FocusEvent.FOCUS_GAINED:
6496                   listener.focusGained(e);
6497                   break;
6498               case FocusEvent.FOCUS_LOST:
6499                   listener.focusLost(e);
6500                   break;
6501             }
6502         }
6503     }
6504 
6505     /**
6506      * Processes key events occurring on this component by
6507      * dispatching them to any registered
6508      * {@code KeyListener} objects.
6509      * <p>
6510      * This method is not called unless key events are
6511      * enabled for this component. Key events are enabled
6512      * when one of the following occurs:
6513      * <ul>
6514      * <li>A {@code KeyListener} object is registered
6515      * via {@code addKeyListener}.
6516      * <li>Key events are enabled via {@code enableEvents}.
6517      * </ul>
6518      *
6519      * <p>
6520      * If key events are enabled for a {@code Component},
6521      * the current {@code KeyboardFocusManager} determines
6522      * whether or not a key event should be dispatched to
6523      * registered {@code KeyListener} objects.  The
6524      * {@code DefaultKeyboardFocusManager} will not dispatch
6525      * key events to a {@code Component} that is not the focus
6526      * owner or is not showing.
6527      * <p>
6528      * As of J2SE 1.4, {@code KeyEvent}s are redirected to
6529      * the focus owner. Please see the
6530      * <a href="doc-files/FocusSpec.html">Focus Specification</a>
6531      * for further information.
6532      * <p>
6533      * Calling a {@code Component}'s {@code dispatchEvent}
6534      * method with a {@code KeyEvent} as the argument will
6535      * result in a call to the {@code Component}'s
6536      * {@code processKeyEvent} method regardless of the
6537      * current {@code KeyboardFocusManager} as long as the
6538      * component is showing, focused, and enabled, and key events
6539      * are enabled on it.
6540      * <p>If the event parameter is {@code null}
6541      * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
6542      * exception.
6543      *
6544      * @param       e the key event
6545      * @see         java.awt.event.KeyEvent
6546      * @see         java.awt.event.KeyListener
6547      * @see         java.awt.KeyboardFocusManager
6548      * @see         java.awt.DefaultKeyboardFocusManager
6549      * @see         #processEvent
6550      * @see         #dispatchEvent
6551      * @see         #addKeyListener
6552      * @see         #enableEvents
6553      * @see         #isShowing
6554      * @since       1.1
6555      */
6556     protected void processKeyEvent(KeyEvent e) {
6557         KeyListener listener = keyListener;
6558         if (listener != null) {
6559             int id = e.getID();
6560             switch(id) {
6561               case KeyEvent.KEY_TYPED:
6562                   listener.keyTyped(e);
6563                   break;
6564               case KeyEvent.KEY_PRESSED:
6565                   listener.keyPressed(e);
6566                   break;
6567               case KeyEvent.KEY_RELEASED:
6568                   listener.keyReleased(e);
6569                   break;
6570             }
6571         }
6572     }
6573 
6574     /**
6575      * Processes mouse events occurring on this component by
6576      * dispatching them to any registered
6577      * {@code MouseListener} objects.
6578      * <p>
6579      * This method is not called unless mouse events are
6580      * enabled for this component. Mouse events are enabled
6581      * when one of the following occurs:
6582      * <ul>
6583      * <li>A {@code MouseListener} object is registered
6584      * via {@code addMouseListener}.
6585      * <li>Mouse events are enabled via {@code enableEvents}.
6586      * </ul>
6587      * <p>Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
6588      * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
6589      * exception.
6590      *
6591      * @param       e the mouse event
6592      * @see         java.awt.event.MouseEvent
6593      * @see         java.awt.event.MouseListener
6594      * @see         #addMouseListener
6595      * @see         #enableEvents
6596      * @since       1.1
6597      */
6598     protected void processMouseEvent(MouseEvent e) {
6599         MouseListener listener = mouseListener;
6600         if (listener != null) {
6601             int id = e.getID();
6602             switch(id) {
6603               case MouseEvent.MOUSE_PRESSED:
6604                   listener.mousePressed(e);
6605                   break;
6606               case MouseEvent.MOUSE_RELEASED:
6607                   listener.mouseReleased(e);
6608                   break;
6609               case MouseEvent.MOUSE_CLICKED:
6610                   listener.mouseClicked(e);
6611                   break;
6612               case MouseEvent.MOUSE_EXITED:
6613                   listener.mouseExited(e);
6614                   break;
6615               case MouseEvent.MOUSE_ENTERED:
6616                   listener.mouseEntered(e);
6617                   break;
6618             }
6619         }
6620     }
6621 
6622     /**
6623      * Processes mouse motion events occurring on this component by
6624      * dispatching them to any registered
6625      * {@code MouseMotionListener} objects.
6626      * <p>
6627      * This method is not called unless mouse motion events are
6628      * enabled for this component. Mouse motion events are enabled
6629      * when one of the following occurs:
6630      * <ul>
6631      * <li>A {@code MouseMotionListener} object is registered
6632      * via {@code addMouseMotionListener}.
6633      * <li>Mouse motion events are enabled via {@code enableEvents}.
6634      * </ul>
6635      * <p>Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
6636      * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
6637      * exception.
6638      *
6639      * @param       e the mouse motion event
6640      * @see         java.awt.event.MouseEvent
6641      * @see         java.awt.event.MouseMotionListener
6642      * @see         #addMouseMotionListener
6643      * @see         #enableEvents
6644      * @since       1.1
6645      */
6646     protected void processMouseMotionEvent(MouseEvent e) {
6647         MouseMotionListener listener = mouseMotionListener;
6648         if (listener != null) {
6649             int id = e.getID();
6650             switch(id) {
6651               case MouseEvent.MOUSE_MOVED:
6652                   listener.mouseMoved(e);
6653                   break;
6654               case MouseEvent.MOUSE_DRAGGED:
6655                   listener.mouseDragged(e);
6656                   break;
6657             }
6658         }
6659     }
6660 
6661     /**
6662      * Processes mouse wheel events occurring on this component by
6663      * dispatching them to any registered
6664      * {@code MouseWheelListener} objects.
6665      * <p>
6666      * This method is not called unless mouse wheel events are
6667      * enabled for this component. Mouse wheel events are enabled
6668      * when one of the following occurs:
6669      * <ul>
6670      * <li>A {@code MouseWheelListener} object is registered
6671      * via {@code addMouseWheelListener}.
6672      * <li>Mouse wheel events are enabled via {@code enableEvents}.
6673      * </ul>
6674      * <p>
6675      * For information on how mouse wheel events are dispatched, see
6676      * the class description for {@link MouseWheelEvent}.
6677      * <p>
6678      * Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
6679      * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
6680      * exception.
6681      *
6682      * @param       e the mouse wheel event
6683      * @see         java.awt.event.MouseWheelEvent
6684      * @see         java.awt.event.MouseWheelListener
6685      * @see         #addMouseWheelListener
6686      * @see         #enableEvents
6687      * @since       1.4
6688      */
6689     protected void processMouseWheelEvent(MouseWheelEvent e) {
6690         MouseWheelListener listener = mouseWheelListener;
6691         if (listener != null) {
6692             int id = e.getID();
6693             switch(id) {
6694               case MouseEvent.MOUSE_WHEEL:
6695                   listener.mouseWheelMoved(e);
6696                   break;
6697             }
6698         }
6699     }
6700 
6701     boolean postsOldMouseEvents() {
6702         return false;
6703     }
6704 
6705     /**
6706      * Processes input method events occurring on this component by
6707      * dispatching them to any registered
6708      * {@code InputMethodListener} objects.
6709      * <p>
6710      * This method is not called unless input method events
6711      * are enabled for this component. Input method events are enabled
6712      * when one of the following occurs:
6713      * <ul>
6714      * <li>An {@code InputMethodListener} object is registered
6715      * via {@code addInputMethodListener}.
6716      * <li>Input method events are enabled via {@code enableEvents}.
6717      * </ul>
6718      * <p>Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
6719      * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
6720      * exception.
6721      *
6722      * @param       e the input method event
6723      * @see         java.awt.event.InputMethodEvent
6724      * @see         java.awt.event.InputMethodListener
6725      * @see         #addInputMethodListener
6726      * @see         #enableEvents
6727      * @since       1.2
6728      */
6729     protected void processInputMethodEvent(InputMethodEvent e) {
6730         InputMethodListener listener = inputMethodListener;
6731         if (listener != null) {
6732             int id = e.getID();
6733             switch (id) {
6734               case InputMethodEvent.INPUT_METHOD_TEXT_CHANGED:
6735                   listener.inputMethodTextChanged(e);
6736                   break;
6737               case InputMethodEvent.CARET_POSITION_CHANGED:
6738                   listener.caretPositionChanged(e);
6739                   break;
6740             }
6741         }
6742     }
6743 
6744     /**
6745      * Processes hierarchy events occurring on this component by
6746      * dispatching them to any registered
6747      * {@code HierarchyListener} objects.
6748      * <p>
6749      * This method is not called unless hierarchy events
6750      * are enabled for this component. Hierarchy events are enabled
6751      * when one of the following occurs:
6752      * <ul>
6753      * <li>An {@code HierarchyListener} object is registered
6754      * via {@code addHierarchyListener}.
6755      * <li>Hierarchy events are enabled via {@code enableEvents}.
6756      * </ul>
6757      * <p>Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
6758      * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
6759      * exception.
6760      *
6761      * @param       e the hierarchy event
6762      * @see         java.awt.event.HierarchyEvent
6763      * @see         java.awt.event.HierarchyListener
6764      * @see         #addHierarchyListener
6765      * @see         #enableEvents
6766      * @since       1.3
6767      */
6768     protected void processHierarchyEvent(HierarchyEvent e) {
6769         HierarchyListener listener = hierarchyListener;
6770         if (listener != null) {
6771             int id = e.getID();
6772             switch (id) {
6773               case HierarchyEvent.HIERARCHY_CHANGED:
6774                   listener.hierarchyChanged(e);
6775                   break;
6776             }
6777         }
6778     }
6779 
6780     /**
6781      * Processes hierarchy bounds events occurring on this component by
6782      * dispatching them to any registered
6783      * {@code HierarchyBoundsListener} objects.
6784      * <p>
6785      * This method is not called unless hierarchy bounds events
6786      * are enabled for this component. Hierarchy bounds events are enabled
6787      * when one of the following occurs:
6788      * <ul>
6789      * <li>An {@code HierarchyBoundsListener} object is registered
6790      * via {@code addHierarchyBoundsListener}.
6791      * <li>Hierarchy bounds events are enabled via {@code enableEvents}.
6792      * </ul>
6793      * <p>Note that if the event parameter is {@code null}
6794      * the behavior is unspecified and may result in an
6795      * exception.
6796      *
6797      * @param       e the hierarchy event
6798      * @see         java.awt.event.HierarchyEvent
6799      * @see         java.awt.event.HierarchyBoundsListener
6800      * @see         #addHierarchyBoundsListener
6801      * @see         #enableEvents
6802      * @since       1.3
6803      */
6804     protected void processHierarchyBoundsEvent(HierarchyEvent e) {
6805         HierarchyBoundsListener listener = hierarchyBoundsListener;
6806         if (listener != null) {
6807             int id = e.getID();
6808             switch (id) {
6809               case HierarchyEvent.ANCESTOR_MOVED:
6810                   listener.ancestorMoved(e);
6811                   break;
6812               case HierarchyEvent.ANCESTOR_RESIZED:
6813                   listener.ancestorResized(e);


6960      */
6961     @Deprecated
6962     public boolean keyUp(Event evt, int key) {
6963         return false;
6964     }
6965 
6966     /**
6967      * @param  evt the event to handle
6968      * @param  what the object acted on
6969      * @return {@code false}
6970      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
6971      * should register this component as ActionListener on component
6972      * which fires action events.
6973      */
6974     @Deprecated
6975     public boolean action(Event evt, Object what) {
6976         return false;
6977     }
6978 
6979     /**
6980      * Makes this {@code Component} displayable by connecting it to a
6981      * native screen resource.
6982      * This method is called internally by the toolkit and should
6983      * not be called directly by programs.
6984      * <p>
6985      * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
6986      * invalidates the component hierarchy.
6987      *
6988      * @see       #isDisplayable
6989      * @see       #removeNotify
6990      * @see #invalidate
6991      * @since 1.0
6992      */
6993     public void addNotify() {
6994         synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
6995             ComponentPeer peer = this.peer;
6996             if (peer == null || peer instanceof LightweightPeer){
6997                 if (peer == null) {
6998                     // Update both the Component's peer variable and the local
6999                     // variable we use for thread safety.
7000                     this.peer = peer = getComponentFactory().createComponent(this);


7064             }
7065 
7066             isAddNotifyComplete = true;
7067 
7068             if (hierarchyListener != null ||
7069                 (eventMask & AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK) != 0 ||
7070                 Toolkit.enabledOnToolkit(AWTEvent.HIERARCHY_EVENT_MASK)) {
7071                 HierarchyEvent e =
7072                     new HierarchyEvent(this, HierarchyEvent.HIERARCHY_CHANGED,
7073                                        this, parent,
7074                                        HierarchyEvent.DISPLAYABILITY_CHANGED |
7075                                        ((isRecursivelyVisible())
7076                                         ? HierarchyEvent.SHOWING_CHANGED
7077                                         : 0));
7078                 dispatchEvent(e);
7079             }
7080         }
7081     }
7082 
7083     /**
7084      * Makes this {@code Component} undisplayable by destroying it native
7085      * screen resource.
7086      * <p>
7087      * This method is called by the toolkit internally and should
7088      * not be called directly by programs. Code overriding
7089      * this method should call {@code super.removeNotify} as
7090      * the first line of the overriding method.
7091      *
7092      * @see       #isDisplayable
7093      * @see       #addNotify
7094      * @since 1.0
7095      */
7096     public void removeNotify() {
7097         KeyboardFocusManager.clearMostRecentFocusOwner(this);
7098         if (KeyboardFocusManager.getCurrentKeyboardFocusManager().
7099             getPermanentFocusOwner() == this)
7100         {
7101             KeyboardFocusManager.getCurrentKeyboardFocusManager().
7102                 setGlobalPermanentFocusOwner(null);
7103         }
7104 
7105         synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
7106             if (isFocusOwner() && KeyboardFocusManager.isAutoFocusTransferEnabledFor(this)) {
7107                 transferFocus(true);
7108             }
7109 


7181      * replaced by processFocusEvent(FocusEvent).
7182      */
7183     @Deprecated
7184     public boolean gotFocus(Event evt, Object what) {
7185         return false;
7186     }
7187 
7188     /**
7189      * @param evt  the event to handle
7190      * @param what the object focused
7191      * @return  {@code false}
7192      * @deprecated As of JDK version 1.1,
7193      * replaced by processFocusEvent(FocusEvent).
7194      */
7195     @Deprecated
7196     public boolean lostFocus(Event evt, Object what) {
7197         return false;
7198     }
7199 
7200     /**
7201      * Returns whether this {@code Component} can become the focus
7202      * owner.
7203      *
7204      * @return {@code true} if this {@code Component} is
7205      * focusable; {@code false} otherwise
7206      * @see #setFocusable
7207      * @since 1.1
7208      * @deprecated As of 1.4, replaced by {@code isFocusable()}.
7209      */
7210     @Deprecated
7211     public boolean isFocusTraversable() {
7212         if (isFocusTraversableOverridden == FOCUS_TRAVERSABLE_UNKNOWN) {
7213             isFocusTraversableOverridden = FOCUS_TRAVERSABLE_DEFAULT;
7214         }
7215         return focusable;
7216     }
7217 
7218     /**
7219      * Returns whether this Component can be focused.
7220      *
7221      * @return {@code true} if this Component is focusable;
7222      *         {@code false} otherwise.
7223      * @see #setFocusable
7224      * @since 1.4
7225      */
7226     public boolean isFocusable() {
7227         return isFocusTraversable();
7228     }
7229 
7230     /**
7231      * Sets the focusable state of this Component to the specified value. This
7232      * value overrides the Component's default focusability.
7233      *
7234      * @param focusable indicates whether this Component is focusable
7235      * @see #isFocusable
7236      * @since 1.4
7237      * @beaninfo
7238      *       bound: true
7239      */
7240     public void setFocusable(boolean focusable) {
7241         boolean oldFocusable;
7242         synchronized (this) {


7326      *         contains null, or if any keystroke represents a KEY_TYPED event,
7327      *         or if any keystroke already maps to another focus traversal
7328      *         operation for this Component
7329      * @since 1.4
7330      * @beaninfo
7331      *       bound: true
7332      */
7333     public void setFocusTraversalKeys(int id,
7334                                       Set<? extends AWTKeyStroke> keystrokes)
7335     {
7336         if (id < 0 || id >= KeyboardFocusManager.TRAVERSAL_KEY_LENGTH - 1) {
7337             throw new IllegalArgumentException("invalid focus traversal key identifier");
7338         }
7339 
7340         setFocusTraversalKeys_NoIDCheck(id, keystrokes);
7341     }
7342 
7343     /**
7344      * Returns the Set of focus traversal keys for a given traversal operation
7345      * for this Component. (See
7346      * {@code setFocusTraversalKeys} for a full description of each key.)
7347      * <p>
7348      * If a Set of traversal keys has not been explicitly defined for this
7349      * Component, then this Component's parent's Set is returned. If no Set
7350      * has been explicitly defined for any of this Component's ancestors, then
7351      * the current KeyboardFocusManager's default Set is returned.
7352      *
7353      * @param id one of KeyboardFocusManager.FORWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS,
7354      *        KeyboardFocusManager.BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS, or
7355      *        KeyboardFocusManager.UP_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
7356      * @return the Set of AWTKeyStrokes for the specified operation. The Set
7357      *         will be unmodifiable, and may be empty. null will never be
7358      *         returned.
7359      * @see #setFocusTraversalKeys
7360      * @see KeyboardFocusManager#FORWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
7361      * @see KeyboardFocusManager#BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
7362      * @see KeyboardFocusManager#UP_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
7363      * @throws IllegalArgumentException if id is not one of
7364      *         KeyboardFocusManager.FORWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS,
7365      *         KeyboardFocusManager.BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS, or
7366      *         KeyboardFocusManager.UP_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEYS


7426         Set<AWTKeyStroke> keystrokes = (focusTraversalKeys != null)
7427             ? focusTraversalKeys[id]
7428             : null;
7429 
7430         if (keystrokes != null) {
7431             return keystrokes;
7432         } else {
7433             Container parent = this.parent;
7434             if (parent != null) {
7435                 return parent.getFocusTraversalKeys(id);
7436             } else {
7437                 return KeyboardFocusManager.getCurrentKeyboardFocusManager().
7438                     getDefaultFocusTraversalKeys(id);
7439             }
7440         }
7441     }
7442 
7443     /**
7444      * Returns whether the Set of focus traversal keys for the given focus
7445      * traversal operation has been explicitly defined for this Component. If
7446      * this method returns {@code false}, this Component is inheriting the
7447      * Set from an ancestor, or from the current KeyboardFocusManager.
7448      *
7449      * @param id one of KeyboardFocusManager.FORWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS,
7450      *        KeyboardFocusManager.BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS, or
7451      *        KeyboardFocusManager.UP_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
7452      * @return {@code true} if the Set of focus traversal keys for the
7453      *         given focus traversal operation has been explicitly defined for
7454      *         this Component; {@code false} otherwise.
7455      * @throws IllegalArgumentException if id is not one of
7456      *         KeyboardFocusManager.FORWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS,
7457      *         KeyboardFocusManager.BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS, or
7458      *         KeyboardFocusManager.UP_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
7459      * @since 1.4
7460      */
7461     public boolean areFocusTraversalKeysSet(int id) {
7462         if (id < 0 || id >= KeyboardFocusManager.TRAVERSAL_KEY_LENGTH - 1) {
7463             throw new IllegalArgumentException("invalid focus traversal key identifier");
7464         }
7465 
7466         return (focusTraversalKeys != null && focusTraversalKeys[id] != null);
7467     }
7468 
7469     /**
7470      * Sets whether focus traversal keys are enabled for this Component.
7471      * Components for which focus traversal keys are disabled receive key
7472      * events for focus traversal keys. Components for which focus traversal
7473      * keys are enabled do not see these events; instead, the events are
7474      * automatically converted to traversal operations.


7509      */
7510     public boolean getFocusTraversalKeysEnabled() {
7511         return focusTraversalKeysEnabled;
7512     }
7513 
7514     /**
7515      * Requests that this Component get the input focus, and that this
7516      * Component's top-level ancestor become the focused Window. This
7517      * component must be displayable, focusable, visible and all of
7518      * its ancestors (with the exception of the top-level Window) must
7519      * be visible for the request to be granted. Every effort will be
7520      * made to honor the request; however, in some cases it may be
7521      * impossible to do so. Developers must never assume that this
7522      * Component is the focus owner until this Component receives a
7523      * FOCUS_GAINED event. If this request is denied because this
7524      * Component's top-level Window cannot become the focused Window,
7525      * the request will be remembered and will be granted when the
7526      * Window is later focused by the user.
7527      * <p>
7528      * This method cannot be used to set the focus owner to no Component at
7529      * all. Use {@code KeyboardFocusManager.clearGlobalFocusOwner()}
7530      * instead.
7531      * <p>
7532      * Because the focus behavior of this method is platform-dependent,
7533      * developers are strongly encouraged to use
7534      * {@code requestFocusInWindow} when possible.
7535      *
7536      * <p>Note: Not all focus transfers result from invoking this method. As
7537      * such, a component may receive focus without this or any of the other
7538      * {@code requestFocus} methods of {@code Component} being invoked.
7539      *
7540      * @see #requestFocusInWindow
7541      * @see java.awt.event.FocusEvent
7542      * @see #addFocusListener
7543      * @see #isFocusable
7544      * @see #isDisplayable
7545      * @see KeyboardFocusManager#clearGlobalFocusOwner
7546      * @since 1.0
7547      */
7548     public void requestFocus() {
7549         requestFocusHelper(false, true);
7550     }
7551 
7552     boolean requestFocus(CausedFocusEvent.Cause cause) {
7553         return requestFocusHelper(false, true, cause);
7554     }
7555 
7556     /**
7557      * Requests that this {@code Component} get the input focus,
7558      * and that this {@code Component}'s top-level ancestor
7559      * become the focused {@code Window}. This component must be
7560      * displayable, focusable, visible and all of its ancestors (with
7561      * the exception of the top-level Window) must be visible for the
7562      * request to be granted. Every effort will be made to honor the
7563      * request; however, in some cases it may be impossible to do
7564      * so. Developers must never assume that this component is the
7565      * focus owner until this component receives a FOCUS_GAINED
7566      * event. If this request is denied because this component's
7567      * top-level window cannot become the focused window, the request
7568      * will be remembered and will be granted when the window is later
7569      * focused by the user.
7570      * <p>
7571      * This method returns a boolean value. If {@code false} is returned,
7572      * the request is <b>guaranteed to fail</b>. If {@code true} is
7573      * returned, the request will succeed <b>unless</b> it is vetoed, or an
7574      * extraordinary event, such as disposal of the component's peer, occurs
7575      * before the request can be granted by the native windowing system. Again,
7576      * while a return value of {@code true} indicates that the request is
7577      * likely to succeed, developers must never assume that this component is
7578      * the focus owner until this component receives a FOCUS_GAINED event.
7579      * <p>
7580      * This method cannot be used to set the focus owner to no component at
7581      * all. Use {@code KeyboardFocusManager.clearGlobalFocusOwner}
7582      * instead.
7583      * <p>
7584      * Because the focus behavior of this method is platform-dependent,
7585      * developers are strongly encouraged to use
7586      * {@code requestFocusInWindow} when possible.
7587      * <p>
7588      * Every effort will be made to ensure that {@code FocusEvent}s
7589      * generated as a
7590      * result of this request will have the specified temporary value. However,
7591      * because specifying an arbitrary temporary state may not be implementable
7592      * on all native windowing systems, correct behavior for this method can be
7593      * guaranteed only for lightweight {@code Component}s.
7594      * This method is not intended
7595      * for general use, but exists instead as a hook for lightweight component
7596      * libraries, such as Swing.
7597      *
7598      * <p>Note: Not all focus transfers result from invoking this method. As
7599      * such, a component may receive focus without this or any of the other
7600      * {@code requestFocus} methods of {@code Component} being invoked.
7601      *
7602      * @param temporary true if the focus change is temporary,
7603      *        such as when the window loses the focus; for
7604      *        more information on temporary focus changes see the
7605      *<a href="../../java/awt/doc-files/FocusSpec.html">Focus Specification</a>
7606      * @return {@code false} if the focus change request is guaranteed to
7607      *         fail; {@code true} if it is likely to succeed
7608      * @see java.awt.event.FocusEvent
7609      * @see #addFocusListener
7610      * @see #isFocusable
7611      * @see #isDisplayable
7612      * @see KeyboardFocusManager#clearGlobalFocusOwner
7613      * @since 1.4
7614      */
7615     protected boolean requestFocus(boolean temporary) {
7616         return requestFocusHelper(temporary, true);
7617     }
7618 
7619     boolean requestFocus(boolean temporary, CausedFocusEvent.Cause cause) {
7620         return requestFocusHelper(temporary, true, cause);
7621     }
7622     /**
7623      * Requests that this Component get the input focus, if this
7624      * Component's top-level ancestor is already the focused
7625      * Window. This component must be displayable, focusable, visible
7626      * and all of its ancestors (with the exception of the top-level
7627      * Window) must be visible for the request to be granted. Every
7628      * effort will be made to honor the request; however, in some
7629      * cases it may be impossible to do so. Developers must never
7630      * assume that this Component is the focus owner until this
7631      * Component receives a FOCUS_GAINED event.
7632      * <p>
7633      * This method returns a boolean value. If {@code false} is returned,
7634      * the request is <b>guaranteed to fail</b>. If {@code true} is
7635      * returned, the request will succeed <b>unless</b> it is vetoed, or an
7636      * extraordinary event, such as disposal of the Component's peer, occurs
7637      * before the request can be granted by the native windowing system. Again,
7638      * while a return value of {@code true} indicates that the request is
7639      * likely to succeed, developers must never assume that this Component is
7640      * the focus owner until this Component receives a FOCUS_GAINED event.
7641      * <p>
7642      * This method cannot be used to set the focus owner to no Component at
7643      * all. Use {@code KeyboardFocusManager.clearGlobalFocusOwner()}
7644      * instead.
7645      * <p>
7646      * The focus behavior of this method can be implemented uniformly across
7647      * platforms, and thus developers are strongly encouraged to use this
7648      * method over {@code requestFocus} when possible. Code which relies
7649      * on {@code requestFocus} may exhibit different focus behavior on
7650      * different platforms.
7651      *
7652      * <p>Note: Not all focus transfers result from invoking this method. As
7653      * such, a component may receive focus without this or any of the other
7654      * {@code requestFocus} methods of {@code Component} being invoked.
7655      *
7656      * @return {@code false} if the focus change request is guaranteed to
7657      *         fail; {@code true} if it is likely to succeed
7658      * @see #requestFocus
7659      * @see java.awt.event.FocusEvent
7660      * @see #addFocusListener
7661      * @see #isFocusable
7662      * @see #isDisplayable
7663      * @see KeyboardFocusManager#clearGlobalFocusOwner
7664      * @since 1.4
7665      */
7666     public boolean requestFocusInWindow() {
7667         return requestFocusHelper(false, false);
7668     }
7669 
7670     boolean requestFocusInWindow(CausedFocusEvent.Cause cause) {
7671         return requestFocusHelper(false, false, cause);
7672     }
7673 
7674     /**
7675      * Requests that this {@code Component} get the input focus,
7676      * if this {@code Component}'s top-level ancestor is already
7677      * the focused {@code Window}.  This component must be
7678      * displayable, focusable, visible and all of its ancestors (with
7679      * the exception of the top-level Window) must be visible for the
7680      * request to be granted. Every effort will be made to honor the
7681      * request; however, in some cases it may be impossible to do
7682      * so. Developers must never assume that this component is the
7683      * focus owner until this component receives a FOCUS_GAINED event.
7684      * <p>
7685      * This method returns a boolean value. If {@code false} is returned,
7686      * the request is <b>guaranteed to fail</b>. If {@code true} is
7687      * returned, the request will succeed <b>unless</b> it is vetoed, or an
7688      * extraordinary event, such as disposal of the component's peer, occurs
7689      * before the request can be granted by the native windowing system. Again,
7690      * while a return value of {@code true} indicates that the request is
7691      * likely to succeed, developers must never assume that this component is
7692      * the focus owner until this component receives a FOCUS_GAINED event.
7693      * <p>
7694      * This method cannot be used to set the focus owner to no component at
7695      * all. Use {@code KeyboardFocusManager.clearGlobalFocusOwner}
7696      * instead.
7697      * <p>
7698      * The focus behavior of this method can be implemented uniformly across
7699      * platforms, and thus developers are strongly encouraged to use this
7700      * method over {@code requestFocus} when possible. Code which relies
7701      * on {@code requestFocus} may exhibit different focus behavior on
7702      * different platforms.
7703      * <p>
7704      * Every effort will be made to ensure that {@code FocusEvent}s
7705      * generated as a
7706      * result of this request will have the specified temporary value. However,
7707      * because specifying an arbitrary temporary state may not be implementable
7708      * on all native windowing systems, correct behavior for this method can be
7709      * guaranteed only for lightweight components. This method is not intended
7710      * for general use, but exists instead as a hook for lightweight component
7711      * libraries, such as Swing.
7712      *
7713      * <p>Note: Not all focus transfers result from invoking this method. As
7714      * such, a component may receive focus without this or any of the other
7715      * {@code requestFocus} methods of {@code Component} being invoked.
7716      *
7717      * @param temporary true if the focus change is temporary,
7718      *        such as when the window loses the focus; for
7719      *        more information on temporary focus changes see the
7720      *<a href="../../java/awt/doc-files/FocusSpec.html">Focus Specification</a>
7721      * @return {@code false} if the focus change request is guaranteed to
7722      *         fail; {@code true} if it is likely to succeed
7723      * @see #requestFocus
7724      * @see java.awt.event.FocusEvent
7725      * @see #addFocusListener
7726      * @see #isFocusable
7727      * @see #isDisplayable
7728      * @see KeyboardFocusManager#clearGlobalFocusOwner
7729      * @since 1.4
7730      */
7731     protected boolean requestFocusInWindow(boolean temporary) {
7732         return requestFocusHelper(temporary, false);
7733     }
7734 
7735     boolean requestFocusInWindow(boolean temporary, CausedFocusEvent.Cause cause) {
7736         return requestFocusHelper(temporary, false, cause);
7737     }
7738 
7739     final boolean requestFocusHelper(boolean temporary,
7740                                      boolean focusedWindowChangeAllowed) {
7741         return requestFocusHelper(temporary, focusedWindowChangeAllowed, CausedFocusEvent.Cause.UNKNOWN);
7742     }


7937      *
7938      * @return this Component's nearest focus-cycle-root ancestor
7939      * @see Container#isFocusCycleRoot()
7940      * @since 1.4
7941      */
7942     public Container getFocusCycleRootAncestor() {
7943         Container rootAncestor = this.parent;
7944         while (rootAncestor != null && !rootAncestor.isFocusCycleRoot()) {
7945             rootAncestor = rootAncestor.parent;
7946         }
7947         return rootAncestor;
7948     }
7949 
7950     /**
7951      * Returns whether the specified Container is the focus cycle root of this
7952      * Component's focus traversal cycle. Each focus traversal cycle has only
7953      * a single focus cycle root and each Component which is not a Container
7954      * belongs to only a single focus traversal cycle.
7955      *
7956      * @param container the Container to be tested
7957      * @return {@code true} if the specified Container is a focus-cycle-
7958      *         root of this Component; {@code false} otherwise
7959      * @see Container#isFocusCycleRoot()
7960      * @since 1.4
7961      */
7962     public boolean isFocusCycleRoot(Container container) {
7963         Container rootAncestor = getFocusCycleRootAncestor();
7964         return (rootAncestor == container);
7965     }
7966 
7967     Container getTraversalRoot() {
7968         return getFocusCycleRootAncestor();
7969     }
7970 
7971     /**
7972      * Transfers the focus to the next component, as though this Component were
7973      * the focus owner.
7974      * @see       #requestFocus()
7975      * @since     1.1
7976      */
7977     public void transferFocus() {
7978         nextFocus();


8119 
8120             KeyboardFocusManager.getCurrentKeyboardFocusManager().
8121                 setGlobalCurrentFocusCycleRootPriv(fcr);
8122             rootAncestor.requestFocus(CausedFocusEvent.Cause.TRAVERSAL_UP);
8123         } else {
8124             Window window = getContainingWindow();
8125 
8126             if (window != null) {
8127                 Component toFocus = window.getFocusTraversalPolicy().
8128                     getDefaultComponent(window);
8129                 if (toFocus != null) {
8130                     KeyboardFocusManager.getCurrentKeyboardFocusManager().
8131                         setGlobalCurrentFocusCycleRootPriv(window);
8132                     toFocus.requestFocus(CausedFocusEvent.Cause.TRAVERSAL_UP);
8133                 }
8134             }
8135         }
8136     }
8137 
8138     /**
8139      * Returns {@code true} if this {@code Component} is the
8140      * focus owner.  This method is obsolete, and has been replaced by
8141      * {@code isFocusOwner()}.
8142      *
8143      * @return {@code true} if this {@code Component} is the
8144      *         focus owner; {@code false} otherwise
8145      * @since 1.2
8146      */
8147     public boolean hasFocus() {
8148         return (KeyboardFocusManager.getCurrentKeyboardFocusManager().
8149                 getFocusOwner() == this);
8150     }
8151 
8152     /**
8153      * Returns {@code true} if this {@code Component} is the
8154      *    focus owner.
8155      *
8156      * @return {@code true} if this {@code Component} is the
8157      *     focus owner; {@code false} otherwise
8158      * @since 1.4
8159      */
8160     public boolean isFocusOwner() {
8161         return hasFocus();
8162     }
8163 
8164     /*
8165      * Used to disallow auto-focus-transfer on disposal of the focus owner
8166      * in the process of disposing its parent container.
8167      */
8168     private boolean autoFocusTransferOnDisposal = true;
8169 
8170     void setAutoFocusTransferOnDisposal(boolean value) {
8171         autoFocusTransferOnDisposal = value;
8172     }
8173 
8174     boolean isAutoFocusTransferOnDisposal() {
8175         return autoFocusTransferOnDisposal;
8176     }
8177 


8216             int index = popups.indexOf(popup);
8217             if (index >= 0) {
8218                 PopupMenu pmenu = (PopupMenu)popup;
8219                 if (pmenu.peer != null) {
8220                     pmenu.removeNotify();
8221                 }
8222                 pmenu.parent = null;
8223                 popups.removeElementAt(index);
8224                 if (popups.size() == 0) {
8225                     popups = null;
8226                 }
8227             }
8228         }
8229     }
8230 
8231     /**
8232      * Returns a string representing the state of this component. This
8233      * method is intended to be used only for debugging purposes, and the
8234      * content and format of the returned string may vary between
8235      * implementations. The returned string may be empty but may not be
8236      * {@code null}.
8237      *
8238      * @return  a string representation of this component's state
8239      * @since     1.0
8240      */
8241     protected String paramString() {
8242         final String thisName = Objects.toString(getName(), "");
8243         final String invalid = isValid() ? "" : ",invalid";
8244         final String hidden = visible ? "" : ",hidden";
8245         final String disabled = enabled ? "" : ",disabled";
8246         return thisName + ',' + x + ',' + y + ',' + width + 'x' + height
8247                 + invalid + hidden + disabled;
8248     }
8249 
8250     /**
8251      * Returns a string representation of this component and its values.
8252      * @return    a string representation of this component
8253      * @since     1.0
8254      */
8255     public String toString() {
8256         return getClass().getName() + '[' + paramString() + ']';
8257     }
8258 
8259     /**
8260      * Prints a listing of this component to the standard system output
8261      * stream {@code System.out}.
8262      * @see       java.lang.System#out
8263      * @since     1.0
8264      */
8265     public void list() {
8266         list(System.out, 0);
8267     }
8268 
8269     /**
8270      * Prints a listing of this component to the specified output
8271      * stream.
8272      * @param    out   a print stream
8273      * @throws   NullPointerException if {@code out} is {@code null}
8274      * @since    1.0
8275      */
8276     public void list(PrintStream out) {
8277         list(out, 0);
8278     }
8279 
8280     /**
8281      * Prints out a list, starting at the specified indentation, to the


8336      * registered for all bound properties of this class, including the
8337      * following:
8338      * <ul>
8339      *    <li>this Component's font ("font")</li>
8340      *    <li>this Component's background color ("background")</li>
8341      *    <li>this Component's foreground color ("foreground")</li>
8342      *    <li>this Component's focusability ("focusable")</li>
8343      *    <li>this Component's focus traversal keys enabled state
8344      *        ("focusTraversalKeysEnabled")</li>
8345      *    <li>this Component's Set of FORWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
8346      *        ("forwardFocusTraversalKeys")</li>
8347      *    <li>this Component's Set of BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
8348      *        ("backwardFocusTraversalKeys")</li>
8349      *    <li>this Component's Set of UP_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
8350      *        ("upCycleFocusTraversalKeys")</li>
8351      *    <li>this Component's preferred size ("preferredSize")</li>
8352      *    <li>this Component's minimum size ("minimumSize")</li>
8353      *    <li>this Component's maximum size ("maximumSize")</li>
8354      *    <li>this Component's name ("name")</li>
8355      * </ul>
8356      * Note that if this {@code Component} is inheriting a bound property, then no
8357      * event will be fired in response to a change in the inherited property.
8358      * <p>
8359      * If {@code listener} is {@code null},
8360      * no exception is thrown and no action is performed.
8361      *
8362      * @param    listener  the property change listener to be added
8363      *
8364      * @see #removePropertyChangeListener
8365      * @see #getPropertyChangeListeners
8366      * @see #addPropertyChangeListener(java.lang.String, java.beans.PropertyChangeListener)
8367      */
8368     public void addPropertyChangeListener(
8369                                                        PropertyChangeListener listener) {
8370         synchronized (getObjectLock()) {
8371             if (listener == null) {
8372                 return;
8373             }
8374             if (changeSupport == null) {
8375                 changeSupport = new PropertyChangeSupport(this);
8376             }
8377             changeSupport.addPropertyChangeListener(listener);
8378         }
8379     }


8388      * @param listener the PropertyChangeListener to be removed
8389      *
8390      * @see #addPropertyChangeListener
8391      * @see #getPropertyChangeListeners
8392      * @see #removePropertyChangeListener(java.lang.String,java.beans.PropertyChangeListener)
8393      */
8394     public void removePropertyChangeListener(
8395                                                           PropertyChangeListener listener) {
8396         synchronized (getObjectLock()) {
8397             if (listener == null || changeSupport == null) {
8398                 return;
8399             }
8400             changeSupport.removePropertyChangeListener(listener);
8401         }
8402     }
8403 
8404     /**
8405      * Returns an array of all the property change listeners
8406      * registered on this component.
8407      *
8408      * @return all of this component's {@code PropertyChangeListener}s
8409      *         or an empty array if no property change
8410      *         listeners are currently registered
8411      *
8412      * @see      #addPropertyChangeListener
8413      * @see      #removePropertyChangeListener
8414      * @see      #getPropertyChangeListeners(java.lang.String)
8415      * @see      java.beans.PropertyChangeSupport#getPropertyChangeListeners
8416      * @since    1.4
8417      */
8418     public PropertyChangeListener[] getPropertyChangeListeners() {
8419         synchronized (getObjectLock()) {
8420             if (changeSupport == null) {
8421                 return new PropertyChangeListener[0];
8422             }
8423             return changeSupport.getPropertyChangeListeners();
8424         }
8425     }
8426 
8427     /**
8428      * Adds a PropertyChangeListener to the listener list for a specific
8429      * property. The specified property may be user-defined, or one of the
8430      * following:
8431      * <ul>
8432      *    <li>this Component's font ("font")</li>
8433      *    <li>this Component's background color ("background")</li>
8434      *    <li>this Component's foreground color ("foreground")</li>
8435      *    <li>this Component's focusability ("focusable")</li>
8436      *    <li>this Component's focus traversal keys enabled state
8437      *        ("focusTraversalKeysEnabled")</li>
8438      *    <li>this Component's Set of FORWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
8439      *        ("forwardFocusTraversalKeys")</li>
8440      *    <li>this Component's Set of BACKWARD_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
8441      *        ("backwardFocusTraversalKeys")</li>
8442      *    <li>this Component's Set of UP_CYCLE_TRAVERSAL_KEYS
8443      *        ("upCycleFocusTraversalKeys")</li>
8444      * </ul>
8445      * Note that if this {@code Component} is inheriting a bound property, then no
8446      * event will be fired in response to a change in the inherited property.
8447      * <p>
8448      * If {@code propertyName} or {@code listener} is {@code null},
8449      * no exception is thrown and no action is taken.
8450      *
8451      * @param propertyName one of the property names listed above
8452      * @param listener the property change listener to be added
8453      *
8454      * @see #removePropertyChangeListener(java.lang.String, java.beans.PropertyChangeListener)
8455      * @see #getPropertyChangeListeners(java.lang.String)
8456      * @see #addPropertyChangeListener(java.lang.String, java.beans.PropertyChangeListener)
8457      */
8458     public void addPropertyChangeListener(
8459                                                        String propertyName,
8460                                                        PropertyChangeListener listener) {
8461         synchronized (getObjectLock()) {
8462             if (listener == null) {
8463                 return;
8464             }
8465             if (changeSupport == null) {
8466                 changeSupport = new PropertyChangeSupport(this);
8467             }
8468             changeSupport.addPropertyChangeListener(propertyName, listener);
8469         }
8470     }
8471 
8472     /**
8473      * Removes a {@code PropertyChangeListener} from the listener
8474      * list for a specific property. This method should be used to remove
8475      * {@code PropertyChangeListener}s
8476      * that were registered for a specific bound property.
8477      * <p>
8478      * If {@code propertyName} or {@code listener} is {@code null},
8479      * no exception is thrown and no action is taken.
8480      *
8481      * @param propertyName a valid property name
8482      * @param listener the PropertyChangeListener to be removed
8483      *
8484      * @see #addPropertyChangeListener(java.lang.String, java.beans.PropertyChangeListener)
8485      * @see #getPropertyChangeListeners(java.lang.String)
8486      * @see #removePropertyChangeListener(java.beans.PropertyChangeListener)
8487      */
8488     public void removePropertyChangeListener(
8489                                                           String propertyName,
8490                                                           PropertyChangeListener listener) {
8491         synchronized (getObjectLock()) {
8492             if (listener == null || changeSupport == null) {
8493                 return;
8494             }
8495             changeSupport.removePropertyChangeListener(propertyName, listener);
8496         }
8497     }
8498 
8499     /**
8500      * Returns an array of all the listeners which have been associated
8501      * with the named property.
8502      *
8503      * @param  propertyName the property name
8504      * @return all of the {@code PropertyChangeListener}s associated with
8505      *         the named property; if no such listeners have been added or
8506      *         if {@code propertyName} is {@code null}, an empty
8507      *         array is returned
8508      *
8509      * @see #addPropertyChangeListener(java.lang.String, java.beans.PropertyChangeListener)
8510      * @see #removePropertyChangeListener(java.lang.String, java.beans.PropertyChangeListener)
8511      * @see #getPropertyChangeListeners
8512      * @since 1.4
8513      */
8514     public PropertyChangeListener[] getPropertyChangeListeners(String propertyName) {
8515         synchronized (getObjectLock()) {
8516             if (changeSupport == null) {
8517                 return new PropertyChangeListener[0];
8518             }
8519             return changeSupport.getPropertyChangeListeners(propertyName);
8520         }
8521     }
8522 
8523     /**
8524      * Support for reporting bound property changes for Object properties.
8525      * This method can be called when a bound property has changed and it will
8526      * send the appropriate PropertyChangeEvent to any registered


8687      */
8688     public void firePropertyChange(String propertyName, double oldValue, double newValue) {
8689         if (changeSupport == null || oldValue == newValue) {
8690             return;
8691         }
8692         firePropertyChange(propertyName, Double.valueOf(oldValue), Double.valueOf(newValue));
8693     }
8694 
8695 
8696     // Serialization support.
8697 
8698     /**
8699      * Component Serialized Data Version.
8700      *
8701      * @serial
8702      */
8703     private int componentSerializedDataVersion = 4;
8704 
8705     /**
8706      * This hack is for Swing serialization. It will invoke
8707      * the Swing package private method {@code compWriteObjectNotify}.
8708      */
8709     private void doSwingSerialization() {
8710         Package swingPackage = Package.getPackage("javax.swing");
8711         // For Swing serialization to correctly work Swing needs to
8712         // be notified before Component does it's serialization.  This
8713         // hack accommodates this.
8714         //
8715         // Swing classes MUST be loaded by the bootstrap class loader,
8716         // otherwise we don't consider them.
8717         for (Class<?> klass = Component.this.getClass(); klass != null;
8718                    klass = klass.getSuperclass()) {
8719             if (klass.getPackage() == swingPackage &&
8720                       klass.getClassLoader() == null) {
8721                 final Class<?> swingClass = klass;
8722                 // Find the first override of the compWriteObjectNotify method
8723                 Method[] methods = AccessController.doPrivileged(
8724                                                                  new PrivilegedAction<Method[]>() {
8725                                                                      public Method[] run() {
8726                                                                          return swingClass.getDeclaredMethods();
8727                                                                      }


8741                         // Invoke the method
8742                         try {
8743                             method.invoke(this, (Object[]) null);
8744                         } catch (IllegalAccessException iae) {
8745                         } catch (InvocationTargetException ite) {
8746                         }
8747                         // We're done, bail.
8748                         return;
8749                     }
8750                 }
8751             }
8752         }
8753     }
8754 
8755     /**
8756      * Writes default serializable fields to stream.  Writes
8757      * a variety of serializable listeners as optional data.
8758      * The non-serializable listeners are detected and
8759      * no attempt is made to serialize them.
8760      *
8761      * @param s the {@code ObjectOutputStream} to write
8762      * @serialData {@code null} terminated sequence of
8763      *   0 or more pairs; the pair consists of a {@code String}
8764      *   and an {@code Object}; the {@code String} indicates
8765      *   the type of object and is one of the following (as of 1.4):
8766      *   {@code componentListenerK} indicating an
8767      *     {@code ComponentListener} object;
8768      *   {@code focusListenerK} indicating an
8769      *     {@code FocusListener} object;
8770      *   {@code keyListenerK} indicating an
8771      *     {@code KeyListener} object;
8772      *   {@code mouseListenerK} indicating an
8773      *     {@code MouseListener} object;
8774      *   {@code mouseMotionListenerK} indicating an
8775      *     {@code MouseMotionListener} object;
8776      *   {@code inputMethodListenerK} indicating an
8777      *     {@code InputMethodListener} object;
8778      *   {@code hierarchyListenerK} indicating an
8779      *     {@code HierarchyListener} object;
8780      *   {@code hierarchyBoundsListenerK} indicating an
8781      *     {@code HierarchyBoundsListener} object;
8782      *   {@code mouseWheelListenerK} indicating an
8783      *     {@code MouseWheelListener} object
8784      * @serialData an optional {@code ComponentOrientation}
8785      *    (after {@code inputMethodListener}, as of 1.2)
8786      *
8787      * @see AWTEventMulticaster#save(java.io.ObjectOutputStream, java.lang.String, java.util.EventListener)
8788      * @see #componentListenerK
8789      * @see #focusListenerK
8790      * @see #keyListenerK
8791      * @see #mouseListenerK
8792      * @see #mouseMotionListenerK
8793      * @see #inputMethodListenerK
8794      * @see #hierarchyListenerK
8795      * @see #hierarchyBoundsListenerK
8796      * @see #mouseWheelListenerK
8797      * @see #readObject(ObjectInputStream)
8798      */
8799     private void writeObject(ObjectOutputStream s)
8800       throws IOException
8801     {
8802         doSwingSerialization();
8803 
8804         s.defaultWriteObject();
8805 


8807         AWTEventMulticaster.save(s, focusListenerK, focusListener);
8808         AWTEventMulticaster.save(s, keyListenerK, keyListener);
8809         AWTEventMulticaster.save(s, mouseListenerK, mouseListener);
8810         AWTEventMulticaster.save(s, mouseMotionListenerK, mouseMotionListener);
8811         AWTEventMulticaster.save(s, inputMethodListenerK, inputMethodListener);
8812 
8813         s.writeObject(null);
8814         s.writeObject(componentOrientation);
8815 
8816         AWTEventMulticaster.save(s, hierarchyListenerK, hierarchyListener);
8817         AWTEventMulticaster.save(s, hierarchyBoundsListenerK,
8818                                  hierarchyBoundsListener);
8819         s.writeObject(null);
8820 
8821         AWTEventMulticaster.save(s, mouseWheelListenerK, mouseWheelListener);
8822         s.writeObject(null);
8823 
8824     }
8825 
8826     /**
8827      * Reads the {@code ObjectInputStream} and if it isn't
8828      * {@code null} adds a listener to receive a variety
8829      * of events fired by the component.
8830      * Unrecognized keys or values will be ignored.
8831      *
8832      * @param s the {@code ObjectInputStream} to read
8833      * @see #writeObject(ObjectOutputStream)
8834      */
8835     private void readObject(ObjectInputStream s)
8836       throws ClassNotFoundException, IOException
8837     {
8838         objectLock = new Object();
8839 
8840         acc = AccessController.getContext();
8841 
8842         s.defaultReadObject();
8843 
8844         appContext = AppContext.getAppContext();
8845         coalescingEnabled = checkCoalescing();
8846         if (componentSerializedDataVersion < 4) {
8847             // These fields are non-transient and rely on default
8848             // serialization. However, the default values are insufficient,
8849             // so we need to set them explicitly for object data streams prior
8850             // to 1.4.
8851             focusable = true;
8852             isFocusTraversableOverridden = FOCUS_TRAVERSABLE_UNKNOWN;


8954             // might have been caused by reasons unrelated to
8955             // mouse wheel listeners
8956 
8957             if (!e.eof)  {
8958                 throw (e);
8959             }
8960         }
8961 
8962         if (popups != null) {
8963             int npopups = popups.size();
8964             for (int i = 0 ; i < npopups ; i++) {
8965                 PopupMenu popup = popups.elementAt(i);
8966                 popup.parent = this;
8967             }
8968         }
8969     }
8970 
8971     /**
8972      * Sets the language-sensitive orientation that is to be used to order
8973      * the elements or text within this component.  Language-sensitive
8974      * {@code LayoutManager} and {@code Component}
8975      * subclasses will use this property to
8976      * determine how to lay out and draw components.
8977      * <p>
8978      * At construction time, a component's orientation is set to
8979      * {@code ComponentOrientation.UNKNOWN},
8980      * indicating that it has not been specified
8981      * explicitly.  The UNKNOWN orientation behaves the same as
8982      * {@code ComponentOrientation.LEFT_TO_RIGHT}.
8983      * <p>
8984      * To set the orientation of a single component, use this method.
8985      * To set the orientation of an entire component
8986      * hierarchy, use
8987      * {@link #applyComponentOrientation applyComponentOrientation}.
8988      * <p>
8989      * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
8990      * invalidates the component hierarchy.
8991      *
8992      * @param  o the orientation to be set
8993      *
8994      * @see ComponentOrientation
8995      * @see #invalidate
8996      *
8997      * @author Laura Werner, IBM
8998      * @beaninfo
8999      *       bound: true
9000      */
9001     public void setComponentOrientation(ComponentOrientation o) {
9002         ComponentOrientation oldValue = componentOrientation;
9003         componentOrientation = o;
9004 
9005         // This is a bound property, so report the change to
9006         // any registered listeners.  (Cheap if there are none.)
9007         firePropertyChange("componentOrientation", oldValue, o);
9008 
9009         // This could change the preferred size of the Component.
9010         invalidateIfValid();
9011     }
9012 
9013     /**
9014      * Retrieves the language-sensitive orientation that is to be used to order
9015      * the elements or text within this component.  {@code LayoutManager}
9016      * and {@code Component}
9017      * subclasses that wish to respect orientation should call this method to
9018      * get the component's orientation before performing layout or drawing.
9019      *
9020      * @return the orientation to order the elements or text
9021      * @see ComponentOrientation
9022      *
9023      * @author Laura Werner, IBM
9024      */
9025     public ComponentOrientation getComponentOrientation() {
9026         return componentOrientation;
9027     }
9028 
9029     /**
9030      * Sets the {@code ComponentOrientation} property of this component
9031      * and all components contained within it.
9032      * <p>
9033      * This method changes layout-related information, and therefore,
9034      * invalidates the component hierarchy.
9035      *
9036      *
9037      * @param orientation the new component orientation of this component and
9038      *        the components contained within it.
9039      * @exception NullPointerException if {@code orientation} is null.
9040      * @see #setComponentOrientation
9041      * @see #getComponentOrientation
9042      * @see #invalidate
9043      * @since 1.4
9044      */
9045     public void applyComponentOrientation(ComponentOrientation orientation) {
9046         if (orientation == null) {
9047             throw new NullPointerException();
9048         }
9049         setComponentOrientation(orientation);
9050     }
9051 
9052     final boolean canBeFocusOwner() {
9053         // It is enabled, visible, focusable.
9054         if (isEnabled() && isDisplayable() && isVisible() && isFocusable()) {
9055             return true;
9056         }
9057         return false;
9058     }
9059 


9087     final void relocateComponent() {
9088         synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
9089             if (peer == null) {
9090                 return;
9091             }
9092             int nativeX = x;
9093             int nativeY = y;
9094             for (Component cont = getContainer();
9095                     cont != null && cont.isLightweight();
9096                     cont = cont.getContainer())
9097             {
9098                 nativeX += cont.x;
9099                 nativeY += cont.y;
9100             }
9101             peer.setBounds(nativeX, nativeY, width, height,
9102                     ComponentPeer.SET_LOCATION);
9103         }
9104     }
9105 
9106     /**
9107      * Returns the {@code Window} ancestor of the component.
9108      * @return Window ancestor of the component or component by itself if it is Window;
9109      *         null, if component is not a part of window hierarchy
9110      */
9111     Window getContainingWindow() {
9112         return SunToolkit.getContainingWindow(this);
9113     }
9114 
9115     /**
9116      * Initialize JNI field and method IDs
9117      */
9118     private static native void initIDs();
9119 
9120     /*
9121      * --- Accessibility Support ---
9122      *
9123      *  Component will contain all of the methods in interface Accessible,
9124      *  though it won't actually implement the interface - that will be up
9125      *  to the individual objects which extend Component.
9126      */
9127 
9128     /**
9129      * The {@code AccessibleContext} associated with this {@code Component}.
9130      */
9131     protected AccessibleContext accessibleContext = null;
9132 
9133     /**
9134      * Gets the {@code AccessibleContext} associated
9135      * with this {@code Component}.
9136      * The method implemented by this base
9137      * class returns null.  Classes that extend {@code Component}
9138      * should implement this method to return the
9139      * {@code AccessibleContext} associated with the subclass.
9140      *
9141      *
9142      * @return the {@code AccessibleContext} of this
9143      *    {@code Component}
9144      * @since 1.3
9145      */
9146     public AccessibleContext getAccessibleContext() {
9147         return accessibleContext;
9148     }
9149 
9150     /**
9151      * Inner class of Component used to provide default support for
9152      * accessibility.  This class is not meant to be used directly by
9153      * application developers, but is instead meant only to be
9154      * subclassed by component developers.
9155      * <p>
9156      * The class used to obtain the accessible role for this object.
9157      * @since 1.3
9158      */
9159     protected abstract class AccessibleAWTComponent extends AccessibleContext
9160         implements Serializable, AccessibleComponent {
9161 
9162         private static final long serialVersionUID = 642321655757800191L;
9163 


9224          */
9225         protected class AccessibleAWTFocusHandler implements FocusListener {
9226             public void focusGained(FocusEvent event) {
9227                 if (accessibleContext != null) {
9228                     accessibleContext.firePropertyChange(
9229                                                          AccessibleContext.ACCESSIBLE_STATE_PROPERTY,
9230                                                          null, AccessibleState.FOCUSED);
9231                 }
9232             }
9233             public void focusLost(FocusEvent event) {
9234                 if (accessibleContext != null) {
9235                     accessibleContext.firePropertyChange(
9236                                                          AccessibleContext.ACCESSIBLE_STATE_PROPERTY,
9237                                                          AccessibleState.FOCUSED, null);
9238                 }
9239             }
9240         }  // inner class AccessibleAWTFocusHandler
9241 
9242 
9243         /**
9244          * Adds a {@code PropertyChangeListener} to the listener list.
9245          *
9246          * @param listener  the property change listener to be added
9247          */
9248         public void addPropertyChangeListener(PropertyChangeListener listener) {
9249             if (accessibleAWTComponentHandler == null) {
9250                 accessibleAWTComponentHandler = new AccessibleAWTComponentHandler();
9251             }
9252             if (accessibleAWTFocusHandler == null) {
9253                 accessibleAWTFocusHandler = new AccessibleAWTFocusHandler();
9254             }
9255             if (propertyListenersCount++ == 0) {
9256                 Component.this.addComponentListener(accessibleAWTComponentHandler);
9257                 Component.this.addFocusListener(accessibleAWTFocusHandler);
9258             }
9259             super.addPropertyChangeListener(listener);
9260         }
9261 
9262         /**
9263          * Remove a PropertyChangeListener from the listener list.
9264          * This removes a PropertyChangeListener that was registered
9265          * for all properties.
9266          *
9267          * @param listener  The PropertyChangeListener to be removed
9268          */
9269         public void removePropertyChangeListener(PropertyChangeListener listener) {
9270             if (--propertyListenersCount == 0) {
9271                 Component.this.removeComponentListener(accessibleAWTComponentHandler);
9272                 Component.this.removeFocusListener(accessibleAWTFocusHandler);
9273             }
9274             super.removePropertyChangeListener(listener);
9275         }
9276 
9277         // AccessibleContext methods
9278         //
9279         /**
9280          * Gets the accessible name of this object.  This should almost never
9281          * return {@code java.awt.Component.getName()},
9282          * as that generally isn't a localized name,
9283          * and doesn't have meaning for the user.  If the
9284          * object is fundamentally a text object (e.g. a menu item), the
9285          * accessible name should be the text of the object (e.g. "save").
9286          * If the object has a tooltip, the tooltip text may also be an
9287          * appropriate String to return.
9288          *
9289          * @return the localized name of the object -- can be
9290          *         {@code null} if this
9291          *         object does not have a name
9292          * @see javax.accessibility.AccessibleContext#setAccessibleName
9293          */
9294         public String getAccessibleName() {
9295             return accessibleName;
9296         }
9297 
9298         /**
9299          * Gets the accessible description of this object.  This should be
9300          * a concise, localized description of what this object is - what
9301          * is its meaning to the user.  If the object has a tooltip, the
9302          * tooltip text may be an appropriate string to return, assuming
9303          * it contains a concise description of the object (instead of just
9304          * the name of the object - e.g. a "Save" icon on a toolbar that
9305          * had "save" as the tooltip text shouldn't return the tooltip
9306          * text as the description, but something like "Saves the current
9307          * text document" instead).
9308          *
9309          * @return the localized description of the object -- can be
9310          *        {@code null} if this object does not have a description
9311          * @see javax.accessibility.AccessibleContext#setAccessibleDescription
9312          */
9313         public String getAccessibleDescription() {
9314             return accessibleDescription;
9315         }
9316 
9317         /**
9318          * Gets the role of this object.
9319          *
9320          * @return an instance of {@code AccessibleRole}
9321          *      describing the role of the object
9322          * @see javax.accessibility.AccessibleRole
9323          */
9324         public AccessibleRole getAccessibleRole() {
9325             return AccessibleRole.AWT_COMPONENT;
9326         }
9327 
9328         /**
9329          * Gets the state of this object.
9330          *
9331          * @return an instance of {@code AccessibleStateSet}
9332          *       containing the current state set of the object
9333          * @see javax.accessibility.AccessibleState
9334          */
9335         public AccessibleStateSet getAccessibleStateSet() {
9336             return Component.this.getAccessibleStateSet();
9337         }
9338 
9339         /**
9340          * Gets the {@code Accessible} parent of this object.
9341          * If the parent of this object implements {@code Accessible},
9342          * this method should simply return {@code getParent}.
9343          *
9344          * @return the {@code Accessible} parent of this
9345          *      object -- can be {@code null} if this
9346          *      object does not have an {@code Accessible} parent
9347          */
9348         public Accessible getAccessibleParent() {
9349             if (accessibleParent != null) {
9350                 return accessibleParent;
9351             } else {
9352                 Container parent = getParent();
9353                 if (parent instanceof Accessible) {
9354                     return (Accessible) parent;
9355                 }
9356             }
9357             return null;
9358         }
9359 
9360         /**
9361          * Gets the index of this object in its accessible parent.
9362          *
9363          * @return the index of this object in its parent; or -1 if this
9364          *    object does not have an accessible parent
9365          * @see #getAccessibleParent
9366          */
9367         public int getAccessibleIndexInParent() {
9368             return Component.this.getAccessibleIndexInParent();
9369         }
9370 
9371         /**
9372          * Returns the number of accessible children in the object.  If all
9373          * of the children of this object implement {@code Accessible},
9374          * then this method should return the number of children of this object.
9375          *
9376          * @return the number of accessible children in the object
9377          */
9378         public int getAccessibleChildrenCount() {
9379             return 0; // Components don't have children
9380         }
9381 
9382         /**
9383          * Returns the nth {@code Accessible} child of the object.
9384          *
9385          * @param i zero-based index of child
9386          * @return the nth {@code Accessible} child of the object
9387          */
9388         public Accessible getAccessibleChild(int i) {
9389             return null; // Components don't have children
9390         }
9391 
9392         /**
9393          * Returns the locale of this object.
9394          *
9395          * @return the locale of this object
9396          */
9397         public Locale getLocale() {
9398             return Component.this.getLocale();
9399         }
9400 
9401         /**
9402          * Gets the {@code AccessibleComponent} associated
9403          * with this object if one exists.
9404          * Otherwise return {@code null}.
9405          *
9406          * @return the component
9407          */
9408         public AccessibleComponent getAccessibleComponent() {
9409             return this;
9410         }
9411 
9412 
9413         // AccessibleComponent methods
9414         //
9415         /**
9416          * Gets the background color of this object.
9417          *
9418          * @return the background color, if supported, of the object;
9419          *      otherwise, {@code null}
9420          */
9421         public Color getBackground() {
9422             return Component.this.getBackground();
9423         }
9424 
9425         /**
9426          * Sets the background color of this object.
9427          * (For transparency, see {@code isOpaque}.)
9428          *
9429          * @param c the new {@code Color} for the background
9430          * @see Component#isOpaque
9431          */
9432         public void setBackground(Color c) {
9433             Component.this.setBackground(c);
9434         }
9435 
9436         /**
9437          * Gets the foreground color of this object.
9438          *
9439          * @return the foreground color, if supported, of the object;
9440          *     otherwise, {@code null}
9441          */
9442         public Color getForeground() {
9443             return Component.this.getForeground();
9444         }
9445 
9446         /**
9447          * Sets the foreground color of this object.
9448          *
9449          * @param c the new {@code Color} for the foreground
9450          */
9451         public void setForeground(Color c) {
9452             Component.this.setForeground(c);
9453         }
9454 
9455         /**
9456          * Gets the {@code Cursor} of this object.
9457          *
9458          * @return the {@code Cursor}, if supported,
9459          *     of the object; otherwise, {@code null}
9460          */
9461         public Cursor getCursor() {
9462             return Component.this.getCursor();
9463         }
9464 
9465         /**
9466          * Sets the {@code Cursor} of this object.
9467          * <p>
9468          * The method may have no visual effect if the Java platform
9469          * implementation and/or the native system do not support
9470          * changing the mouse cursor shape.
9471          * @param cursor the new {@code Cursor} for the object
9472          */
9473         public void setCursor(Cursor cursor) {
9474             Component.this.setCursor(cursor);
9475         }
9476 
9477         /**
9478          * Gets the {@code Font} of this object.
9479          *
9480          * @return the {@code Font}, if supported,
9481          *    for the object; otherwise, {@code null}
9482          */
9483         public Font getFont() {
9484             return Component.this.getFont();
9485         }
9486 
9487         /**
9488          * Sets the {@code Font} of this object.
9489          *
9490          * @param f the new {@code Font} for the object
9491          */
9492         public void setFont(Font f) {
9493             Component.this.setFont(f);
9494         }
9495 
9496         /**
9497          * Gets the {@code FontMetrics} of this object.
9498          *
9499          * @param f the {@code Font}
9500          * @return the {@code FontMetrics}, if supported,
9501          *     the object; otherwise, {@code null}
9502          * @see #getFont
9503          */
9504         public FontMetrics getFontMetrics(Font f) {
9505             if (f == null) {
9506                 return null;
9507             } else {
9508                 return Component.this.getFontMetrics(f);
9509             }
9510         }
9511 
9512         /**
9513          * Determines if the object is enabled.
9514          *
9515          * @return true if object is enabled; otherwise, false
9516          */
9517         public boolean isEnabled() {
9518             return Component.this.isEnabled();
9519         }
9520 
9521         /**


9529             if (b != old) {
9530                 if (accessibleContext != null) {
9531                     if (b) {
9532                         accessibleContext.firePropertyChange(
9533                                                              AccessibleContext.ACCESSIBLE_STATE_PROPERTY,
9534                                                              null, AccessibleState.ENABLED);
9535                     } else {
9536                         accessibleContext.firePropertyChange(
9537                                                              AccessibleContext.ACCESSIBLE_STATE_PROPERTY,
9538                                                              AccessibleState.ENABLED, null);
9539                     }
9540                 }
9541             }
9542         }
9543 
9544         /**
9545          * Determines if the object is visible.  Note: this means that the
9546          * object intends to be visible; however, it may not in fact be
9547          * showing on the screen because one of the objects that this object
9548          * is contained by is not visible.  To determine if an object is
9549          * showing on the screen, use {@code isShowing}.
9550          *
9551          * @return true if object is visible; otherwise, false
9552          */
9553         public boolean isVisible() {
9554             return Component.this.isVisible();
9555         }
9556 
9557         /**
9558          * Sets the visible state of the object.
9559          *
9560          * @param b if true, shows this object; otherwise, hides it
9561          */
9562         public void setVisible(boolean b) {
9563             boolean old = Component.this.isVisible();
9564             Component.this.setVisible(b);
9565             if (b != old) {
9566                 if (accessibleContext != null) {
9567                     if (b) {
9568                         accessibleContext.firePropertyChange(
9569                                                              AccessibleContext.ACCESSIBLE_STATE_PROPERTY,


9578         }
9579 
9580         /**
9581          * Determines if the object is showing.  This is determined by checking
9582          * the visibility of the object and ancestors of the object.  Note:
9583          * this will return true even if the object is obscured by another
9584          * (for example, it happens to be underneath a menu that was pulled
9585          * down).
9586          *
9587          * @return true if object is showing; otherwise, false
9588          */
9589         public boolean isShowing() {
9590             return Component.this.isShowing();
9591         }
9592 
9593         /**
9594          * Checks whether the specified point is within this object's bounds,
9595          * where the point's x and y coordinates are defined to be relative to
9596          * the coordinate system of the object.
9597          *
9598          * @param p the {@code Point} relative to the
9599          *     coordinate system of the object
9600          * @return true if object contains {@code Point}; otherwise false
9601          */
9602         public boolean contains(Point p) {
9603             return Component.this.contains(p);
9604         }
9605 
9606         /**
9607          * Returns the location of the object on the screen.
9608          *
9609          * @return location of object on screen -- can be
9610          *    {@code null} if this object is not on the screen
9611          */
9612         public Point getLocationOnScreen() {
9613             synchronized (Component.this.getTreeLock()) {
9614                 if (Component.this.isShowing()) {
9615                     return Component.this.getLocationOnScreen();
9616                 } else {
9617                     return null;
9618                 }
9619             }
9620         }
9621 
9622         /**
9623          * Gets the location of the object relative to the parent in the form
9624          * of a point specifying the object's top-left corner in the screen's
9625          * coordinate space.
9626          *
9627          * @return an instance of Point representing the top-left corner of
9628          * the object's bounds in the coordinate space of the screen;
9629          * {@code null} if this object or its parent are not on the screen
9630          */
9631         public Point getLocation() {
9632             return Component.this.getLocation();
9633         }
9634 
9635         /**
9636          * Sets the location of the object relative to the parent.
9637          * @param p  the coordinates of the object
9638          */
9639         public void setLocation(Point p) {
9640             Component.this.setLocation(p);
9641         }
9642 
9643         /**
9644          * Gets the bounds of this object in the form of a Rectangle object.
9645          * The bounds specify this object's width, height, and location
9646          * relative to its parent.
9647          *
9648          * @return a rectangle indicating this component's bounds;
9649          *   {@code null} if this object is not on the screen
9650          */
9651         public Rectangle getBounds() {
9652             return Component.this.getBounds();
9653         }
9654 
9655         /**
9656          * Sets the bounds of this object in the form of a
9657          * {@code Rectangle} object.
9658          * The bounds specify this object's width, height, and location
9659          * relative to its parent.
9660          *
9661          * @param r a rectangle indicating this component's bounds
9662          */
9663         public void setBounds(Rectangle r) {
9664             Component.this.setBounds(r);
9665         }
9666 
9667         /**
9668          * Returns the size of this object in the form of a
9669          * {@code Dimension} object. The height field of the
9670          * {@code Dimension} object contains this object's
9671          * height, and the width field of the {@code Dimension}
9672          * object contains this object's width.
9673          *
9674          * @return a {@code Dimension} object that indicates
9675          *     the size of this component; {@code null} if
9676          *     this object is not on the screen
9677          */
9678         public Dimension getSize() {
9679             return Component.this.getSize();
9680         }
9681 
9682         /**
9683          * Resizes this object so that it has width and height.
9684          *
9685          * @param d - the dimension specifying the new size of the object
9686          */
9687         public void setSize(Dimension d) {
9688             Component.this.setSize(d);
9689         }
9690 
9691         /**
9692          * Returns the {@code Accessible} child,
9693          * if one exists, contained at the local
9694          * coordinate {@code Point}.  Otherwise returns
9695          * {@code null}.
9696          *
9697          * @param p the point defining the top-left corner of
9698          *      the {@code Accessible}, given in the
9699          *      coordinate space of the object's parent
9700          * @return the {@code Accessible}, if it exists,
9701          *      at the specified location; else {@code null}
9702          */
9703         public Accessible getAccessibleAt(Point p) {
9704             return null; // Components don't have children
9705         }
9706 
9707         /**
9708          * Returns whether this object can accept focus or not.
9709          *
9710          * @return true if object can accept focus; otherwise false
9711          */
9712         public boolean isFocusTraversable() {
9713             return Component.this.isFocusTraversable();
9714         }
9715 
9716         /**
9717          * Requests focus for this object.
9718          */
9719         public void requestFocus() {
9720             Component.this.requestFocus();
9721         }


9755             int index = -1;
9756             Container parent = this.getParent();
9757             if (parent != null && parent instanceof Accessible) {
9758                 Component ca[] = parent.getComponents();
9759                 for (int i = 0; i < ca.length; i++) {
9760                     if (ca[i] instanceof Accessible) {
9761                         index++;
9762                     }
9763                     if (this.equals(ca[i])) {
9764                         return index;
9765                     }
9766                 }
9767             }
9768             return -1;
9769         }
9770     }
9771 
9772     /**
9773      * Gets the current state set of this object.
9774      *
9775      * @return an instance of {@code AccessibleStateSet}
9776      *    containing the current state set of the object
9777      * @see AccessibleState
9778      */
9779     AccessibleStateSet getAccessibleStateSet() {
9780         synchronized (getTreeLock()) {
9781             AccessibleStateSet states = new AccessibleStateSet();
9782             if (this.isEnabled()) {
9783                 states.add(AccessibleState.ENABLED);
9784             }
9785             if (this.isFocusTraversable()) {
9786                 states.add(AccessibleState.FOCUSABLE);
9787             }
9788             if (this.isVisible()) {
9789                 states.add(AccessibleState.VISIBLE);
9790             }
9791             if (this.isShowing()) {
9792                 states.add(AccessibleState.SHOWING);
9793             }
9794             if (this.isFocusOwner()) {
9795                 states.add(AccessibleState.FOCUSED);


< prev index next >